Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
03-11-24 Council Workshop
SPECIAL ACCOMMODATIONS: The City of Arlington strives to provide accessible meetings for people with disabilities. Please contact the ADA coordinator at (360) 403-3441 or 711 (TDD only) prior to the meeting date if special accommodations are required. CALL TO ORDER Mayor Pro Tem Michele Blythe PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE ROLL CALL Mayor Pro Tem Michele Blythe – Wendy APPROVAL OF THE AGENDA Councilmember Jan Schuette INTRODUCTION OF SPECIAL GUESTS AND PRESENTATIONS WORKSHOP ITEMS – NO FINAL ACTION WILL BE TAKEN 1. Contract for Indigent Defense Services with Feldman and Lee ATTACHMENT A Staff Presentation: Paul Ellis Council Liaison: Jan Schuette 2. Resolution Approving 2024 Comprehensive Plan Final Docket ATTACHMENT B Staff Presentation: Amy Rusko Council Liaison: Jan Schuette 3. Sole Source Resolution for Wastewater Treatment Plant Blower ATTACHMENT C Purchase Staff Presentation: Jim Kelly Council Liaison: Heather Logan 4. Eminent Domain Proceeding for the 188th St Roundabout Project ATTACHMENT D Staff Presentation: Jim Kelly Council Liaison: Jan Schuette 5. Project Award for On-Call Electrical Services Contract ATTACHMENT E Staff Presentation: Jim Kelly Council Liaison: Debora Nelson ADMINISTRATOR & STAFF REPORTS MAYOR’S REPORT Arlington City Council Workshop Monday, March 11, 2024 at 6:00 pm City Council Chambers – 110 E 3rd Street SPECIAL ACCOMMODATIONS: The City of Arlington strives to provide accessible meetings for people with disabilities. Please contact the ADA coordinator at (360) 403-3441 or 711 (TDD only) prior to the meeting date if special accommodations are required. COMMENTS FROM COUNCILMEMBERS/COUNCILMEMBER REPORTS PUBLIC COMMENT For members of the public who wish to speak to the Council. Please limit your remarks to three minutes. REVIEW OF CONSENT AGENDA ITEMS FOR NEXT MEETING EXECUTIVE SESSION RECONVENE ADJOURNMENT Councilmember Jan Schuette / Mayor Pro Tem Michele Blythe City of Arlington Council Agenda Bill WS #1 Attachment March 11, 2024 Contract for Indigent Defense Services with Feldman & Lee, P.S. Contract Administration; Paul Ellis, City Administrator EXPENDITURES REQUESTED: $240,000 BUDGET CATEGORY: BUDGETED AMOUNT: $240,000 LEGAL REVIEW: DESCRIPTION: Requesting approval of a contract with Feldman & Lee for indigent defense services. The term of this Agreement shall be from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2025, unless sooner terminated as provided in the Agreement, subject to the right of extension referenced in paragraph 2 of the agreement. HISTORY: The City of Arlington provides indigent defense services to individuals who have been certified for representation in criminal charges before the Snohomish County District Court. Feldman & Lee, P.S., is a licensed law firm with attorneys in good standing in the state of Washington who has been selected to perform services to indigent defense clients under contract with the City. The City has adopted standards for public defense pursuant to the requirements of RCW 10.101.030, under Resolution No. 2014-017. The City and Attorney have entered into this Agreement in consideration of the mutual benefits. ALTERNATIVES: Mayor to sign the contract. CONTRACT FOR SERVICES 1 CONTRACT FOR INDIGENT DEFENSE SERVICES WHEREAS, the City of Arlington, Washington (hereinafter "City") provides indigent defense services to individuals who have been certified for representation in criminal charges before the Snohomish County District Court (hereinafter “District Court”); and WHEREAS, Feldman & Lee, P.S., (hereinafter "Attorney") is a licensed attorney in good standing in the state of Washington who has been selected to perform services to indigent defense clients under contract with the City; and WHEREAS, the City has adopted standards for public defense pursuant to the requirements of RCW 10.101.030, under Resolution No. 2014-017; and The City and Attorney have entered into this Agreement in consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived and the mutual promises contained herein: 1. Scope of Services, Standards and Warranty; Definition. 1.1 The Attorney will provide indigent defense services in accordance with the standards adopted by the City in Resolution No. 2014- 017, as the same exists or is hereafter amended. The Attorney warrants that he/she, and every attorney and/or intern employed by the Attorney to perform services under this Contract, has read and is fully familiar with the provisions of the Washington Supreme Court rule and the standards adopted by the City pursuant to Resolution No. 2014-017, (hereinafter "Standards"). Compliance with these Standards goes to the essence of this Agreement. 1.2 The Attorney, and every attorney and/or intern performing services under this Agreement, shall certify compliance quarterly with the Court. A copy of each and every such certification shall be provided to the City contemporaneously with filing with the Court. The Attorney further warrants that his/her proposal, reflected in Section 2, Compensation, reflects all infrastructure, support, administrative services and systems necessary to comply with the Standards. 1.3 For purposes of this agreement, the term “Court” shall mean the Snohomish County District Court. 2. Compensation. The City shall pay to the Attorney for services rendered under this Contract the sum of Twenty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($20,000.00) per month, effective January 1, 2022, through December 31, 2025. 2.1 Case Counts. The above charge is based upon the anticipated case count for the City of Arlington cases per year, not to exceed six hundred (600) cases per year. As provided in the Standards, the case counts also include the Attorney's appearance at all arraignment calendars. The terms “case” and “credit” CONTRACT FOR SERVICES 2 shall be defined as provided in the Standards. The City has adopted an unweighted case count. 2.2 Adjustment. As provided in the Standards, case counts may be revised upwards based upon a variety of factors. 2.3 Base Compensation. Except as expressly provided in Section 2.4, the cost of all infrastructure administrative, support and systems as well as standard overhead services necessary to comply with the established standards is included in the base payment provided in Section 2.1 above. 2.4 Payments in Addition to the Base Compensation. The City shall pay for the following case expenses when reasonably incurred and approved by the Court from funds available for that purpose: 2.4.1 Discovery. Discovery shall be provided in accordance with law and court rule by the City Prosecutor. For post-conviction relief cases, discovery includes the cost to obtain a copy of the defense, prosecuting attorney making this charge or court files pertaining to the underlying case. 2.4.2 Preauthorized Non-Routine Expenses. Non-routine case expenses requested by Attorney and preauthorized by order of the Court. Unless the services are performed by Contractor's Attorney’s staff or subcontractors, non- routine expenses include, but are not limited to: (i) medical and psychiatric evaluations; (ii) expert witness fees and expenses; (iii) interpreters for languages not commonly spoken in the City or interpreters for services other than attorney/client communication; (iv) polygraph, forensic and other scientific tests; (v) computerized legal research; (vi) investigation expenses; and (vii) any other non-routine expenses the Court finds necessary and proper for the investigation, preparation, and presentation of a case. 2.4.3 Lay Witness Fees. Lay witness fees and mileage incurred in bringing defense witnesses to court, but not including salary or expenses of law enforcement officers required to accompany incarcerated witnesses; 2.4.4 Copying Clients' Files. The cost, if it exceeds $25, of providing one copy of a client's or former client's case file upon client's or client's appellate, post-conviction relief or habeas corpus attorney's request, or at the request of counsel appointed to represent the client when the client has been granted a new trial; CONTRACT FOR SERVICES 3 2.4.5 Copying Direct Appeal Transcripts for RALJ Appeals. The cost, if it exceeds $25, of making copies of direct appeal transcripts for representation in post-conviction relief cases. Contractor Attorney is limited to no more than two copies; 2.4.6 Records. Medical, school, birth. DMV, and other similar records and 911 and emergency communication recordings and logs, when the cost of an individual item does not exceed $75; and 2.4.7 Process Service. The cost for the service of a subpoena as long as the rate per location does not exceed the guideline amount as shown in the payment policy. 2.5 Renegotiation. 2.5.1 Renegotiation Due to Increases or Decreases in Case Load The City and Attorney shall, at the option of either party, renegotiate this Contact if there is a significant increase or decrease in the number of cases assigned. "Significant decrease" and "significant increase" shall mean a decrease or increase, respectively, of more than ten percent (10%) in the number of cases assigned or, in the alternative, a decrease or increase in the number of cases assigned which results in more than 600 cases being assigned in an "average" calendar year or an average of 150 cases per quarter. At the request of either party, the City and Attorney will periodically review cases assignment trends, requests for additional credits and any other matters needed to determine contract compliance or necessary contract modifications. 2.5.2 Renegotiation Due to Change in Rule or Standard. This Contract may be renegotiated at the option of either party if the Washington State Supreme Court, the Washington State Bar or the City significantly modifies the Standards for Indigent Defense adopted pursuant to the Court Rule or City Ordinance/Resolution. 3. Term. The term of this Agreement shall be from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2025, unless sooner terminated as provided in this Agreement, subject to the right of extension referenced in paragraph 2, above. 3.1 For Cause. This Agreement may be terminated for cause for violation of any material term of this Agreement. "Material term" shall include any violation indicating a failure to provide representation in accordance with the rules of the court and the ethical obligations established by the Washington State Bar Association, a violation of the Standards of the provisions of Section 6 relating to insurance, conviction of a criminal charge, and/or a finding that the license of the CONTRACT FOR SERVICES 4 Attorney, or any attorney providing service under this Agreement, has been suspended or revoked. Any violation of the other provisions of this Contract shall be subject to cure. Written notice of contract violation shall be provided to the Attorney who shall have ten (10) business days to correct the violation. Failure to correct the violation will give rise to termination for cause at the City's discretion. In lieu of terminating this Contract, the City may agree in writing to alternative corrective measures. 3.2 Termination on Mutual Agreement. The parties may agree in writing to terminate this Contract at any time. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing, termination or expiration of this Contract does not affect any existing obligation or liability of either party. 3.3 Obligations Survive Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement, the following obligations shall survive and continue: 3.3.1 Representation. The compensation established in this Agreement compensates Public Defender for services relating to each and every assigned case. Therefore, in the event this Agreement is terminated, the Public Defender will continue to represent clients on assigned cases until a case is concluded on the trial court level. 3.3.2 The provisions of sections 1 and 5, as well as this subsection 3.3 survive termination as to the Public Defender. The City shall remain bound by the provisions of section 2.4 with respect to additional costs incurred with respect to cases concluded after the termination of this Contract. 4. Nondiscrimination. Neither the Attorney nor any person acting on behalf of the Attorney, shall, by reason of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, honorably discharged doctrine or military status, or the presence of any sensory, mental, or physical disability or the use of a trained guide dog or service animal by a person with a disability, discriminate against any person who is qualified and available to perform the work to which the employment relates, or in the provision of services under this A greement. 5. Indemnification. The Attorney agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City, its officers, officials, agents, employees, and representatives from and against any and all claims, costs, judgments, losses, or suits including Attorney's fees or awards, and including claims by Attorney's own employees to which Attorney night otherwise be immune under Title 51 arising out of or in connection with any willful misconduct or negligent error, or omission of the Attorney, his officers or agents. It is specifically and expressly understood that the indemnification CONTRACT FOR SERVICES 5 provided herein constitutes the waiver of the Attorney's waiver of immunity under Title 51 RCW solely for the purposes of this indemnification. The parties have mutually negotiated this waiver. This clause shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement and shall continue to be in effect for any claims or causes of action arising hereunder. 6. Insurance. The Attorney shall procure and maintain for the duration of this Agreement insurance against claims for injuries to persons or property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of work hereunder by the Attorney, or the agents, representatives, employees, or subcontractors of the Attorney. 6.1 Minimum Scope of Insurance. Attorney shall obtain insurance of the types described below: 6.1.1 Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, non- owned, hired and leased vehicles. Coverage shall be written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form CA 00 01 or a substitute form providing equivalent liability coverage. If necessary, the policy shall be endorsed to provide contractual liability coverage. 6.1.2 Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on ISO occurrence form CG 00 01 and shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal injury and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. The City shall be named as an insured under the Service Provider's Commercial General Liability insurance policy with respect to the work performed for the City using ISO additional insured endorsement CG 20 10 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01 or substitute endorsements providing equivalent coverage. 6.1.3 Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. 6.1.4 Professional Liability insurance appropriate to the Attorney's profession. 6.2 Minimum Amounts of Insurance. Attorney shall maintain the following insurance limits: 6.2.1 Automobile Liability insurance with a minimum combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of $1,000,000 per accident. 6.2.2 Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written with limits no less than $1,000,000 each occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate. CONTRACT FOR SERVICES 6 6.2.3 Professional Liability insurance shall be written with limits no less than $1,000,000 per claim and $1,000,000 policy aggregate limit. The policy shall contain no exclusion for loss or liability relating to a claim of ineffective assistance of counsel. 6.3 Other Insurance Provisions. The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions for Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability insurance. 6.3.1 The Attorney's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respect to the City. Any insurance, self-insurance, or insurance pool coverage maintained by the City shall be in excess of the Service Provider's insurance and shall not contribute with it. 6.3.2 The Attorney's insurance shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be cancelled by either party, except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City. 6.4 Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best rating of not less than A:VII. 6.5 Verification of Coverage. Attorney shall furnish the City with original certificates and a copy of the amendatory endorsements, including but not necessarily limited to the additional insured endorsement, evidencing the insurance requirements of the Service Provider before commencement of the work. 7. Work Performed by Attorney. In addition to compliance with the Standards, in the performance of work under this Agreement, Attorney shall comply with all federal, state and municipal laws, ordinances, rules and regulations which are applicable to Attorney's business, equipment, and personnel engaged in operations covered by this Agreement or accruing out of the performance of such operations. 8. Work Performed at Attorney's Risk. Attorney shall be responsible for the safety of its employees, agents, and subcontractors in the performance of work hereunder, and shall take all protections reasonably necessary for that purpose. All work shall be done at the Attorney's own risk, and the Attorney shall be responsible for any loss or damage to materials, tools, or other articles used or held in connection with the work. Attorney shall also pay its employees all wages, salaries and benefits required by law and provide for taxes, withholding and all other employment related charges, taxes or fees in accordance with law and IRS regulations. CONTRACT FOR SERVICES 7 9. Personal Services, No Subcontracting. This Agreement has been entered into in consideration of the Attorney's particular skills, qualifications, experience, and ability to meet the Standards incorporated in this Agreement. Therefore, the Attorney has personally signed this Agreement below to indicate that he/she is bound by its terms. This Agreement shall not be subcontracted without the express written consent of the City and refusal to subcontract may be withheld at the City's sole discretion. Any assignment of this Agreement by the Attorney without the express written consent of the City shall be void. 10. Modification. No waiver, alteration or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the duly authorized representatives of the City and the Attorney. 11. Entire Agreement. The written provisions in terms of this Agreement, together with any exhibit attached hereto, shall supersede all prior verbal statements of any officer or other representative of the City, and such statement(s) shall not be effective or construed as entering into or fanning a part of, or altering in any manner whatsoever, this Agreement. 12. Written Notice. All communications regarding this Agreement shall be sent to the parties at the addresses listed below, unless notified to the contrary. Any written notice hereunder shall become effective as of the date of mailing by registered or certified mail, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if sent to the addressee at the address stated in the Agreement or such other address as may be hereinafter specified in writing: CITY: ATTN: City Clerk 238 N. Olympic Avenue Arlington, WA 98223 ATTORNEY: Feldman & Lee, P.S. 19303 44th Avenue W. Lynnwood, WA 98036 13. Nonwaiver of Breach. The failure of the City to insist upon strict performance of any of the covenants and agreements contained herein, or to exercise any option herein conferred in one or more instances shall not be construed to be a waiver or relinquishment of such covenants, agreements, or options, and the same shall be and remain in full force and effect. 14. Resolutions of Disputes, Governing Law. Should any dispute, misunderstanding or conflict arise as to the terms or conditions contained in this Agreement, the matter shall be referred to the City Administrator, whose decision CONTRACT FOR SERVICES 8 shall be final. Provided, however, that any complaint regarding any violation of the Standards or which relate to any manner whatsoever to trial strategy or an ongoing case, shall be referred to the Judge of the Court or to the Washington State Bar Association as appropriate. Nothing herein shall be construed to obligate, require or permit the City, its officers, agents, or employees to inquire into any privileged communication between the Attorney and any indigent defendant. In the event of any litigation arising out of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be reimbursed for reasonable attorneys' fees from the other party. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington and the rules of the Washington Supreme Court as applicable. Venue for an action arising out of this Agreement shall be in Snohomish County Superior Court. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this contract on the _____ day of _________________, 20___. CITY OF ARLINGTON Barbara TolbertDon E. Vanney, Mayor ATTEST / AUTHENTICATE: Wendy Van Der Meersche, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: BAILEY, DUSKIN, & PEIFFLE & MARTIN, P.S. Attorneys for City of Arlington Steven J. Peiffle, City Attorney CONTRACT FOR SERVICES 9 ATTORNEY: FELDMAN AND LEE, P.S. _______________________________ Patrick Feldman, Officer This Agreement has been executed personally by the Attorney(s) providing services hereunder to indicate his or her commitment to providing the services in accordance with the standards herein provided. In addition, the corporate entity under which the Attorney practices has executed this Agreement indicating the corporate entities' Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement. City of Arlington Council Agenda Bill WS #2 Attachment March 11, 2024 Community & Economic Development; Amy Rusko, Planning Manager, 360-403-3550 EXPENDITURES REQUESTED: None BUDGETED AMOUNT: N/A LEGAL REVIEW: DESCRIPTION: Pursuant to RCW 36.70A.130, Cities may amend their comprehensive plans only once per calendar year and are required to be submitted by the last working day in January. Arlington Municipal Code §20.96.030 establishes a docketing process for Comprehensive Plan and Zoning Map Changes and Arlington Municipal Code §20.96.100 establishes a docketing process for Amendments to Development Regulations. The two processes are run concurrently through the docketing process. Proposed amendments to the City’s Comprehensive Plan or Development Regulations may be made by any private citizen or by the city itself. The City Council must approve of any item being placed on the Final Docket. Once the docket becomes final, staff is authorized to proceed with processing the proposed amendments. Proposed amendments must receive final approval by the City Council to become incorporated into the City’s Comprehensive Plan or Development Regulations. Regulation Amendment Docket. The docket consists of nineteen items, fifteen items are initiated by the city and four items are initiated by private citizens. On February 22, 2024, the City’s Planning Commission held a Public Hearing on the 2024 Preliminary Docket be placed on the Final Docket. The Planning Commission provided Findings of Fact to city staff on February 27, 2024. ALTERNATIVES: Approve items as proposed, modify one or more items, deferral of one or more items, denial of one or more items. Workshop; discussion only. At the March 18, 2024, Council meeting the recommended motion will be, “I move to approve the proposed resolution adopting the 2024 Comprehensive Plan Final Docket and authorize the Mayor to sign the resolution.” RESOLUTION NO. 2024-XXX RESOLUTION NO. 2024-XXX A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON ADOPTING THE 2024 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FINAL DOCKET WHEREAS, the City’s Comprehensive Plan 2015 update was adopted January 25, 2018; and WHEREAS, RCW 36.70A.130 allows jurisdictions to make amendments to its comprehensive plan once annually, and directs that the city shall compile and maintain a list, known as a “docket”, of all city-initiated and privately-initiated proposed comprehensive plan amendments; and WHEREAS, AMC 20.96.100 allows the city to make amendments to its development regulations, and directs that most development regulation amendments be processed concurrently with comprehensive planning docket developed under AMC 20.96.030 (b); and WHEREAS, there are fifteen city-initiated proposals and four privately- initiated proposals for the 2024 preliminary docket; and WHEREAS, the preliminary docket was made available to the public for review and comment at least fifteen days prior to consideration by the Planning Commission; and WHEREAS, the Director of Community and Economic Development made a recommendation to the Planning Commission as to which proposed amendments should be included in the final docket; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission held a noticed hearing on February 22, 2024 on selection of proposed amendments for the final docket; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission’s Findings of Fact and determination per AMC 20.96.050, are attached hereto as exhibit; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON AS FOLLOWS: 1. The Arlington City Council hereby adopts the Planning Commission’s findings and the docket recommendation made by the Planning Commission per the selection and decision criteria outlined in AMC 20.96.060 as the 2024 Final Docket. 2. Except as provided in AMC 20.96.010(d), no additional comprehensive plan amendments may be considered after council adoption of the 2024 docket. RESOLUTION NO. 2024-XXX ADOPTED by the City Council and APPROVED by the Mayor this 18th Day of March, 2024. CITY OF ARLINGTON ________________________ Don Vanney, Mayor ATTEST: __________________________________ Wendy Van Der Meersche, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: _______________________________ Steven J. Peiffle City Attorney 2024 Annual Docket – PLN#1171 Page 1 of 9 Community and Economic Development Planning Division 18204 59th Avenue NE, Arlington, WA 98223 City Council 2024 Comprehensive Plan Amendment Final Annual Docket – Staff Report I.INTRODUCTIONThe City’s current 2015 Comprehensive Plan was adopted on January 25, 2018. State law (see RCW 36.70A.130) allows for jurisdictions to make amendments to comprehensive plans once annually. The City has established a docketing process to identify and review all potential amendments to the City’s Comprehensive Plan for a given year to ensure all proposed development regulation amendments are considered together. This year the city is also proposing the adoption of the 2024 Comprehensive Plan Periodic Update. As part of the docketing process, private citizens can submit applications to amend the City’s Comprehensive Plan. The deadline to apply for annual amendments is January 31st of each year. The City can also propose amendments to the comprehensive plan. Once the deadline passes, staff compiles a list of all proposed amendments on a preliminary docket. This docket is then reviewed by staff to decide if each amendment follows the criteria listed in Chapter 20.96 of the City’s Land Use Code. Once approved by the Director, the public has an opportunity to comment on proposed amendments listed on the preliminary docket. Comments are compiled, if any, and are then presented to the Planning Commission for consideration at a public hearing. The Planning Commission then makes a recommendation to the City Council on whether the proposed amendments shall be on the Final 2024 Comprehensive Plan Amendment Docket. The City Council reviews and has the choice to keep and/or remove any proposed amendment on the docket. The Council then adopts the final docket in which staff processes over the course of the year. The Preliminary 2024 Comprehensive Plan Amendment Docket was reviewed for compliance with AMC Chapter 20.96 and approved by the director for review by the public and consideration by the Planning Commission. The public hearing for the 2024 Docket was noticed and published on February 1, 2024. The Planning Commission reviewed the Docket at their February 6, 2024 workshop and held a Public Hearing on February 22, 2024. II.BACKGROUNDThe City received four (4) privately initiated amendments, three (3) to the Comprehensive Plan and Zoning Map and one (1) amendment to the Development Regulations. Privately initiated amendment items are listed as Item 3 – Hernandez 188th Street Rezone, Item 4 – Watanabe Rezone, Item 5 – Sno-Isle Library Rezone, and Item 17 – Snohomish County PUD Development Regulation Amendment in the table below. The Hernandez Rezone has been continued from the 2023 Annual Docket and cannot be processed unless the Wear Annexation is approved. The City is proposing fifteen (15) amendments, two (2) amendments to the Comprehensive Plan and Zoning Map and thirteen (13) amendments to the Development Regulations. City-initiated amendments to the Comprehensive Plan are items listed as Item 1 and Item 2 in the table below. City-initiated amendments to the Development Regulations are the items listed as Item 6, Item 7, Item 8, Item 9, Item 10, Item 11, Item 12, Item 13, Item 14, Item 15, Item 16, Item 18, and Item 19 in the table below. All applications for the 2024 Comprehensive Plan Amendment Preliminary Annual Docket were received by the Community and Economic Development Department prior to the deadline of 5:00 pm on January 31, 2024. All applications are considered complete for processing. 2024 Annual Docket – PLN#1171 Page 2 of 9 III. 2024 DOCKET PROPOSALS Item #1: File Name: 2024 Comprehensive Plan Periodic Update File №: PLN#1172 Amendment Type: Applicant: Description: The City is proposing the Comprehensive Plan for the City of Arlington was adopted in 2018 (2015 Periodic Update). The State Comprehensive Plan is for the City to supply an overview of comprehensive planning for the city including required and optional elements under the Growth Management Act for the next 20 years. The mandatory elements include Land Use, Housing, Capital Facilities Plan, Utilities, Transportation, and Climate Change and Resiliency. The optional elements include Economic Development, Parks and Recreation, Public Saobjectives, policies, actions, and standards that are intended to guide the day-to-day decisions of elected officials and staff. The Comprehensive Plan must Countywide Planning Policies. The State of Washington changed the periodic update from 8 to 10 years, the next update will occur in 2044. Item #2 Parks & Recreation Master Plan File №: PLN#1042 Comprehensive Plan Amendment City of Arlington The City is proposing to adopt the Parks & Recreation Master Plan as a supplemental document to the Comprehensive Plan. The 2024 Comprehensive Plan Periodic Update incorporates the Master Plan into the Parks and Recreation Book. The adoption of the Master Plan requires updates to the Zoning Code Development Regulations of Chapters 20.52 and 20.90. Item #3 Hernandez 188th File №: Amendment Type:Applicant: Parcel №: 31051600301200 & 31051600301800 Description: Low Capacity zoning to Business Park. The property is northeast of the 188th Street and Airport Boulevard intersection. The rezone proposal is contingent upon the Wear Commercial Annexation because the property is not currently in the city limits. If the request is granted, the City’s Future Land Use Map and Official Zoning Map will be updated. This is a continuation of the proposed rezone listed 2024 Annual Docket – PLN#1171 Page 3 of 9 Item #4 Watanabe Rezone File №: PLN#1170 Amendment Type: Comprehensive Plan Amendment Applicant: Dale Watanabe Parcel №: Description: The applicants are proposing to rezone a total of 10 acres on two parcels from General Commercial zoning to Light Industrial. The property is southwest of the 168th Street and 51st Avenue intersection. The property is within the Cascade Industrial Center. If the request is granted, the City’s Future Land Use Map and Official Zoning Map will be updated. Item #5 Sno-Isle Library Rezone File №: PLN#1173 Comprehensive Plan Amendment Sno-Isle Library Parcel №: 00455400500100 & 00455400500500The applicant is proposing to rezone a total of 0.63 acres on two parcels from the Old Town Residential District zoning to Public / Semi-Public. The property is southeast of the E 2nd Street and N Washington Avenue intersection. The use of the property has been the public library, and the zoning should reflect this due to other zoning regulations. If the request is granted, the City’s Future Land Use Map and Official Zoning Map will be updated. 2024 Annual Docket – PLN#1171 Page 4 of 9 Item #6 Chapter 20.08 Definitions File №: PLN#1174 Development Regulations Amendment City of Arlington Description: The City is proposing revisions to Chapter 20.08 Definitions for emergency housing and shelters per Engrossed Second Substitute House Bill 1220, Engrossed Substitute House Bill 1042, parking areas, and any other definitions that are needed for code clarification. Item #7 Chapter 20.16 Permits and Land Division Approval File №: PLN#1185 Development Regulations Amendment City of Arlington The city is proposing revisions to Chapter 20.16 Permits and Land Division Approval per Second Substitute Senate Bill 5290, which updated timelines and added regulations related to permit processing. This changes the amount of time the City must permits, defines public meetings, streamlining permits through a consolidation process, some permit types may be excluded, review comment resubmittal and meetings, and required permit timeline reporting. Item #8 Chapter 20.40 Permissible Uses File №: PLN#1175 Development Regulations Amendment City of Arlington The city is proposing revisions to Chapter 20.40 Permissible Uses around Battery Energy Storage Systems, Change of Use, Library, Temporary Uses, Emergency Housing and Shelters, and review all updates from Engrossed Substitute House Bill 1042, Engrossed Second Substitute House Bill 1110, and Engrossed Second Substitute House Bill 1220 to ensure city compliance wComprehensive Plan update. Item #9 Chapter 20.44 Supplemental Uses File №: PLN#1176 Development Regulations Amendment City of Arlington The City is proposing revisions to Chapter 20.44 Supplemental uses to include minor text changes to Section 20.44.020 Unit Lot Subdivision to have consistency with other areas of the code and removing Section 20.44.098 Electric Vehicle Infrastructure and move it to the new Chapter 20.114 Alternative Energy Systems. The Electric Vehicle Infrastructure code currently has regulations that are robust but has some outdated information and/or conflicting code with the State regulations that needs to be updated. Item #10 Chapter 20.46 Design Review File №: PLN#1177 Development Regulations Amendment City of Arlington Description: The City has proposed revisions to Chapter 20.46 Design Review to streamline the design review process by abiding by RCW 36.70A.630 and WAC 365-196-845 through Engrossed Substitute House Bill 1293, Engrossed Substitute House Bill 1042, and Engrossed Second Substitute House Bill 1110. Update all sections that need to be revised to meet the regulations. Item #11 Chapter 20.52 Recreational Facilities & Open Space File №: PLN#1039 Development Regulations Amendment City of Arlington The city has proposed revisions to Chapter 20.52 Recreational Facilities and Open Space by updating the language to follow the proposed update of the Parks and Recreation Master Plan. Changes will need to be made to the following sections 20.52.010, 20.52.020, 20.52.024, 20.52.030 and new sections may need to be added. This is a continuation from the revisions proposed on the 2023 Docket. 2024 Annual Docket – PLN#1171 Page 5 of 9 Item #12 Chapter 20.76 Screening & Trees File №: PLN#1178 Amendment Type: Development Regulations Amendment Applicant: City of Arlington Description: The city has proposed revisions to Chapter 20.76 Screening and Trees include adding a screening tables to ensure correct landscaping types are listed for each proposed use. Item #13 Chapter 20.90 Concurrency & Impact Fees File №: PLN#1040 Development Regulations Amendment City of Arlington Description: The city has proposed revisions to Chapter 20.90 updating the language to follow the proposed update of the Parks and Recreation Master Plan. The new section provides the following: impact fees established, impact fee calculation formula, imposition of impact fee, collection of fees, disposition of impact fee revenues, refunds, and additional sections deemed necessary. This is a continuation from the revisions proposed on the 2023 Docket for the Parks Impact and Mitigation Fees. Item #14 Chapter 20.93 Critical Area Ordinance File №: PLN#1179 Development Regulations Amendment City of Arlington Description: The City has proposed revisions to Chapter 20.93 Critical Area Ordinance to follow new updated Washington State Department Commerce, Department of Fish and Wildlife, and Department of Ecology regulations through Washington State Register (WSR) 23-08-037 that was certified on May 22, 2023. Multiple sections will be updated and will be processed as the City’s 5-year update. The same information is proposed to be updated in the Comprehensive Plan. Item #15 Chapter 20.110 Mixed-Use Development Regulations File №: PLN#1180 Development Regulations Amendment City of Arlington Description: The City has proposed revisions to Chapter 20.110 Mixed Use Development Regulations to clean up the entire document. The main areas include the permissible use tables, dimensional standards, open space, along with other areas that staff have noticed where there are parts of this code that do not work and sections that do not match others. Item #16 Chapter 20.112 Affordable Housing Program File №: PLN#1182 Development Regulations Amendment City of Arlington The City has proposed a new chapter to create an Affordable Housing Program. The proposed information will pull requirements from Engrossed Second Substitute House Bill 1220 and Engrossed Second Substitute House Bill 1110. Item #17 Chapter 20.114 Alternative Energy Systems File №: PLN#1181 Development Regulations Amendment Snohomish County PUD Description: The Snohomish County PUD has proposed new text language and regulations to allow Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS). The Snohomish County PUD and City staff will work together proposing to create a new chapter that can address all alternative energy regulations in the future that includes Battery, Solar, Hydroelectric, or other for Industrial, Commercial, and Residential uses. 2024 Annual Docket – PLN#1171 Page 6 of 9 Item #18 Chapter 20.118 Cascade Industrial Center Subarea Plan File №: PLN#1183 Amendment Type: Development Regulations Amendment Applicant: City of Arlington Description: The City is proposing to create a new chapter for the regulations of the Cascade Industrial Center Subarea, using the existing subarea plan, planned action, and new design standards. Item #19 Chapter 20.119 Island Crossing Subarea Plan File №: PLN#1184 Development Regulations Amendment City of Arlington Description: The City is proposing to create a new chapter for the regulations of the Island Crossing Subarea Plan after the Subarea Plan is completed. The new chapter will incorporate the information from the subarea plan and planned action into the code. IV. ANALYSIS Arlington Municipal Code Chapter §20.96 (Amendments) outlines the process for amending the City’s Comprehensive Plan on an annual basis. Specifically, AMC §20.96.030 (Docketing Procedures-Comprehensive Plan and Zoning Map Amendments) and AMC §20.96.100 (Docketing Procedures- Amendments to Development Regulations) requires that: Regulation Analysis Meets AMC §20.96.030 – Docketing Procedures-Comprehensive Plan and Zoning Map Amendments a "docket," of all city-initiated and privately initiated proposed comprehensive plan amendments. The list shall be organized as to amendment type and include a description of the amendment in nontechnical terms, as well as the name of the applicant and date of submission to the city. The preliminary docket shall be made available to the public for review and comment for at least fifteen days prior to consideration by the planning commission. Written comments that are submitted by the end of the comment period shall be added to the preliminary docket. The final docket will be determined as described in this section. list as shown above. The Preliminary Docket was available for review at the CED Office, posted on the city’s website, and mailed to all property owners within 500 feet of a proposed rezone on February 1, 2024. The public hearing was held on February 22, 2024. Yes (b) Preliminary Review—Determination of Final Docket. director shall conduct a brief initial evaluation of all privately initiated meet the preliminary review criteria in this section and to assess the extent of review that would be required under the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA). The director shall make a recommendation to the planning commission as to which proposed amendments should be included in the final docket, along with any city-initiated proposed amendments. the proposed items on the Preliminary Docket and believe the amendments meet the review criteria of AMC Chapter 20.96. SEPA Determinations are needed for all proposed docket items, except for the 2024 Comprehensive Plan Periodic Update requiring an EIS. Yes 2024 Annual Docket – PLN#1171 Page 7 of 9 Regulation Analysis Meets (2) Joint Workshop. During each annual amendment cycle, the city council and planning commission may, at the city council's discretion, hold a noticed joint workshop to serve as an informational meeting between the two governmental bodies. requested by City Council. Yes commission shall hold a noticed hearing on selection of proposed amendments for the final docket. February 22, 2024 at the regularly scheduled Planning Commission Meeting. Yes consider the planning commission's recommended final docket. Council may adopt the proposed final docket without a public hearing; however, in the event that a majority of the council decides to add or subtract amendments, it shall first hold a public hearing. No additional comprehensive plan amendments may be considered after council adoption of the docket for that year, except as provided in AMC §20.96.010(d). The final docket shall be approved by resolution. for February 22, 2024, the Planning Commission voted and provided Findings of Fact to city staff to forward to City Council. Currently a public hearing before City Council is not scheduled unless the Council requests that a public hearing occur. Yes §20.96.020(b) that meet one of the following criteria may be included in the final docket: (a) If the proposed amendment is site specific, the subject property is suitable for development in general conformance with adjacent land use, the surrounding development pattern, and with zoning standards under the potential zoning classifications. (b) State law requires, or a decision of a court, or administrative agency has directed such a change. (c) There exists an obvious technical error in the pertinent comprehensive plan provision. Docket are site specific and the proposed new zone is suitable for the property and follows adjacent land uses, surrounding development patterns, and potential zoning classifications. Yes AMC §20.96.100 – Docketing Procedures-Amendments to Development Regulationsor zoning regulations shall be developed, submitted and presented by the City staff, based on direction from the City Council, Planning Commission, or the Director of Community & Economic Development or designee. amendments to the development regulations will be developed and presented by City staff based on the direction of the CED Department and State Law that correspond with the Planning Commission and City Council. Yes 2024 Annual Docket – PLN#1171 Page 8 of 9 Regulation Analysis Meets (b) Private party requests. City staff shall submit proposals from private individuals or groups as follows: (1) Private parties shall submit a written summary of the amendment proposed to City staff, and indication of why it is needed, and the potential land use impacts if approved. No fees shall be assessed. (2) Staff shall maintain a docket listing of private party requests and shall provide the listing not less than once per year to the Planning Commission, which shall determine which items shall be further reviewed by staff and submitted as a formal proposal., which shall be deferred to future work programs, and which shall not be considered. Decisions to defer or not consider private requests shall be considered final unless appealed as provided herein. proposed text amendment request for the Docket. The City has been working with Snohomish County PUD over the past year to figure out the best route forward for the request. Staff shared the information with the Planning Commission at earlier meetings. Staff has proposed to develop a new chapter that will include the proposal from Snohomish County PUD and will also serve as a chapter to future code regulations regarding Alternative Energy across the city. Yes processed concurrently with the comprehensive planning docket developed under AMC §20.96.030 (b). The Community Development director may direct that development regulation amendments proceed separately when deemed appropriate. proposed development regulation amendments with the comprehensive plan docket. Yes IV. FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS Staff finds that the proposed amendments listed on the 2024 Preliminary Annual Docket meet the criteria of AMC §20.96.030 and AMC §20.96.100 per the above analysis. V. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1. SEPA COMPLIANCE: Upon review of each individual amendment on the Final Docket, a SEPA Checklist shall be prepared and reviewed and a threshold determination of environmental impacts, if any, will be issued. The 2024 Comprehensive Plan Periodic Update requires an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) to be completed. 2. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION AND INVOLVEMENT: During review of each individual amendment on the Final Docket, staff shall present the amendments to Planning Commission and City Council at public meetings and at the Planning Commission public hearing. The public may supply comments during the amendment process, at public meetings, after the SEPA Determination, and prior to the public hearing. All regulatory notices must be posted at Arlington City Hall, Arlington Sno-Isle Library, Smokey Point Post Office, and the City Website, published in The Everett Herald, and posted on the site (if there is a site to post). 3. WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE NOTIFICATION: During review of each individual amendment and prior to each amendment being presented at the final City Council meeting, the amendment shall be sent to the Department of Commerce for a 60-day review period. The Department of Commerce will notify the City with questions, comments, or approval procedural compliance with RCW 36.70A.106. 2024 Annual Docket – PLN#1171 Page 9 of 9 VI. RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the City Council approve the 2024 Comprehensive Plan Final Docket as proposed by approving the proposed resolution at the March 18, 2024 meeting. Note: Approving the proposed amendments onto the Final Docket does not approve the amendment, but rather places the items on City staff’s work plan for the year. Each proposed amendment must be brought before the Planning Commission and City Council as an individual project prior to adoption. From: Sheila Johnson To: City of Arlington 4031 - 188th Street N.E. Planning Manager Amy Rusko Arlington, WA 98223 arusko@arlingtonwa.gov (360) 403-3550 21 February 2024 Re: File No. PLN #1032, 1171 To Whom it may Concern, This is regarding PLN #1171 - Annual Docket meeting February 22, 2024, which addresses the Hernandez 188th Street Rezone (that also relates to the Wear Commercial Annexation) and is a continuation of the proposed rezone listed on the 2023 Docket. I expect this hearing will be rather empty, as I saw the notice for the Hernan- dez rezone flat on the ground February 13, and did not know it was a hearing no- tice until I walked up to it several days later. The surrounding community probably doesn't even know there is a hearing. I do believe if the surrounding area was aware of the nearby rezones to industrial, residents would strongly oppose it. Over the last twenty years this area has gone from mostly AG-10, to mostly low density residential, and this has created very livable neighborhoods. Zoning the Hernandez property R-7200, the same as the local neighborhoods, was well thought-out good planning in managing growth, consistent with the comprehensive plan. Rezoning that property again, into industrial uses, would cause industry to encroach on those livable neighborhoods and diminish their quality of life. Indus- trial areas should remain compact, and not push east, where it is completely out of character with the area. Keeping this area zoned R-7200 is in far better keeping with Arlington's long range comprehensive plan. That's why the city zoned it R-7200 in the first place. The city of Arlington needs more housing for projected growth, and this area has nice views, outdoor recreation, and many amenities nearby. It has a high quality of life and this should be preserved for future generations. Large buffers should be maintained between residential and industrial areas. The airport to the south acts like open space, as does the valley to the north, and industrial zoning should not be allowed to spread further east where it will diminish home values and permanently impact the character of these neighborhoods. Page 1 of 2 In addition, industrial zoning is far less compatible than low density resi- dential with the class 3 wetlands that are in the valley directly below this area. Industrial facilities often handle and store hazardous chemicals and substances, and leaks and corrosion in storage containers happen. Industrial areas also have large impervious surfaces where rainwater picks up pollutants, and the runoff infiltrates groundwater. Sea-run cutthroat and salmon fry use the ditches below this area and harming them would have a cascading effect on the entire ecosystem. Given there is a steep hillside adjacent to this area, retaining the property as R7200 will help pre- serve the natural habitats in the valley. Maintaining the low density residential zoning also creates a far safer buffer to help ensure the health of the class 3 wetlands in the valley. Not only do these wet- lands maintain wildlife diversity and create connected habitats, they provide water filtration, sediment retention, a carbon sink, and flood control. These services are critical for the long-term sustainability of water resources, as well as healthy aquatic ecosystems. I think the proposed rezone to Industrial Park conflicts with the goals of protecting natural resource lands and developing in a sustainable manner. This is a vulnerable area, and rezoning it just beyond the edge of the Wear Commercial Annexation is incompatible with the community and removes buffer zones for the large residential area to the east, as well as for salmon habitat below. Maintaining the R-7200 zoning, protects the quality of life for nearby residents, reduces the sprawl of incompatible zonings, leaves room for development, and pro- tects the salmon habitat below it. Sincerely, /Sheila Johnson/ Page 2 of 2 City of Arlington Council Agenda Bill WS #3 Attachment March 11, 2024 Sole Source Resolution for Wastewater Treatment Plant Blower Purchase Sole source resolution, BHC Technical Memorandum on Arlington MBR Blower Evaluation, Sultzer Turbo-Blower Brochure and quotation DEPARTMENT OF ORIGIN Public Works; Caitlin Dwyer, Utilities Manager EXPENDITURES REQUESTED: $550,000 estimate (includes tax) BUDGET CATEGORY: Wastewater Capital Fund BUDGETED AMOUNT: $420,000 - WWTP Upgrades budget 2024 $520,000 - WWTP Upgrades will budget 2025 LEGAL REVIEW: DESCRIPTION: The Arlington Water Reclamation Facility (WRF) was designed in 2008 and went on-line in 2011. The WRF is equipped with membrane filtration that enables it to produce effluent of reclaimed water quality. To keep the membranes operational 24 hours a day, blowers provide air at the base of the membranes; the air keeps the membrane pores from becoming clogged (fouled). The plant was originally designed to have four Positive Displacement blowers operating at full buildout – a flow rate of 4.0 million gallons per day (MGD). We are currently operating slightly under 2.0 MGD and are having struggles keeping the membranes from clogging with three blowers in operation. The blowers design for the MBR unit are not properly sized. In addition to providing sufficient air to keep the membranes clean, there must be a sufficient number of blowers should one break down (redundancy). Staff contracted with BHC Consultants to perform an analysis and determine how to rectify the issue of insufficient MBR air flow and lack of blower redundancy. BHC completed an analysis (attached) and concluded that the best alternative is to purchase two high efficiency turbo-blowers, this will provide sufficient air for now and until full buildout, plus provide the needed blower redundancy. Three high efficiency blowers were evaluated and the Sultzer magnetic bearing Turbo-Blower is the one that best suits the City’s needs. The Sultzer blowers have local support, high turn-down capacity, magnetic bearings, and are sized to fit in the current space available at the WRF. Staff visited WWTP’s in Monroe and Mt. Vernon to inspect their Sultzer blowers and talk with operators; staff recommends issuing a sole source resolution allowing the City to move forward with the procurement of two Sultzer Turbo-Blowers and Sultzer Motor Control Unit. City of Arlington Council Agenda Bill WS #3 Attachment ALTERNATIVES: Remand to staff for additional information. to recognize that the Sultzer Blowers best meet the needs of the Arlington Water Reclamation Facility and approve a Sole Source Resolution allowing the City to contract for the procurement of the blowers and MCU RESOLUTION NO. 2024-XXX A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON TO WAIVE BID REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PURCHASE OF NEW MEMBRANE BLOWERS FOR USE BY THE CITY OF ARLINGTON WASTEWATER DEPARTMENT WHEREAS, the City of Arlington Wastewater Department was last upgraded in 2010 and the current membrane blowers have exceeded their useful life and are in need of being upgraded; and WHEREAS, the Wastewater Department has contracted with BHC Engineering to conduct a technical review and memorandum for Membrane Blower replacement; and WHEREAS, the Wastewater Department desires to increase efficiency and implement the recommended upgraded blowers; and WHEREAS, RCW 35.23.352(9) permits the waiving of bidding requirements for the purchase of materials which are clearly and legitimately limited to a single source of supply or services which are subject to special market conditions; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Arlington, as follows: Section 1: The City Council of the City of Arlington hereby waives the bidding requirements for the purchase of new membrane blowers for use by the City of Arlington Wastewater Department. Section 2: This resolution will be effective for three (3) years from the date of adoption. APPROVED by the Mayor and City Council of the City of Arlington this 18th day of March 2024. CITY OF ARLINGTON ___________________________ Don E. Vanney, Mayor ATTEST: _________________________________ Wendy Van Der Meersche, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: __________________________________ Steven J. Peiffle, City Attorney TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 1 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM Date: February 26, 2024 To: Jim Kelly, PE, Public Works Director, City of Arlington From: Tom Giese, PE and Soundarya Krishnamurthy, PE, BHC Consultants, LLC CC: Jason Ewing and Caitlin Dwyer, City of Arlington Subject: Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Thomas Paul Giese, Jr., PE BHC Consultants, LLC Soundarya Krishnamurthy, PE BHC Consultants, LLC 1.Introduction 1.1 Background The City of Arlington (City) Water Reclamation Facility (WRF) secondary treatment process includes membrane bioreactors (MBR) preceded by aeration basins. The MBRs were commissioned in 2010. There are currently three 150-horsepower (HP) Aerzen positive displacement (PD) membrane blowers installed, with space for a future fourth blower. The membrane blowers provide air for scouring of the membranes installed in four existing membrane tanks. There are two additional membrane tanks that are currently empty, with one being utilized for permeate equalization. The PD blowers were each sized to provide 2,700 standard cubic feet per minute (scfm) of scour air. Each PD blower is intended to serve two membrane tanks, such that with the four tanks currently in operation, only two MBR blowers should be required to operate. However, recent testing conducted in May 2023 indicates that each PD blower is only producing about 2,000 scfm despite each blower being recently rehabilitated; initial factory testing showed the blowers being capable of producing 2,700 scfm; and each blower running at the design speed, within the motor HP, and near the design pressure. As a result, the third blower is often called to run during high flow conditions, which eliminates the planned redundancy. The City is concerned about not having sufficient air scour should one of the existing membrane blowers fail. 2/26/2024 2/26/2024 TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 2 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower In addition to the concern of the existing membrane blowers not producing the design air scour flow, it was also discovered that the MBR manufacturer sized the blowers based on the medium flow condition, rather than the high flow condition. Consequently, the three existing membrane blowers cannot produce the 7,904 scfm that ideally should be provided for the high flow condition. Further discussion on evaluation of the existing membrane blowers is provided in the June 2023 Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Optimization Technical Memorandum produced by BHC Consultants, LLC (BHC). The recommendation from that evaluation was to install a larger fourth membrane blower that could provide the ideal air scour for the high flow condition with one of the existing PD blowers out of service. This new blower would be installed in the space reserved for a future fourth PD blower. Considering the advances in turbo blower technology since the membrane blowers were originally installed, capacity requirements, and space limitations, it was recommended that the City consider a turbo blower as an alternative to installing a fourth positive displacement blower. If the City were to install a turbo blower, they could then replace two of the three existing positive displacement blowers with two more turbo blowers when the fifth membrane tank is outfitted with membranes, as the existing PD blowers will be nearing the end of their useful life. Two of the three turbo blowers would provide sufficient air scour for all five membrane tanks. Depending on the size of the turbo blowers installed, the fourth PD blower could be replaced with another turbo blower when the sixth membrane tank is outfitted with membranes, if necessary to maintain redundancy under the high flow condition. 1.2 Purpose The purpose of this Technical Memorandum is to select and size a fourth membrane blower to provide redundancy with one existing PD blower out of service and sufficient air scour for the high flow condition. This Technical Memorandum includes an overview of sizing criteria, applicable blower technologies, selection of a blower technology, evaluation of different sizes and manufacturers for the selected technology, and recommendations for implementation. Implementation will consider layout, power supply, controls integration, and design criteria. 2. Sizing Criteria As indicated above, the three existing 150 HP membrane blowers have a total firm capacity of about 4,000 scfm. When running at full speed, the existing membrane blowers have a discharge pressure of about 9.5 pounds per square inch gauge (psig), excluding the inlet air filter losses. The current air scour set points per module (cartridge) are set at 0.21 scfm for low flow, 0.26 scfm for medium flow, and 0.32 scfm for high flow. There are currently four (4) membrane tanks, each with 13 module assemblies, and each assembly having 400 modules (cartridges) for a total of 20,800 modules (cartridges). The current high flow air scour set point of 0.32 scfm per module yields a high flow air scour requirement of 6,656 scfm. However, Kubota recently identified that the high flow air scour setting should ideally be 0.38 scfm per module, which would result in a high flow air scour requirement of 7,904 scfm. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 3 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower When the City retrofits the fifth membrane tank, the high flow air scour requirement would increase by 1,976 scfm to a total of 9,880 scfm, with 5,200 modules in each of the five tanks and a high flow air scour setting of 0.38 scfm per module. Similarly, retrofitting the sixth membrane tank would increase the high flow air scour requirement to 11,856 scfm. A summary of the current and future air flow requirements for the membrane blowers based on the number of membrane tanks in service is shown in Table 1. Table 1 Scour Air Requirements Number of Membrane Tanks in Operation Low Flow (scfm) Medium Flow (scfm) High Flow (scfm) Membrane Modules/Tank 5,200 5,200 5,200 Airflow/Module 0.21 0.26 0.38 One Membrane Tank 1,092 1,352 1,976 Two Membrane Tanks 2,184 2,704 3,952 Three Membrane Tanks 3,276 4,056 5,928 Four Membrane Tanks 4,368 5,408 7,904 Five Membrane Tanks (Future) 5,460 6,760 9,880 Six Membrane Tanks (Future) 6,552 8,112 11,856 The City plans to install a larger fourth membrane blower now in the location reserved for a future blower. The three existing PD blowers would remain allowing one or two of these blowers to be used for operating points below the turndown of the new larger blower. This would leave one of the existing PD blowers as fully redundant. Two additional larger blowers would replace two of the three existing PD blowers when the fifth membrane tank is retrofitted with membranes, unless these are replaced along with installation of the fourth blower. One existing PD blower would remain or could be replaced with a new blower of similar size to handle low flow conditions. At a minimum, the fourth blower should have a capacity of 4,940 scfm. This would initially provide a total capacity of about 8,940 scfm which would exceed the high flow air scour requirements for four membrane tanks with one of the three existing PD blowers out of service. When the two existing PD blowers are replaced with new blowers, two of the new larger blowers could meet the high flow air scour requirement of 9,880 scfm for five membrane tanks. Alternately, the new blowers could be sized for 5,928 scfm each so two of the three blowers could provide the high flow air scour requirement of 11,856 scfm for six membrane tanks. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 4 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower 3. Membrane Blower Technology Selection As discussed in Section 2, the existing PD blowers do not provide enough air to meet the current or future high flow air scour requirements. Therefore, a larger fourth membrane blower must be installed to provide the ideal air scour for the high flow condition with one of the existing PD blowers out of service. This section discusses different blower technologies that were considered for the larger fourth blower. 3.1 Lobe Style Positive Displacement Blowers A positive displacement (PD) blower, like the existing membrane blowers, traps a volume of air and then discharges it out against the system pressure. Typically, the air is moved using rotary lobes (see Figure 1), but screws or reciprocating pistons can also be used. The rotary lobe blower tab works on the principle of isochoric compression, where the volume of air entering the chamber remains constant. The blower consists of two rotors that are joined together by gears inside a blower casing. As the rotors turn, air is pulled in from the suction end, moves through the space between the rotors and blower casing, and is discharged to the outlet. The air is compressed externally due to back-pressure in the connected discharge pipe. Figure 1 – Lobe Style Positive Displacement Blower (Aerzen) Lobe style PD blowers maintain a relatively steady output and efficiency across a wide range of pressures, but the efficiencies are generally lower than other blower technologies, which typically then requires larger TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 5 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower horsepower motors. The blower efficiency drops at lower speeds and higher pressures. The low cost of lobe style PD blowers makes them attractive, particularly in smaller sizes. 3.2 Hybrid Blowers Hybrid blowers are a fusion between a lobe style PD blower and screw blower that works on the same principle as a lobe style PD blower. This blower gains some increase in efficiency with the use of twisted rotary lobes (see Figure 2) versus straight lobes. Similar to a lobe style PD blower, a hybrid blower maintains efficiency across a range of pressures. The physical size of hybrid blowers is very similar to that of the lobe style PD blowers. Hybrid blowers typically cost more than lobe style PD blowers. The cost difference is generally offset by the energy savings associated with the hybrid blower’s higher efficiency. Figure 2 – Hybrid Blower Twisted Rotary Lobes (Aerzen) Screw Blowers Screw blowers are another type of PD blower that consists of two screws rotating in opposite directions (see Figure 3), where the volume between the screws and the casing decreases across the length of the helical screw. The screw blower works on the principle of isentropic compression, rather than isochoric compression like lobe blowers. This allows the screw blower to transfer less work as heat, resulting in higher efficiencies and lower discharge air temperatures across a range of pressures. The higher efficiencies mean screw blowers consume less energy to provide the same air flow compared to lobe blowers. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 6 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Figure 3 – Screw Blower (Atlas Copco) As air enters the compression chamber, the screws move towards each other which in turn reduces the air volume. The process of internal compression results in a steady, non-pulsating air flow, unlike the pulsating flow that is associated with lobe blowers. This results in quieter operation and less noise generated by the blower. Each screw element has a fixed pressure ratio, that makes them provide a constant air flow at fixed speed even when pressure is variable. Typically, screw blowers are more expensive than traditional lobe style blowers, and similar in cost to hybrid blowers. Turbo Blowers High speed turbo blowers (see Figure 4) are a centrifugal type of blower rather than a PD blower. The high efficiency impeller and advanced energy management systems associated with a turbo blower provide the highest levels of energy efficiency available for a blower. The rotation of the impeller accelerates the speed of the air (kinetic energy) and forces it to pass through the downstream diffusers and volute, which converts the high kinetic energy into potential energy (pressure). Due to how the centrifugal impeller functions, turbo blowers are most suitable for applications with low variation in operating conditions (e.g., low variations in pressure), such as the membrane blowers which operate at a relatively consistent pressure due to the limited changes in operating level within the membrane tanks. Turbo blowers have a smaller footprint compared to PD blowers of similar output but are sensitive to surge pressures, unlike PD blowers. Surge conditions occur when the pressure has reached the limit that the blower can push against. Since the blower cannot overcome the pressure, air slips backward rather than being pushed into the system, which can cause vibrations that can damage internal blower components. To prevent such occurrence of surge conditions, particularly during startup, a blow-off valve is used to relieve excess pressure. Although the cost of a turbo blower is significantly higher, it is simpler to install having an integral variable frequency drive (VFD) and the lower energy consumption and simpler maintenance substantially reduce operating costs. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 7 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Figure 4 – Turbo Blower (Neuros) Two types of turbo blowers were considered for this application: 1) air foil bearing and 2) magnetic bearing blowers. Instead of using roller or ball bearings lubricated with oil like most PD blowers, the high-speed turbo blowers use an air foil or magnetic field as their bearing system due to the very high rotational speeds. Air Bearing Turbo Blower Air foil bearings (see Figure 5) utilize the high rotational speeds generated by the motor to create a pressurized film of air around the bearing shaft. This ensures that there is no contact between the rotating shaft and stationary bearing housing permitting high speed rotation. Air foil bearings operate without the need for an external power supply or control system. However, the shaft does spin on the surface of the housing when the blower starts up before it is rotating fast enough to develop the air bearing and when it slows down to stop. This generates significant noise and also wears the bearing housing. Therefore, starts and stops need to be limited to mitigate wear. Wear can be reduced with improved materials and coatings (as offered by some manufacturers). Air bearings are also more susceptible to surge conditions, as the air bearing can have some give as it develops. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 8 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Figure 5 – Air Foil Bearing (Sulzer) Magnetic Bearing Turbo Blower Magnetic bearings (see Figure 6) support the rotating shaft using magnetic field. The design utilizes magnets around the bearing housing and a ferromagnetic shaft material. Sensors in the housing monitor the position of the shaft and a control system alters the power delivered to the magnets to keep the shaft in the optimal position. Because the magnetic field locks the shaft in place, this type of turbo blower is less susceptible to surge conditions and can essentially accommodate unlimited starts/stops. A secondary power supply and battery backup is required to ensure the bearing remains in position even when the blower is turned off or utility power is lost, and a bearing control system is required to keep the shaft positioned correctly. Figure 6 – Magnetic Bearing (Sulzer) 3.3 Comparison of Blower Technologies A comparison summary of the different blower technologies discussed above is provided in Table 2 below. The comparison includes consideration of footprint, performance, complexity, expandability, and cost. Footprint considers how the blower would fit in the available space for a fourth blower. Performance considers the energy efficiency of the blower, sensitivity to high pressures (i.e., surge), and ability to cycle operation. Complexity considers how simple or complicated the blower is to operate and maintain. Expandability considers the ability to replace the existing PD blowers with additional larger blowers within the existing blower room. Lastly, cost considers the purchase price of the blower and installation cost.. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 9 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Table 2 Overview of Blower Technologies Parameter Traditional Lobe Style PD Hybrid PD Screw PD Air Bearing Turbo Magnetic Bearing Turbo Footprint • significantly higher capacity • significantly higher capacity fourth • significantly higher capacity fourth • Higher capacity fourth blower can fit in available space. • Higher capacity fourth blower can fit in available space. Performance • Least efficient. • Consistent air supply across a range of pressures. • Not susceptible to surge conditions. • More efficient than traditional lobe style PD. • Consistent air supply across a range of pressures. • Not susceptible to surge conditions. • More efficient than traditional lobe style or hybrid PD. • Consistent air supply across a range of pressures. • Not susceptible to surge conditions. • • Efficiency varies with pressure conditions. • More susceptible to surge conditions. • Limited on/off cycles due to air • Highest efficiency. • Efficiency varies with pressure conditions. • Less susceptible to surge conditions. • Essentially unlimited on/off cycles. Complexity • Same as existing. • Similar to existing. • Similar to existing. • More complicated machine, but simpler installation and • More complicated machine, but simpler installation and Expandability • blowers cannot be installed in • blowers cannot be installed in • blowers cannot be installed in • replaced with significantly higher • replaced with significantly higher Cost • Lowest purchase price. • Installation cost includes new VFD. • Higher purchase price compared to traditional lobe style PD blower. • Installation cost includes new • Higher purchase price compared to traditional lobe style PD blower. • Installation cost includes new • Highest purchase price. • No cost for VFD installation, since VFD is integral to blower. • Highest purchase price. • No cost for VFD installation, since VFD is integral to blower. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 10 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower 3.4 Recommendation It is recommended that the City install a magnetic bearing turbo blower as the fourth blower. A turbo blower will provide the necessary capacity in a package that will fit within the available space for a fourth blower and will be much quieter than the existing lobe style PD blowers. Because the operating level in the membrane tanks is relatively consistent, there will not be fluctuations in operating pressure that will significantly impact efficiency of the turbo blower. The turbo blower having an integral VFD will make installation simpler, as it will not require installing a larger VFD in the motor control center (MCC) than there may be space for, nor a separate VFD cabinet in the blower room. Typically, the only routine maintenance for turbo blower is replacing air filters. However, these are more complex machines so other maintenance would generally require a factory-trained technician. Because the membrane air scour demands can change quickly and often, a magnetic bearing turbo blower will not have an issue with frequent starts and stops, should this be required. 4. Magnetic Bearing Turbo Blower Design Three manufacturers were contacted to provide a budgetary proposal for a new fourth larger magnetic bearing turbo blower. Sulzer was contacted because they appear to have been offering magnetic bearing turbo blowers the longest and have local installations of magnetic bearing turbo blowers in Monroe, Mount Vernon, Longview, and Chehalis. BHC was involved with the Monroe installation and the City of Monroe recently reported that the blowers have been performing very well since their installation in 2014. Neuros was contacted because they have been producing turbo blowers the longest of any known manufacturers and have numerous installations throughout the area, though these are nearly all air bearing turbo blowers. Atlas Copco was contacted as they have also been producing turbo blowers for a number of years and they offer a regulating blow-off valve that allows venting excess air to produce lower discharge below the turndown of the blower. 4.1 Design Requirements Each of the three manufacturers were requested to provide a proposal for two different blower capacities, as discussed previously. The smaller blower capacity of 4,940 scfm would provide sufficient capacity to meet the high flow air scour requirements for four membrane tanks with one of the three existing PD blowers out of service and also allow replacing two of the three existing blowers with new turbo blowers of the same size to provide the high flow air scour requirement of 9,880 scfm for five membrane tanks. The larger blower capacity of 5,928 scfm would provide sufficient capacity to meet the high flow air scour requirements for four membrane tanks with one of the three existing PD blowers out of service and also allow replacing two of the three existing blowers with new turbo blowers of the same size to provide the high flow air scour requirement of 11,856 scfm for six membrane tanks. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 11 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower The capacity and sizing of each blower shall be based on the following operating parameters and assumptions: • The blower discharge pressure will be 9.5 psig at the design capacity, excluding losses through the inlet air filter. This is based on the membrane tanks maintaining a side water depth of about 19 feet and maximum pressures recorded from data provided by the City. This assumes no changes to the size of the existing air headers and branch piping and the air flow to each membrane tank continuing to be controlled by the existing modulating valves using most open valve control. Once a specific blower size is selected, this parameter will be checked by calculating losses and adjusted as needed for the blower specification. • The site elevation is about 80 feet above sea level, so atmospheric pressure is about 14.6 pounds per square inch (psi) (slightly below 14.7 psi for sea level). • The ambient temperature range is generally 20 degrees Fahrenheit (F) to 100 degrees F . The 90th percentile would be about 35 to 90 degrees F. • During the recent hottest heat wave in early summer 2021, the temperature range for the hottest day was 67 to 99 degrees F (average 83.5 F) with a humidity range of 97 to 38% (average of 65.5%). Therefore, the humidity at the hottest temperature would be about 40% humidity at 100 degrees F. The magnetic bearing turbo blower installation will also include the following features: • Blow-off valve with silencer. • Integral variable speed drive, permanent magnet motor, and associated controls. • Harmonic filter for protection of the blower due to occasional drops in quality of utility power. • Inlet and outlet silencers. • Inlet air filter. • Discharge flexible coupling. • Discharge check valve. • Discharge isolation butterfly valve. • Battery backup or similar means to ensure the magnetic bearing remains energized during loss of utility power and ramp down of the impeller or switchover to emergency power. • No inlet duct connections. Louvers in the existing blower room allow outside air to be drawn into the room. • UL listing or third-party field evaluation for UL labeling. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 12 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower • An optional master control unit. This is not required, as the new Kubota MBR Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) program will be capable of controlling the blowers but can be provided as a way to yield further energy savings by maximizing use of the new turbo blower in conjunction with the existing positive displacement blowers (and eventually the future turbo blowers). 4.2 Blower Turndown The City stated that the membrane air scour demand can span the full range (low flow condition with one membrane tank active to high flow condition with all four membrane tanks active) during the same day (see Figure 7 below for diurnal variations from September 23, 2023). It is common that one membrane tank will be active at low flow during late night and early morning when influent flow is very low and can reach zero for short periods of time. Therefore, turndown of the turbo blower is an important consideration. The greater the turndown capability of the turbo blower, the less time that the lower efficiency PD blowers have to run, thereby saving energy and reducing maintenance of the existing PD blowers. At a minimum, the turbo blower must have a turndown significantly below 4,000 scfm. Since each PD blower has a confirmed capacity of about 2,000 scfm, this would avoid more than two of the existing PD blowers running at any time so that the third existing PD blower is only for redundancy. Figure 7 – Example Diurnal Variation of Influent Flow and Scour Air Demand 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 12 : 0 0 12 : 4 7 1: 3 4 2: 2 1 3: 0 8 3: 5 5 4: 4 2 5: 2 9 6: 1 6 7: 0 3 7: 5 0 8: 3 7 9: 2 4 10 : 1 1 10 : 5 8 11 : 4 5 12 : 3 2 1: 1 9 2: 0 6 2: 5 3 3: 4 0 4: 2 7 5: 1 4 6: 0 1 6: 4 8 7: 3 5 8: 2 2 9: 0 9 9: 5 6 10 : 4 3 11 : 3 0 HE A D E R P R E S S U R E TIMETotal AirFlow (CFM)Influent (GPM)Header Pressure (PSI) TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 13 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower 4.3 Installation The new turbo blower will be installed in the existing blower room in the space reserved for a future fourth blower. The new turbo blower discharge will connect to the existing 18-inch membrane air (MA) header. There is an existing 10-inch stub with isolation butterfly valve on the existing 18-inch MA header for connection of the new turbo blower. The 10-inch discharge is a little on the small side for the size of blower being considered and may create extra backpressure. However, the maximum pressure for the turbo blower is at least over 2 psi higher than the design pressure (depending on the specific model), such that this should not be an issue. As mentioned previously, the pressure losses through the existing piping will be further evaluated based on the exact blower size and model selected. The discharge from the turbo blowers is on top of the unit. This will require a different discharge piping arrangement with additional bends due to the height of the blowers. The discharge piping will come off the top of the turbo blower, turn 180 degrees to bring the discharge pipe lower, then turn 180 degrees to bring the discharge pipe back up to connect into the existing 10-inch stub on the existing 18-inch MA header. The new turbo blower will have a motor size of at least 250 HP, which is larger than the existing 150 HP blowers. Existing MCC-3 has space for addition of a fourth blower. This space was sized for a 150 HP blower and VFD. A new VFD is not required, because the VFD is built into the turbo blower. So, a smaller spare bucket can be utilized. However, a larger breaker will be necessary for the larger turbo blower. Additionally, it will need to be confirmed that the existing motor control center bus size is appropriate, which is not expected to be an issue. 4.4 Comparison of Magnetic Turbo Blower Manufacturers Budgetary proposals were received for a new turbo blower from each of the three previously mentioned manufacturers. See Attachment A, Attachment B, and Attachment C for budgetary proposals from Sulzer, Atlas Copco, and Neuros, respectively. Comparison of the three magnetic bearing turbo blower manufacturers is based on the following parameters: • Budgetary Quote – This is the quoted price from the manufacturer for the magnetic bearing turbo blower and optional master controller unit (MCU). • Size – This considers the dimensions of the unit and how well it would fit into the available space. • Power Requirements – This considers the turbo blower motor size. • Performance – This considers the energy use at the design condition and turndown of the turbo blower. • Surge – This considers the maximum surge pressure of the turbo blower. • Maintenance – This considers the routine tasks for maintaining the turbo blower. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 14 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Budgetary Quote A summary of the budgetary quotes provided by the manufacturers for the two different blower capacities is provided below in Table 3. Neuros offered the same blower for both capacities, so there is no difference in the price of their two offerings. Atlas Copco offered pricing for a smaller capacity turbo blower that would replace one of the existing PD blowers when operating below the turndown of the larger turbo blower. However, Atlas Copco did not indicate pricing for an optional MCU, though it would be expected to be similar to pricing from the other manufacturers. Table 3 Magnetic Turbo Blower Budgetary Quotes Manufacturer 4,940 scfm Capacity Blower 5,928 scfm Capacity Blower with 1,092 scfm Optional MCU Sulzer $219,450 $222,220 - $57,830 Atlas Copco $195,400 $210,100 $187,700 $50,000 - $75,000 Neuros $304,990 $304,990 - $45,000 Size A summary of the turbo blower sizes for the two different blower capacities as indicated by each manufacturer is provided below in Table 4. For each manufacturer, the blowers are the same physical size despite the capacity. Table 4 Magnetic Turbo Blower Sizes Manufacturer Capacity Blower (LxWxH), inches 5,928 scfm Capacity Blower (LxWxH), inches Small Blower with 1,092 scfm Turndown Sulzer 90.6 x 62.9 x 71.8 90.6 x 62.9 x 71.8 - Atlas Copco 99.0 x 47.2 x 78.2 99.0 x 47.2 x 78.2 99.0 x 47.2 x 78.2 Neuros 102.3 x 74.9 x 90.6 102.3 x 74.9 x 90.6 - The existing PD blowers are 80.7 inches long by 78.2 inches wide by 90.6 inches high. Both the Sulzer and Atlas Copco turbo blowers would fit well within the available space for a future fourth blower, though the Neuros blower could also fit. The Sulzer turbo blower is only about 10 inches longer and about 18 inches narrower. The Atlas Copco turbo blower is about 30 inches narrower but about 18 inches longer. The Neuros blower is only slightly narrower and about 22 inches longer. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 15 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Power Requirements A summary of the turbo blower motor sizes for the two different blower capacities as indicated by each manufacturer is provided below in Table 5. Sulzer had the smallest motor size for 4,940 scfm capacity blower at 250 HP. Both Sulzer and Neuros had a 300 HP motor for the larger 5,928 scfm capacity blower versus a 335 HP motor for Atlas Copco. Table 5 Magnetic Turbo Blower Motor Sizes Manufacturer Capacity Blower Capacity Blower 1,092 scfm Turndown Sulzer 250 300 - Atlas Copco 268 (200 kW) 335 (250 kW) 215 (160 kW) Neuros 300 300 - Performance A summary of the estimated power draw for the two different blower capacities at the design conditions as indicated by each manufacturer is provided below in Table 6. It should be noted that the power draw of the Sulzer turbo blowers is higher than what it actually would be because the values provided were based on a slightly higher design temperature (105 degrees F) and a higher relative humidity (95%). The power draw for the Atlas Copco turbo blower with turndown to 1,920 scfm is based on the maximum capacity of 3,632 scfm. Table 6 Magnetic Turbo Blower Power Draw at Design Condition Manufacturer Capacity Blower Capacity Blower 1,092 scfm Turndown Sulzer 231 284 - Atlas Copco 237 296 213 Neuros 225 271 - The turndown for each of the blowers is shown below in Table 7. These turndown values represent the minimum air flow that can be achieved by adjusting the speed of the blower at the design conditions. The Atlas Copco turbo blower can further decrease discharge flows through the use of its regulating blow-off valve, though this does not similarly lower the power draw. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 16 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Table 7 Magnetic Turbo Blower Turndown at Design Condition Manufacturer Capacity Blower Capacity Blower 1,092 scfm Turndown Sulzer 2,750 2,750 - Atlas Copco 3,334 3,334 1,092 Neuros 3,061 3,061 - Surge The maximum pressure each of the turbo blowers can handle to avoid issues with surge is shown below in Table 8. All of the values are significantly above the design pressure of 9.5 psig, such that it is not expected the pressures should be near even the lowest surge values with the higher air flows assuming proper operation of the modulating control valves to minimize pressure loss needed for balancing air flow. Table 8 Magnetic Turbo Blower Maximum Pressures Manufacturer Capacity Blower Capacity Blower 1,092 scfm Turndown Sulzer 10.9 13.1 - Atlas Copco 11.7 13.2 17.7 Neuros 13.4 13.4 - Maintenance For all of the turbo blower manufacturers, the primary maintenance item is periodically replacing the air filter. It is recommended that the filter pressure drop be checked daily to determine when the filter needs to be replaced. The filters would typically require replacement once or twice a year if the blower is running continuously. Additionally, the blower should be inspected daily for unusual noise or vibrations. The Neuros blower uses a liquid cooling system. The coolant must be replaced every two (2) years and topped off as needed in between replacements if the coolant drops below a certain level. The Sulzer and Atlas Copco blowers utilize motor and magnetic bearing controller (MBC) cooling fans, which must be periodically overhauled or replaced at an interval of about every six (6) to eight (8) years. The Sulzer turbo blower include a battery backup to ensure the MBC remains energized during loss of utility power. The battery generally need to be replaced about every five (5) years. The Atlas Copco turbo blower does not require a battery backup. Instead, the MBC pulls power from the VFD through a converter. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 17 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Similarly, with the Neuros turbo blower the motor switches to a generator mode during loss of utility power. This provides power to the MBC until the shaft slows down to a safe speed and then spins to a stop on ball bearings. Comparison Overview A comparison overview is provided in Table 9 below. A score of “-” is given where the parameter for a particular manufacturer is significantly worse compared to the others or considered below average. A score of “0” is given where the parameter for a particular manufacturer is similar to the others or considered average. A score of “+” is given where the parameter for a particular manufacturer is better compared to the others or considered above average. Then each score is multiplied by the weighting factor for that parameter and summed up to provide a total score, where the highest positive score identifies the apparent best manufacturer for the given parameters and weighting. Table 9 Magnetic Turbo Blower Comparison Overview Parameter Sulzer Atlas Copco Neuros Weighting Factor Budgetary Quote 0 0 - x2 Size + + 0 x2 Power Requirements 0 - 0 x1 Performance 0 0 + x2 Surge 0 0 + x1 Maintenance 0 + + x1 Total Score The total scores for all the manufacturers are the same. Although the budgetary quote for Sulzer is a little higher compared to the budgetary quote from Atlas Copco, these are not firm numbers and Sulzer had indicated they tend to budget conservatively. The Neuros turbo blower has the lowest power draw at the design condition, the Sulzer turbo blower has the best turndown and lower power draw at the design condition than the Atlas Copco turbo blower, and the Atlas Copco turbo blower has a regulating blow-off valve that allows further reducing discharge below the turndown limit. The cooling system of the Neuros blower does not require replacing any cooling fans but does require periodic coolant replacement and fluid level checks and may require replacement of the coolant pump at some point. The Atlas Copco and Neuros turbo blowers do not require replacement of a backup battery. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 18 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Recommendation It is recommended that the City select the larger size turbo blower rated for 5,928 scfm. This will require replacing only two of the existing PD blowers with turbo blowers of the same size in the future to have full redundancy with all six (6) membrane tanks in service, in addition to the initial installation of a new larger turbo blower as the fourth blower. The larger capacity blower is physically the same size, has the same turndown as the lower capacity blower, has higher maximum pressure, and is only slightly more expensive. It is recommended the City consider purchase and installation of a MCU for control of the blowers. Not only would the MCU provide optimal control of the existing and new blowers, but it would also ensure proper integration of the new and existing blowers and simplify programming updates. All programming for the new blowers would be contained within the MCU, which would only need to receive an air flow demand signal from the MBR PLC. Furthermore, an MCU would essentially be a necessity if the new MBR PLC programming was not completed before or in conjunction with installation of the new blower. Otherwise, the current MBR PLC programming that is to be replaced would need to be updated to control the blowers, which would be a wasted effort and expense. In addition to replacing two of the existing PD blowers with new larger turbo blowers at some point in the future, the City would also need to replace the remaining PD blower with a smaller turbo blower capable of providing sufficient turndown and overlap with the larger turbo blowers. Alternatively, if the City elects to purchase an Atlas Copco blower, they could retain one of the existing PD blowers and use the regulating blow-off valve on the larger turbo blower to bridge the turndown gap to the capacity of the remaining PD blower. However, this may not be practical given what the age of the PD blowers will be at that time and considering their significantly lower efficiency compared to a turbo blower. Although the Neuros turbo blowers have the highest efficiency, the substantially higher cost of the Neuros turbo blower offsets most of the energy savings. Conservatively assuming the blower runs 50% of the time operates at full capacity when running, the payback period would be 13 years at $0.09 per kilowatt-hour (kWh) compared to the Atlas Copco turbo blower and over 21 years compared to the Sulzer turbo blower. Therefore, it is recommended the City consider either Sulzer or Atlas Copco turbo blowers for installation. 5. Basis of Design This section identifies the specific blower selection made by the City, confirms the pressure requirement for the new turbo blowers, determines how the new and existing blowers will meet the various air demands, and determines how the new blowers should be arranged for installation. 5.1 Blower Selection The City has decided to purchase two new turbo blowers from Sulzer. Although the City initially thought of purchasing just one turbo blower, it was decided a second turbo blower would be necessary to ensure sufficient redundancy for this critical application. The City preferred the Sulzer turbo blowers because of the TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 19 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower lower turndown, competitive pricing, and relatively compact size. Additionally, the City was able to see two nearby local installations (Monroe, WA and Mount Vernon, WA) of the Sulzer turbo blower that provided further knowledge and a level of comfort with this product. 5.2 Confirmation of Pressure Requirement As mentioned previously, it was assumed based on historical data and estimated air demands that the blower discharge pressure would be up to 9.5 psig. Knowing the City’s selection on the number, size, and manufacturer for the new turbo blowers, BHC prepared pressure calculations for the MBR blower system to estimate friction and minor losses so as to determine a representative discharge pressure. The discharge pressure was based on a static head of 19 feet of water (8.23 psig) given that the liquid level in the membrane tanks can at times reach depths of 20 feet and the coarse bubble diffusers for the membrane module assemblies are about 1 foot from the floor of the tank. The new turbo blowers will be connected to a new section of header that is 18-inches in diameter and connects to the existing 18-inch diameter header at the north end and to the existing 14-inch header section at the south end. The new turbo blowers will be located in place of the southernmost existing PD blower (B-463) and in the location of the future fourth blower. Whereas the existing PD blowers connect to existing header via 10-inch pipe connections, the connections for the new turbo blowers would be upsized to 16-inch to accommodate the new discharge diffuser and also reduce pressure losses. Having a new header section will also allow the orientation of the header connections to be modified to better fit with the top discharge off the new turbo blowers. Based on these modifications, the friction and minor losses were estimated to be up to 0.91 psi with a 25% safety factor based on a worst case headloss scenario of two future turbo blowers discharging into an 18-inch header from the current locations of the two northernmost existing PD blowers. Adding in a 0.2 psi allowance for losses through the coarse bubble diffusers, a loss of 0.6 psi through the blower (per Sulzer), and a loss of 0.05 psi for a combination discharge silencer and diffuser (worst case compared to a separate diffuser and silencer or a diffuser only), the total discharge pressure requirement with the maximum static head of 8.23 psig is 9.45 psig, which is well aligned with the initial assumption. Therefore, the initial blower sizing by Sulzer is still applicable. The pressure calculations were checked versus measurements taken during MBR blower testing in 2023. Using the flow and temperature data from that testing, the calculations estimated a pressure of 8.34 psig at the location of the pressure transmitter assuming a depth of 19.8 feet in the membrane tanks. This compares well with the reported pressure of 8.27 psig indicating that the pressure calculations should be representative. Additionally, it should be noted that the blower motor is sized based on a worst case condition where ambient air temperature is 100 degrees F and relative humidity is 40%. Under more typical conditions, the horsepower requirements are lower such that the motor could accommodate a somewhat higher pressure (see Figure 8 below), thereby providing an additional factor of safety in the motor size. Even at the design condition, the power requirements are below the rated motor capacity. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 20 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Figure 8 – Section of New Turbo Blower Installation with Silencer 5.3 Blower Air Demands and Control A summary of all the different blower air demand scenarios and which blowers would be running under which scenarios (black “X”) is shown below in Table 10. This includes showing what blower would be running under which scenarios if one of the new turbo blowers or one of the existing PD blowers were out of service. Additionally, a red “X” shows which blowers would run when an air pulse is needed for idle membrane tanks. Kubota indicated air pulsing can be programmed to occur for just one tank at a time and typically occurs for 5 minutes per tank every 30 to 60 minutes (adjustable). It would be preferable to have all idle tanks pulsed in succession one after the other to limit blower starts and stops. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 21 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Table 10 Blower Air Demand Scenarios Scenario MBR Tanks in Service Airflow (scfm) Airflow w/ Pulse (scfm) All Blowers in Service 1 PD Blower Out of Service 1 Turbo Blower out of Service Notes 1 2 3 4 5 6 PD #1 PD #2 Turbo #1 Turbo #2 PD #1 Turbo #1 Turbo #2 PD #1 PD #2 Turbo #1 1 Low Flow 1,092 2,288 X X X X X X X X Maybe run PD & turbo at min speed during pulse. 2 Med Flow 1,352 2,548 X X X X X X X X Maybe run PD & turbo at min speed during pulse. 3 High Flow 1,976 3,172 X X X X X X X X Maybe run PD & turbo at min speed during pulse. 4 Low Flow Low Flow 2,184 3,380 X X X X X X X X X X Delivering excess air with 1 PD out of service. 5 Low Flow Med Flow 2,444 3,640 X X X X X X X X X X Delivering excess air with 1 PD out of service. 6 Med Flow Med Flow 2,704 3,900 X X X X X X X X X X Delivering excess air with 1 PD out of service. 7 High Flow Low Flow 3,068 4,264 X X X X X X 8 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow 3,276 4,472 X X X X X X 9 High Flow Med Flow 3,328 4,524 X X X X X X 10 Low Flow Low Flow Med Flow 3,536 4,732 X X X X X X 11 Low Flow Med Flow Med Flow 3,796 4,992 X X X X X X 12 High Flow High Flow 3,952 5,148 X X X X X X 13 Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow 4,056 5,252 X X X X X X 14 Low Flow Low Flow High Flow 4,160 5,356 X X X X X X 15 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow 4,368 5,564 X X X X X X 16 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Med Flow 4,628 5,824 X X X X X X 17 Med Flow Med Flow High Flow 4,680 5,876 X X X X X X 18 Low Flow Low Flow Med Flow Med Flow 4,888 6,084 X X X X X X X X X 19 Low Flow High Flow High Flow 5,044 6,240 X X X X X X X X X 20 Low Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow 5,148 6,344 X X X X X X X X X 21 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow High Flow 5,252 6,448 X X X X X X X X X 22 Med Flow High Flow High Flow 5,304 6,500 X X X X X X X X X 23 Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow 5,408 6,604 X X X X X X X X X 24 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow 5,460 6,656 X X X X X X X X X 25 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Med Flow 5,720 6,916 X X X X X X X X X 26 High Flow High Flow High Flow 5,928 7,124 X X X X X X X X X 27 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Med Flow Med Flow 5,980 7,176 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 28 Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow High Flow 6,032 7,228 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 29 Low Flow Low Flow High Flow High Flow 6,136 7,332 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 30 Low Flow Low Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow 6,240 7,436 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 31 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow High Flow 6,344 7,540 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 32 Low Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow 6,500 7,696 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 33 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow 6,552 6,552 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 34 Med Flow Med Flow High Flow High Flow 6,656 7,852 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 22 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Scenario MBR Tanks in Service Airflow (scfm) Airflow w/ Pulse (scfm) All Blowers in Service 1 PD Blower Out of Service 1 Turbo Blower out of Service Notes 1 2 3 4 5 6 PD #1 PD #2 Turbo #1 Turbo #2 PD #1 Turbo #1 Turbo #2 PD #1 PD #2 Turbo #1 35 Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow 6,760 7,956 X X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 36 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Med Flow 6,812 6,812 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 37 Low Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 7,020 8,216 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 38 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Med Flow Med Flow 7,072 7,072 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 39 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow High Flow High Flow 7,228 8,424 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 40 Med Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 7,280 8,476 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 41 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow 7,332 7,332 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 42 Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow High Flow 7,384 8,580 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 43 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow High Flow 7,436 7,436 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 44 Low Flow Low Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow 7,592 7,592 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 45 Low Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow 7,852 7,852 X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 46 High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 7,904 9,100 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 47 Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow High Flow High Flow 8,008 9,204 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 48 Low Flow Low Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 8,112 9,308 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 49 Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow 8,112 8,112 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 50 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow High Flow High Flow 8,320 8,320 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 51 Med Flow Med Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 8,632 9,828 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 52 Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow High Flow 8,736 8,736 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 53 Low Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 8,996 10,192 X X X X X X X X Requires 3rd Turbo Blower 54 Low Flow Low Flow Low Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 9,204 9,204 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 55 Med Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 9,256 10,452 X X X X X X X X Requires 3rd Turbo Blower 56 Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow High Flow High Flow 9,360 9,360 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X May require PD below max speed to limit amps. 57 High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 9,880 11,076 X X X X X X X X Requires 3rd Turbo Blower 58 Med Flow Med Flow Med Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 9,984 9,984 X X X X X X X X Requires 3rd Turbo Blower 59 Low Flow Low Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 10,088 10,088 X X X X X X X X Requires 3rd Turbo Blower 60 Med Flow Med Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 10,608 10,608 X X X X X X X X Requires 3rd Turbo Blower 61 Low Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 10,972 10,972 X X X X X X X X Requires 3rd Turbo Blower 62 Med Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 11,232 11,232 X X X X X X X X Requires 3rd Turbo Blower 63 High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow High Flow 11,856 11,856 X X X X X X X X Requires 3rd Turbo Blower TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 23 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower As shown in Table 10 above, there are normally very few scenarios when one or both of the existing PD blowers need to run. Normally, the existing PD blowers would need to operate when just one or two membrane tanks were in service with low or medium air flow demands (Scenarios 1 through 6). The turndown of the turbo blowers allow them to cover all other scenarios when both are in service. During an air pulse for an idle membrane tank, the second PD blower would be called to run for Scenarios 1 through 3 and under Scenarios 4 through 6 the two PD blowers already running should meet the increased demand. As a result, even with air pulsing, the turbo blower would still only engage starting at Scenario 7 and not require an existing PD blower for any of the scenarios beyond Scenario 7. However, a second turbo blower would run starting at Scenario 18 with air pulsing compared to Scenario 27 without air pulsing. Cycling of the turbo blowers is not a concern though, since they are rated for at least 30 starts per hour. If one PD blower is out of service, a single turbo blower will run at minimum output when the air demand exceeds the capacity of one PD blower. This will result in delivery of some extra air above what is required for Scenarios 4, 5, and 6 but is acceptable as this will be a short-term operating condition until the other PD blower is repaired and should not have any detrimental effects on the process or performance. During an air pulse for an idle membrane tank, at least one turbo blower will need to run for all scenarios, even the lowest demands under Scenarios 1 through 3. To avoid excessive starts and stops of the PD blower, the PD blower could turn down to minimum speed while the turbo blower is running. A second turbo blower would run starting at Scenario 18 with air pulsing compared to Scenario 27 without air pulsing. If one turbo blower is out of service, the existing PD blowers would operate when just one or two membrane tanks were in service with low or medium air flow demands (Scenarios 1 through 6). The turbo blower would not need to start until Scenario 7, even with air pulsing, as is the case under normal operations. The single turbo blower would provide sufficient capacity through Scenario 26. A PD blower would be started again at Scenario 27 and a second PD blower started at Scenario 46. With air pulsing, a PD blower would be started at Scenario 18 and a second PD blower at Scenario 46 (and Scenario 35). Because the City reports that the existing PD blowers can experience faults on high amperage when pressures exceed 9 psig, the maximum speed of the PD blowers will likely need to be reduced when operating with a turbo blower running to avoid too high of a power requirement. There are several scenarios with five (5) and six (6) membrane tanks in service where having one turbo blower out of service would not provide sufficient capacity. Therefore, a third turbo blower of equal size needs to be installed in the future when the 5th and/or 6th membrane tanks are retrofitted with membranes. At this time consideration should also be given to installing a smaller turbo blower to meet lower demands in place of the existing PD blowers. As recommended, the City will purchase an MCU for control of the two existing PD blowers and two new turbo blowers. The MCU will be provided by and programmed by Sulzer to control all four blowers. Sulzer has indicated that the overlap between the maximum output of one turbo blower of 5,928 scfm and TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 24 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower minimum output of two turbo blowers of 5,500 scfm (2,750 scfm each) is sufficient to switch directly between one blower at maximum speed and two blowers at reduced speed considering that these blowers are capable of at least 30 starts per hour. Additionally, there is plenty of overlap between two PD blowers operating at 4,000 scfm and one turbo blower operating at 2,750 scfm to avoid excessive cycling of the PD blowers. Sulzer also confirmed that programming the MCU to operate the PD blowers at reduced speed if also running with a turbo blower should not be an issue. Furthermore, it is recommended that the MCU receive a separate command for an air pulse such that it could for example leave an existing PD blower running at minimum speed and temporarily start a turbo blower if a PD blower is out of service so as to minimize starts and stops of the remaining PD blower. The MCU will be connected to the existing network so that it can communicate with the existing PD blowers without having to rewire the PD blowers to the new MCU. This will also allow access to more information on the new turbo blowers via the existing SCADA system. 5.4 Arrangement of Turbo Blowers As mentioned previously, the two new turbo blowers will be installed in place of the southernmost PD blower and in the location reserved for a future fourth blower. Figures 9 and 10 below show a section and plan view, respectively, of the proposed arrangement for the two new turbo blowers. The layout includes a separate diffuser and discharge silencer. Although Sulzer offers a combined diffuser and discharge silencer, the optimal arrangement for this application is for these to be separated. This allows the diffuser to be placed right at the outlet to immediately reduce pressure and maximize efficiency of the blower while also allowing the discharge silencer to be incorporated in an efficient orientation. with a combination discharge silencer and diffuser. This arrangement provides sufficient space for maintenance access and facilitates connection to the existing header in the simplest manner. Because the connection to the header for each turbo blower will be of a different size and orientation compared to the existing PD blowers, a section of the existing header will be cut out and replaced to allow connection of the correct size pipe in a more convenient orientation. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 25 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Figure 9 – Section of New Turbo Blower Installation TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 26 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower Figure 10 – Plan of New Turbo Blower Installation TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 27 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower 6. Implementation This section discusses the schedule and permitting requirements for purchase and installation of the new turbo blowers. 6.1 Schedule This memo establishes the basis of design for installation of the new turbo blowers. BHC will develop a specification for purchasing the new turbo blowers using the basis of design herein. The City will obtain pricing and execute a purchase order with Sulzer to procure the turbo blowers and MCU due to the long lead time of the blowers, which is on the order of 36 weeks including time for submittal preparation and review. While awaiting arrival of the blowers, documents will be prepared for bidding installation of the equipment, such that a contractor will be under contract for installation by the time the blowers are delivered. The following is an estimated timeline for implementation: • March 2024 – Prepare draft specification for turbo blower pre-purchase. • April 2024 – Finalize the specification and obtain pricing. • May 2024 – Execute a purchase order for the turbo blowers. • June 2024 – Receive and review initial submittal package. • July 2024 – Receive and review resubmittal package and start production. • August 2024 – Begin preparation of documents for bidding. • October 2024 – Submit draft bid documents. • November 2024 – Submit final bid documents. • December 2025 – Advertise for bid. • January 2025 – Award contract. • February 2025 – Notice-to-proceed and start procuring other materials. • April 2025 – Receive turbo blowers. • June 2025 – Substantial completion. • July 2025 – Final completion. 6.2 Permitting The installation of a new turbo blower is proposed to provide sufficient capacity and redundancy for the existing membrane tanks and facilitate increased capacity for the future membrane tanks as was intended with the original design. Because this installation does not alter the treatment process or capacity in any significant manner, the replacement is classified as a maintenance action. Under Paragraph (3) in Part 9 of the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) rules (Washington Administrative Code 197-11-800[3]), it is TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 28 bhcconsultants.com Arlington Water Reclamation Facility Membrane Blower stated that maintenance actions are categorically exempt from the SEPA process. Therefore, completion of the SEPA process should not be required for this project. As the lead agency, the City should file a SEPA exemption for this project. In accordance with an October 6, 2023 e-mail from Tonya Lane at the Washington State Department of Ecology, the fact that this project does not deviate from the previously-approved engineering report, the addition of a fourth blower is consistent with the previously approved design, and this addition is necessary to assure no loss in permitted capacity, she stated that an engineering report or design documents do not need to be submitted for approval to proceed with a fourth blower install. ATTACHMENT A Sulzer Turbo Blower Budgetary Proposals BUDGET QUOTATION Attn:Ryan Brusca Quote No. Company:Reiner Pump Systems 2023-Q121A-R0 Ph No.:855-758-1188 DATE E-Mail:rbrusca@reinerpump.com 12/18/2023 From:Rick Barile Prices are in USD Company:Sulzer Pump Solutions (US) Inc.CPT: Arlington, WA Ph No.:(360) 787-3287 E-Mail:Rick.Barile@sulzer.com Delivery: To Be Advised Prepared By:Matthew Lisewski on Notice to Proceed Ph No.:(203) 514-4280 Submittals: 2 - 4 weeks Validity: 30 Days Subject:Arlington WRF - Option 1 Item Qty Description Subtotal 1 High Speed Turbo Blowers Configuration is 1 operating plus 0 standby 1 Turbo Compressor HST 30-46-1-U250-48, 480/3/60 1 Ethernet/IP (Ethernet) Communication Inlet Accessories 1 Inlet Filter (INF), Process Air, Horizontal (1500 mm x 600 mm) 1 Inlet Filter Adapter (used w/ Rect INF/Duct only) - 500 mm - Galv 1 Adapter - 500 mm Dia Duct x DN 500/ANSI 20" 1 Inlet Flanged Silencer (used w/ Piping) - DN 500 x DN 500 - Galv 1 Inlet Bellows Joint (used w/ Flanged Piping) - DN 500 x DN 500 1 Inlet Scrap Trap - Wafer, DN 500/ANSI 20" 1 Adapter - 500 mm Dia Duct x 500 mm Dia Duct - NPU 500 1 Pressure Differential Switch - US Units Outlet Accessories 1 Outlet Flexible Joint - DN 300 x DN 300 1 Outlet Combined Diffuser Cone Silencer - SS - DN 300 x DN 400 1 Back Flow Barrier, Dual Flapper Type - Wafer, DN 400/16" ANSI 1 Manual Outlet Valve - Wafer, DN 400/16" ANSI Other Accessories 1 Outlet Cone Insulation - Covers OFJ - DN 300/ANSI 12" Spare Parts 1 Inlet Filter Pocket - INF Vert. or Horiz. (3 / blower) 1 Cabinet Cooling Air Filters (4 / blower) Factory Testing 1 Non-Witness Testing - Per Factory Standard 1 Additional Test Points 1 to 8 - Per Factory Standard 1 Balancing Report 1 Hydrostatic Pressure Test Certificate 1 Factory Certificates 1 Noise Certificate 1 Transport Packaging by Sea 1 Accessories Packaging 2 Start-Up Assistance & Training - Warranty - Freight 1 Commissioning (Start up & Training) for HST, 3 Days On Site 1 Standard Warranty (2 years) 1 Freight, USA to Arlington, WA Sulzer's Preliminary General Commercial Comments Apply #SULZER CONFIDENTIAL BUDGET QUOTATION Attn:Ryan Brusca Quote No. Company:Reiner Pump Systems 2023-Q121A-R0 Ph No.:855-758-1188 DATE E-Mail:rbrusca@reinerpump.com 12/18/2023 From:Rick Barile Prices are in USD Company:Sulzer Pump Solutions (US) Inc.CPT: Arlington, WA Ph No.:(360) 787-3287 E-Mail:Rick.Barile@sulzer.com Delivery: To Be Advised Prepared By:Matthew Lisewski on Notice to Proceed Ph No.:(203) 514-4280 Submittals: 2 - 4 weeks Validity: 30 Days Subject:Arlington WRF - Option 1 Item Qty Description Subtotal Sulzer's Preliminary General Commercial Comments Apply 9 Please note that start-up trips quoted above assume all blowers quoted will be installed and prepared for start-up at the time of the first visit. Quoted commissioning does not take into consideration a phased or sequenced start-up unless otherwise noted and is not intended for project management or project timeline purposes. Any defects in Sulzer blower's material or craftsmenship that would require additional start-up days or trips will be done at the expense of Sulzer. Any delays in start-up due to influences outside of Sulzer's control that would require additional field services will be billed at a rate of $2,400 per day. Additionally, note that Start-Up Assistance & Training & Freight must be included in the final price. These items can not be discounted nor commissioned. Additional Field Services are available at $2,400.00/day Total Air Flow Range (SCFM): 4,940 Differential Pressure (psi): 9.50 Altitude (ft ASL): 75 Inlet pressure (psia): 14.60 Inlet pressure losses (psi): 0.06 Process air inlet temp. range (°F): 14 to 105 Relative humidity range (%): 25 to 95 Site Voltage / Phase / Freq: 480/3/60 Total Project NET Price 219,450.00$ SULZER ABS will optionally provide the following Type of MCU for this project: A-B CompactLogix PLC and 7" PanelView Plus7 touch screen interface The above MCU shall include the following elements: 1) MCU Enclosure, NEMA 4 sheet steel. 2) Allen Bradley PLC containing the software to control the HST Blowers 3) MCU includes 16 Digital Inputs, 16 Digital Outputs, 4 Analog Inputs, 2 Analog Outputs, 24 VDC Power Supply and UPS @ 3.4 AH 4) A-B Ethernet Communications between the PLC and HMI and for Inter-PLC/SCADA communications using CAT5/6 cabling. CAT 5/6 cabling by others. No Fiber Optic Equipment included. 5) Ethernet/IP communications between the MCU and the HST Blowers 6) Allen Bradley 8 Port Unmanaged Ethernet Switch 7) Manifold Pressure Control (Pressure Monitoring Device not included) 8) Control of a maximum of Six (6) HST Blowers using a PID controller ADD: Master Control Unit (MCU) As Outlined Above 57,830.00$ #SULZER CONFIDENTIAL TECHNICAL QUOTATION REMARKS SULZER TURBOCOMPRESSOR HST Sulzer Pumps Solutions, Inc. 108 Leigus Road, Suite 1180 Wallingford, CT 06492 Phone: 203-238-2700 SULZER CONFIDENTIAL Each Sulzer HST Turbocompressor is offered with the following standard package features and accessories included. 1) High Speed Unit including with Impeller, Motor, Labyrinth Seal, Magnetic Bearing System mounted on a skid 2) Temperature sensors for inlet and outlet, motor, VFD & MBC 3) Pressure sensors for inlet and outlet 4) Differential pressure switch for inlet filter high pressure notification 5) Built in flow (via algorithm) and speed measurement 6) Volute with Inlet & Outlet flanges 7) Magnetic Bearing Controller, MBC-12 8) High Performance Vacon NX VFD 9) RFI Filter & AC Choke 10) Blow Off Valve, electro-pneumatically controlled plug type 11) Control Cabinet with power interlock switch. 12) Control Cabinet with local detachable Keypad or with full HMI undetachable Display. 13) Acoustic Noise Enclosure (see appendix for guaranteed dB(A)) 14) UPS for Magnetic Bearing Controller 15) Technical Specification, Cut Sheets, Installation Manual, Commissioning, Manual, Operators Manual, Layout Drawings & Accessory Drawings Factory Performance Test, with each blower, non-witnessed, in conformance with abridged ISO 5389:1992 -Turbocompressors, VDI 2045:1993 – Acceptance and Performance Tests on Turbocompressors & Displacement Compressors. Optional full ISO 5389, ASME PTC-10, or ASME PTC-13 in addition to optional Witness Test. TERMS AND CONDITIONS: Sulzer Standard Terms & Conditions apply. TECHNICAL QUOTATION REMARKS SULZER TURBOCOMPRESSOR HST Sulzer Pumps Solutions, Inc. 108 Leigus Road, Suite 1180 Wallingford, CT 06492 SULZER CONFIDENTIAL Comments & Exceptions: 1) Above items only; additional accessories available upon request. 2) No special tools are required 3) Sulzer’s standard product is offered. 4) Anchor bolts are not included 5) Supply and installation of interconnecting communications cabling between each turbocompressor and the MCU (if supplied). 6) Installation of compressor units, blower accessories and associated pipe work 7) Supply and installation of electrical power and signal cables to each turbocompressor and the MCU (if supplied) 8) Provision of any further instrumentation other than that contained within each turbocompressor or the MCU (if supplied). This also excludes the pressure, flow or D.O. transducer required to generate the 4-20ma signal for compressor control. 9) Pipe insulation as deemed necessary by the client to prevent contact with hot pipes. 10) Reasonable access to the site and working area to enable continuous installation. 11) Free access to facilities 12) The compressors are to be installed in a compressor room constructed by others. 13) The compressor room floor will be flat and level to standard civil tolerances. 14) That the Sulzer Turbocompressor HST can be off loaded and placed directly into the compressor building 15) Cable tray or ducts to each compressor for the communications cabling will be supplied and installed by others. 16) The above price does not include sales tax or other costs unless specifically included in this proposal. This quote and any accompanying documents contain information belonging to Sulzer which is confidential and legally privileged. This information is intended only for the use of the individual or entity to whom this transmission was sent as indicated above. Copying or disseminating this communication without the express permission of Sulzer is prohibited. If you are not the intended recipient, any disclosure, copying, distribution, or action taken in reliance on the contents of the information contained in this transmission is strictly prohibited. Appendix 1)Performance Graph 2)Technical Data Sheet 3)Turbocompressor Control Schematic 4)Communication with Master Control Unit Options (if provided) 5)Typical Sulzer Turbocompressor HST layout drawing 6)Compressor Test Code Comparison 7)Warranty Sulzer Pumps Solutions, Inc. 108 Leigus Road, Suite 1180 Wallingford, CT 06492 USA Phone: 203-238-2700 SULZER CONFIDENTIAL SULZER ABS TURBOCOMPRESSOR HST APPENDIX Date: Quote No.:2023-Q121A-R0 Project Name:Arlington WRF - Option 1 Total Design Air Flow:Air Flow Per Unit: Units: Maximum Input Power:250 HP Electric Power: 480 / 3 / 60 Maximum Motor Speed: Operating Pressure Ratio: 1.66 Max Discharge Temp: 211° F Altitude: 75 ft Operating Pressure Ratio Limit: 1.76 Atmospheric Pressure: 14.66 psia Discharge Pressure: 24.16 psia Differential Pressure: Inlet Losses: Inlet Temp.RH oF %Legend 100 40 68 36 32 50 14 25 Please note that the input power is the wire to air power and includes all losses assciated with the VFD, Motor, Impeller, etc. 4,940 SCFM High Turbocompressor HST Performance HST 30-46-1-U250-48 08-Jan-24 4,940 SCFM 1 Operating + 1 Units - No Installed Spare 18,600 RPM 9.50 psig 0.06 psig 120.0 140.0 160.0 180.0 200.0 220.0 240.0 260.0 In p u t P o w e r , h p Air Capacity,SCFM (Standard Conditions: 68 Deg F, 36%RH, 14.7 PSI) Blower Performance #SULZER CONFIDENTIAL HST™ 30 turbocompressor A highly efficient and reliable single-stage centrifugal compressor for the provision of oil-free, low-pressure air. Construction High-speed electric motor A horizontally mounted high-frequency electric motor for variable speed operation. The motor is air-cooled by an integrated shaft mounted fan and the windings are protected by Pt100-sensors monitored by the local control system. Air end The impeller has been designed to optimize performance and is machined from a solid piece of high-strength aluminum alloy. The volute and other main components are made from cast aluminum. A non-contact seal between air-end and motor minimizes losses to maintain high efficiency. Variable frequency drive Flow control is provided by a built-in variable frequency drive which also accommodates variations in outlet pressure and ambient inlet conditions. The variable frequency drive’s soft-start facility eliminates peak starting currents. Active magnetic bearings Two radial bearings and two axial bearings support the rotor. The magnetic bearing controller uses data provided by multiple sensors to continuously manage the position of the rotor. Blow-off valve The blow-off valve is mounted within the acoustic enclosure with further attenuation provided by an integrated silencer. Acoustic enclosure The enclosure provides protection for the electrical and mechanical components and provides efficient noise attenuation for the machine. The enclosure is constructed from zinc-plated steel. It is suitable for indoor use (IP33D, NEMA 2). Integrated components The filters for cooling air and the motor cooling air silencers are all integrated into the main assembly. Compressor Control Local control The built-in local Human-Machine-Interface (HMI) provides control and monitoring for the safe and efficient operation of the machine. Flow may be controlled directly by the operator, or alternatively, the turbocompressor can follow a given reference value. The local HMI uses a color touch screen to provide access to the operator. Connections Analog and digital control and monitoring connections are built in. Fieldbus connections such as Profibus, Profinet, Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, and EtherNet/IP are available as options. Remote connections A secure connection facilitating service and monitoring can be ordered as an option. Options Various options for handling special requirements regarding e.g. temperature, dusty environments and locations with high moisture can be selected. Accessories Required accessories for installation such as flexible joints, valves, silencers, and air filters are available from Sulzer. Performance Testing Compressor performance tests are performed on every machine manufactured and certificates issued to confirm compliance. The tests are carried out at the Sulzer factory test facility. Performance is guaranteed with a manufacturing tolerance of ± 2% and a measurement tolerance according to ISO 5389. Optionally tests can be performed in full accordance with ISO 5389 or ASME PTC 10. The test can be witnessed by the customer or a third party inspector. Certification and Standards The product is certified according to the relevant UL and CSA standards: • UL 1450 • CSA C22.2 No. 68 The product is designed and manufactured in accordance with EN 61800-3 standard and intended for use in second environment locations, e.g. in industrial areas. 0 2000 4000 6000 80000 5 10 15 Qv [scfm] ∆ p [ p s i ] 10000 20 HST 30−38-2−U450 HST 30−38-2−U400 HST 30−38-2−U350 0 2000 4000 6000 80000 5 10 15 Qv [scfm] ∆ p [ p s i ] 10000 20 HST 30−58-8−U250 HST 30−58-8−U300 HST 30−58-8−U350 HST 30−58-8−U400 HST 30−58-8−U450 Performance 0 2000 4000 6000 80000 5 10 15 Qv [scfm] ∆ p [ p s i ] 10000 20 0 2000 4000 6000 80000 5 10 15 Qv [scfm] ∆ p [ p s i ] 10000 20 HST 30−36−1−U250 HST 30−36−1−U300 HST 30−36−1−U350 HST 30−36−1−U400 HST 30−46−1−U450 HST 30−46−1−U400 HST 30−46−1−U250 HST 30−46−1−U300 HST 30−46−1−U350 HST 30-36-1-U250 36-1-U300 36-1-U350 36-1-U400 Air flow range [scfm]1500-6000 1500-6000 1500-6100 1500-6200 Pressure rise [psi]4.4-12.3 4.4-13.1 4.4-13.1 4.4-13.1 Noise level [dB]73 73 72 72 Input power [hp]250 300 350 400 Main supply voltage [V]460-600 460-600 460-600 460-600 Input power frequency [Hz]50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 48 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 246 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 296 2x(3x300+3) 315 345 2x(3x350+3) 400 394 2x(3x500+2) 400 58 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 204 2x(3x3/0+4) 250 245 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 286 2x(3x250+4) 315 326 2x(3x350+3) 400 Weight [lb]3500 3500 3800 3800 HST 30-46-1-U250 46-1-U300 46-1-U350 46-1-U400 46-1-U450 Air flow range [scfm]2000-7300 2000-7300 2000-7500 2000-7600 2000-7900 Pressure rise [psi]4.4-10.9 4.4-13.1 4.4-13.1 4.4-13.1 4.4-13.1 Noise level [dB]73 73 72 72 75 Input power [hp]250 300 350 400 450 Main supply voltage [V]460-600 460-600 460-600 460-600 460-600 Input power frequency [Hz]50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 48 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 246 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 296 2x(3x300+3) 315 345 2x(3x350+3) 400 394 2x(3x500+2) 400 444 2x(3x500+2) 500 58 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 204 2x(3x3/0+4) 250 245 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 286 2x(3x250+4) 315 326 2x(3x350+3) 400 367 2x(3x400+2) 400 Weight [lb]3500 3500-3800 3800 3800 3800 HST 30-58-8-U250 58-8-U300 58-8-U350 58-8-U400 58-8-U450 Air flow range [scfm]2500-8700 2500-9100 2500-9300 2500-9400 2500-9500 Pressure rise [psi]4.4-8.7 4.4-10.9 4.4-10.9 4.4-10.9 4.4-10.9 Noise level [dB]73 73 73 74 75 Input power [hp]250 300 350 400 450 Main supply voltage [V]460-600 460-600 460-600 460-600 460-600 Input power frequency [Hz]50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 48 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 246 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 296 2x(3x300+3) 315 345 2x(3x350+3) 400 394 2x(3x500+2) 400 444 2x(3x500+2) 500 58 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 204 2x(3x3/0+4) 250 245 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 286 2x(3x250+4) 315 326 2x(3x350+3) 400 367 2x(3x400+2) 400 Weight [lb]3800 3800 3800 3800 3800 (1) The maximum input current is calculated using the nominal voltage. The cable and fuse sizes are recommendations and based on the supply current and cables rated to 70 °C [158 °F]. (2) The maximum input power of HST 30-46-1-U450-58 can only be reached if the tolerance of the main supply voltage is 580 VAC -5% +10%. Compressor Data www.sulzer.com SPP id: 23.05.2023 / en / e10546 / 6 Copyright © Sulzer Ltd 2018 This document does not provide a warranty or guarantee of any kind. Please contact us for a description of the warranties and guarantees offered with our products. Directions for use and safety will be given separately. All information herein is subject to change without notice. Installation Conditions (4) Altitude Maximum altitude 8200 ft above sea level (5) Air quality Permitted chemical vapors IEC 60721-3-3 class 3C3 Ambient conditions Ambient temperature range Min. 14 °F, max. 113 °F Ambient relative humidity < 95 %, non-condensing, non- corrosive, no dripping water Inlet conditions Air temperature range for inlet process air Min. -22 °F, max. 122 °F (6) (4) Sulzer may approve applications outside these criteria. (5) 6560 ft above sea level for 580 V compressors. (6) Max. 113 °F for HST 30-38-2 compressors. Dimensions 68.9 in ni 6.09 71 . 8 i n HST 30-38-2-U350 38-2-U400 38-2-U450 Air flow range [scfm]2200-6300 2200-6400 2200-6500 Pressure rise [psi]8.7-16.0 8.7-18.9 8.7-18.9 Noise level [dB]72 72 75 Input power [hp]350 400 450 Power supply [V]460-600 460-600 460-600 Input power frequency [Hz]50/60 50/60 50/60 48 0 V Max. input current [A] (3) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 345 2x(3x350+3) 400 394 2x(3x500+2) 400 444 2x(3x500+2) 500 58 0 V Max. input current [A] (3) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 286 2x(3x250+4) 315 326 2x(3x350+3) 400 367 2x(3x400+2) 400 Weight [lb]3800 3800 3800 (3) The maximum input current is calculated using the nominal voltage. The cable and fuse sizes are recommendations and based on the supply current and cables rated to 70 °C [158 °F]. 6 4 6 2 B B 5 D 1 A C 1 C 3 5 D 3 4 2 A AP P R O V E D : CH E C K E D : DR A W N : OR I G I N A L S C A L E CA D - D R A W I N G SU B S T I T U T E F O R DE S I G N G R O U P SE P . P A R T S L I S T RE P L A C E D B Y PA R T - N o . 31 0 0 1 1 4 4 0 1/ 1 00 1 EN No - - SP F I N 1: 2 0 18 - S E P - 2 0 1 8 A. K a n g a s 18 - S E P - 2 0 1 8 A. K a n g a s 18 - S E P - 2 0 1 8 A. K a n g a s HS T --- DI M E N S I O N A L D R A W I N G Tu r b o c o m p r e s s o r H S T ™ 3 0 -- AP P R O V E D CH E C K E D MO D I F I E D MO D I F I C A T I O N RE V - - - - - - - - DO N O T S C A L E - I F I N D O U B T A S K Al l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . N o p a r t o f t h i s d r a w i n g m a y b e r e p r o d u c e d , d i s t r i b u t e d o r t r a n s m i t t e d i n a n y f o r m o r b y a n y m e a n s , e l e c t r o n i c o r m e c h a n i c a l , i n c l u d i n g p h o t o c o p y i n g a n d r e c o r d i n g , w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s P R I O R w r i t t e n c o n s e n t o f S u l z e r L t d . MA C H I N I N G R E G U L A T I O N S S E E D R A W I N G S T A N D A R D S . SI M I L A R D W G . © S u l z e r L t d ( D a t e o f D r a w i n g ) . - SU L Z E R C O N F I D E N T I A L 64 , 4 ± 0 , 4 16 3 5 , 3 ± 1 0 61,9 1573 Ma i n P o w e r Ca b l e E n t r y 71,8 ±0,4 1825 ±10 31,9 ±0,4 810 ±10 68 , 9 ± 0 , 4 17 5 0 ± 1 0 19 , 7 50 0 0 2,0 ±0,4 50 ±10 Pr o c e s s a i r i n l e t In l e t d u c t C L Co m p r e s s o r C L 62 , 9 ± 0 , 4 15 9 7 ± 1 0 35,4 ±5,9 900 ±150 HM I ( * ) Lo c k e d S t o p Ma i n S w i t c h CC C + M C ( * ) I n l e t Es t i m a t e d Ce n t e r o f G r a v i t y CC C ( * ) O u t l e t 12 , 4 31 5 MC ( * ) O u t l e t 9, 8 25 0 BO V ( * ) O u t l e t 12 , 4 31 5 0 16,7 ±0,4 424 ±10 12,3 ±0,4 313 ±10 40,6 ±0,4 1032 ±10 53,5 ±0,4 1359 ±10 82,8 ±0,4 2102 ±10 90,6 ±0,4 2302 ±10 0 ( I n l e t d u c t C L ) 0, 8 ± 0 , 4 20 ± 1 0 6, 7 ± 0 , 4 17 0 ± 1 0 18 , 4 ± 0 , 4 46 6 , 8 ± 1 0 0 2, 0 ± 0 , 4 50 ± 1 0 12 , 5 ± 0 , 4 31 6 , 7 ± 1 0 ( C o m p r e s s o r C L ) 0 25 , 6 ± 0 , 4 65 0 ± 1 0 Pr o c e s s A i r O u t l e t , D N 3 0 0 / A N S I 1 2 " Si g n a l C a b l e E n t r y 47 , 2 ± 0 , 4 12 0 0 ± 1 0 19 , 4 ± 0 , 4 49 3 , 4 ± 1 0 0 ( C o m p r e s s o r C L ) 33 , 3 ± 0 , 4 84 5 ± 1 0 33 , 3 ± 0 , 4 84 5 ± 1 0 18 , 5 ± 5 , 9 46 9 ± 1 5 0 12,4 ±5,9 315 ±150 Mo u n t i n g d i m e n s i o n s Mo u n t i n g M 1 6 4 p c s Es t i m a t e d Ce n t e r o f G r a v i t y * C C C = C o n t r o l C a b i n e t C o o l i n g A i r M C = M o t o r C o o l i n g A i r B O V = B l o w O f f V a l v e A i r H M I = H u m a n M a c h i n e I n t e r f a c e GE N E R A L TO L E R A N C E S - FI N I S H I N G - MA T E R I A L - WE I G H T - k g Manual Outlet Valve (MOV) Back Flow Barrier Dual Plate (BFB-D) Outlet Cone Silencer (OCS) Inlet Filter (INF) Inlet Filter Adapter (IFA)Inlet Silencer (INS) Outlet Joint Insulation (OJI) Outlet Flexible Joint (OFJ) 113,5 2882 17 3 , 2 44 0 0 24,0 min. 608,40 min. Note: Dimensions are shown for DN 400 outlet piping. Layout Example 310011459Sales doc. no: Ducted inlet – standard outlet HST™ 30 Turbocompressor - Turbocompressor accessories are applicable for use with HST™ Turbocompressor. Rev.: SHEET 1 / 1 Copyright © Sulzer Ltd Published: 18.09.2018 ABS Turbocompressor HST Control Schematic Use with three or more turbocompressors ABS Turbocompressor HST Modular Control Unit Communication Options Compressor to MCU link •Modbus •Profibus MCU to plant system link •Hardwired •Profibus •Modbus •Ethernet 4-20mA Signal from •Header Pressure sensor (preferred) •DO probe Modular Control Unit PLC options •A-B CompactLogix (standard) •Siemens S7-300 (optional) • Air Flow Meter •Ethernet WARRANTY DS-Z07-008 REV: 4 DATE: 01/22 | © Sulzer | Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice Limited Product Warranty Standard | 2 Year Page | 1www.sulzer.com HST™ Turbocompressor * Sulzer Pumps Solutions Inc. (“Manufacturer”) warrants the above referenced Sulzer brand equipment ("Products"): i) will be of the kind and quality as described in the contract, and ii) will be free of material defects in workmanship and material, and iii) will, to the extent required for its functioning, be free from defects in design. However, Manufacturer shall not be held responsible for (i) selection or choice of products for a general or specific use, including quantities or sizing of products; or (ii) the design of the Products (including the selection of the materials) if the design and/or the selection of the materials was not chosen or provided by Manufacturer. The warranty shall begin upon the delivery of the Products and expire on the earliest of the below dates (“Warranty Period”): i) twenty-four (24) months from date of installation of the Products; or ii) thirty (30) months from the date the Manufacturer made the relevant Products available for delivery. This warranty is contingent upon start-up of the Products on site by an authorized Manufacturer's representative, as verified by receipt of start-up reports completed and signed by an authorized Manufacturer's representative, as well as any other documentation required by Manufacturer to support the claim. In the event that Manufacturer undertakes any repair or replacement of any Products or parts thereof in accordance with its obligations under this warranty, such repaired or replaced part shall be warranted in accordance with this warranty for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of completion thereof or until the end of the Warranty Period, whichever expires later. Such extended Warranty Period shall under no circumstances exceed a period of ninety (90) days after the end of the original Warranty Period. If during the Warranty Period, any Products or parts thereof fail to meet the requirements set out in this warranty, the purchaser or end user shall immediately provide written notification to Manufacturer stating the reasons therefor. Upon receipt of prior written authorization from Manufacturer, Products shall be transported to Manufacturer's authorized service center, prepaid, at purchaser or end-user's cost. Manufacturer’s sole obligation shall be to repair, modify, or replace the affected product(s) or part(s) thereof at Manufacturer's sole option. Manufacturer shall be liable for Manufacturer’s own costs incurred as a result of such action only. In no event shall Manufacturer be responsible for the cost of providing access to the Products or parts thereof, or costs of disassembly, removal or reinstallation of any Products or parts thereof. Product(s) or part(s) thereof repaired or replaced under this warranty will be returned with freight prepaid. Products must be repaired by an authorized Manufacturer repair center for warranty coverage to be considered. Explosion-proof or other agency approved Products must be repaired at a Manufacturer's authorized service center in order to retain the agency's approval rating. This warranty shall not apply and shall terminate immediately if the faults or defects referred to herein cannot be proved to be a result of Manufacturer’s failure under this warranty. Such exclusions from warranty shall include, but not be limited to, any Products or parts thereof which have been (i) subjected to misuse, misapplication, accident, alteration, neglect, failure to act in a timely manner to address alarms/warnings, or physical damage; (ii) stored outside and/or in a non-climate controlled environment, installed, operated, and/or maintained in a manner which is contrary to Manufacturer's written instructions as it pertains to installation, operation and maintenance of the Products, including but without limitation to being operated without being connected to monitoring devices supplied with specific products for protection; (iii) used in an application or for pumping liquids other than the use for which it is intended as specified in Manufacturer's product literature; (iv) damaged due to a defective power supply, improper electrical protection, faulty repair, ordinary wear and tear, corrosion, erosion or chemical attack, an act of God, an act of war or by an act of terrorism; (v) damaged resulting from the use of accessory equipment not sold by Manufacturer or not approved by Manufacturer for use in connection with Manufacturer's products; or (vi) repaired or altered without Manufacturer’s written consent. This warranty does not cover costs for standard and/or scheduled maintenance that is performed, nor does it cover Manufacturer's parts that, by virtue of their operation, require replacement through normal wear (aka: Wear Parts), unless a defect in material or workmanship is determined by Manufacturer. Wear Parts are defined as air filters, batteries, VFD, and MBC cooling fans and/or any items deemed necessary to perform and meet the requirements of normal maintenance on all Manufacturer’s equipment. All protection features (such as fuses, motor and VFD over temperature, over pressure, shaft position, etc.) incorporated in the Products must be properly connected to Manufacturer supplied or approved monitoring device(s) for warranty coverage. This warranty is valid only if alarm monitoring components, cables, and/or control components/panels supplied or authorized by Manufacturer are used. If protection feature(s) is(are) not connected, for any reason, it must be approved, in writing, by the Manufacturer, to validate the warranty coverage. Manufacturer shall not be liable for any special, indirect, consequential, incidental, or punitive damages, or profit loss of any kind. Unless authorized in writing by Manufacturer, Manufacturer shall not be responsible for damages for delay or expenses for rented (replacement) equipment, pump removal, installation, contractors, or repairs. This warranty shall extend only to the initial end user. CORRECTION OF NONCONFORMITIES IN THE MANNER AND FOR THE PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED WITHIN THIS WARRANTY SHALL CONSTITUTE FULFILLMENT OF ALL LIABILITIES OF MANUFACTURER TO PURCHASER WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS AND PARTS THEREOF, INCLUDING ANY SERVICES PERFORMED. MANUFACTURER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, GUARANTEE, OR REPRESENTATION IN RESPECT OF THE PRODUCTS AND PARTS THEREOF, INCLUDING ANY SERVICES PERFORMED OTHER THAN AS SPECIFIED IN THIS WARRANTY. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, AND REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED BY STATUE, COMMON LAW, OR OTHERWISE, IN RELATION TO THE SUPPLY OF THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE EXCLUDED TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. * This warranty is applicable to Products supplied by Sulzer Pump Solutions (US) Inc. or Sulzer Pumps Wastewater Canada, Inc. for installation in the U.S.A. or Canada, unless specifically indicated otherwise in writing by Manufacturer. BUDGET QUOTATION Attn:Ryan Brusca Quote No. Company:Reiner Pump Systems 2023-Q121B-R0 Ph No.:855-758-1188 DATE E-Mail:rbrusca@reinerpump.com 12/18/2023 From:Rick Barile Prices are in USD Company:Sulzer Pump Solutions (US) Inc.CPT: Arlington, WA Ph No.:(360) 787-3287 E-Mail:Rick.Barile@sulzer.com Delivery: To Be Advised Prepared By:Matthew Lisewski on Notice to Proceed Ph No.:(203) 514-4280 Submittals: 2 - 4 weeks Validity: 30 Days Subject:Arlington WRF - Option 2 Item Qty Description Subtotal 1 High Speed Turbo Blowers Configuration is 1 operating plus 0 standby 1 Turbo Compressor HST 30-46-1-U300-48, 480/3/60 1 Ethernet/IP (Ethernet) Communication Inlet Accessories 1 Inlet Filter (INF), Process Air, Horizontal (1500 mm x 600 mm) 1 Inlet Filter Adapter (used w/ Rect INF/Duct only) - 500 mm - Galv 1 Adapter - 500 mm Dia Duct x DN 500/ANSI 20" 1 Inlet Flanged Silencer (used w/ Piping) - DN 500 x DN 500 - Galv 1 Inlet Bellows Joint (used w/ Flanged Piping) - DN 500 x DN 500 1 Inlet Scrap Trap - Wafer, DN 500/ANSI 20" 1 Adapter - 500 mm Dia Duct x 500 mm Dia Duct - NPU 500 1 Pressure Differential Switch - US Units Outlet Accessories 1 Outlet Flexible Joint - DN 300 x DN 300 1 Outlet Combined Diffuser Cone Silencer - SS - DN 300 x DN 400 1 Back Flow Barrier, Dual Flapper Type - Wafer, DN 400/16" ANSI 1 Manual Outlet Valve - Wafer, DN 400/16" ANSI Other Accessories 1 Outlet Cone Insulation - Covers OFJ - DN 300/ANSI 12" Spare Parts 1 Inlet Filter Pocket - INF Vert. or Horiz. (3 / blower) 1 Cabinet Cooling Air Filters (4 / blower) Factory Testing 1 Non-Witness Testing - Per Factory Standard 1 Additional Test Points 1 to 8 - Per Factory Standard 1 Balancing Report 1 Hydrostatic Pressure Test Certificate 1 Factory Certificates 1 Noise Certificate 1 Transport Packaging by Sea 1 Accessories Packaging 2 Start-Up Assistance & Training - Warranty - Freight 1 Commissioning (Start up & Training) for HST, 3 Days On Site 1 Standard Warranty (2 years) 1 Freight, USA to Arlington, WA Sulzer's Preliminary General Commercial Comments Apply #SULZER CONFIDENTIAL BUDGET QUOTATION Attn:Ryan Brusca Quote No. Company:Reiner Pump Systems 2023-Q121B-R0 Ph No.:855-758-1188 DATE E-Mail:rbrusca@reinerpump.com 12/18/2023 From:Rick Barile Prices are in USD Company:Sulzer Pump Solutions (US) Inc.CPT: Arlington, WA Ph No.:(360) 787-3287 E-Mail:Rick.Barile@sulzer.com Delivery: To Be Advised Prepared By:Matthew Lisewski on Notice to Proceed Ph No.:(203) 514-4280 Submittals: 2 - 4 weeks Validity: 30 Days Subject:Arlington WRF - Option 2 Item Qty Description Subtotal Sulzer's Preliminary General Commercial Comments Apply 9 Please note that start-up trips quoted above assume all blowers quoted will be installed and prepared for start-up at the time of the first visit. Quoted commissioning does not take into consideration a phased or sequenced start-up unless otherwise noted and is not intended for project management or project timeline purposes. Any defects in Sulzer blower's material or craftsmenship that would require additional start-up days or trips will be done at the expense of Sulzer. Any delays in start-up due to influences outside of Sulzer's control that would require additional field services will be billed at a rate of $2,400 per day. Additionally, note that Start-Up Assistance & Training & Freight must be included in the final price. These items can not be discounted nor commissioned. Additional Field Services are available at $2,400.00/day Total Air Flow Range (SCFM): 5,928 Differential Pressure (psi): 9.50 Altitude (ft ASL): 75 Inlet pressure (psia): 14.60 Inlet pressure losses (psi): 0.06 Process air inlet temp. range (°F): 14 to 105 Relative humidity range (%): 25 to 95 Site Voltage / Phase / Freq: 480/3/60 Total Project NET Price 222,220.00$ SULZER ABS will optionally provide the following Type of MCU for this project: A-B CompactLogix PLC and 7" PanelView Plus7 touch screen interface The above MCU shall include the following elements: 1) MCU Enclosure, NEMA 4 sheet steel. 2) Allen Bradley PLC containing the software to control the HST Blowers 3) MCU includes 16 Digital Inputs, 16 Digital Outputs, 4 Analog Inputs, 2 Analog Outputs, 24 VDC Power Supply and UPS @ 3.4 AH 4) A-B Ethernet Communications between the PLC and HMI and for Inter-PLC/SCADA communications using CAT5/6 cabling. CAT 5/6 cabling by others. No Fiber Optic Equipment included. 5) Ethernet/IP communications between the MCU and the HST Blowers 6) Allen Bradley 8 Port Unmanaged Ethernet Switch 7) Manifold Pressure Control (Pressure Monitoring Device not included) 8) Control of a maximum of Six (6) HST Blowers using a PID controller ADD: Master Control Unit (MCU) As Outlined Above 57,830.00$ #SULZER CONFIDENTIAL TECHNICAL QUOTATION REMARKS SULZER TURBOCOMPRESSOR HST Sulzer Pumps Solutions, Inc. 108 Leigus Road, Suite 1180 Wallingford, CT 06492 SULZER CONFIDENTIAL Each Sulzer HST Turbocompressor is offered with the following standard package features and accessories included. 1) High Speed Unit including with Impeller, Motor, Labyrinth Seal, Magnetic Bearing System mounted on a skid 2) Temperature sensors for inlet and outlet, motor, VFD & MBC 3) Pressure sensors for inlet and outlet 4) Differential pressure switch for inlet filter high pressure notification 5) Built in flow (via algorithm) and speed measurement 6) Volute with Inlet & Outlet flanges 7) Magnetic Bearing Controller, MBC-12 8) High Performance Vacon NX VFD 9) RFI Filter & AC Choke 10) Blow Off Valve, electro-pneumatically controlled plug type 11) Control Cabinet with power interlock switch. 12) Control Cabinet with local detachable Keypad or with full HMI undetachable Display. 13) Acoustic Noise Enclosure (see appendix for guaranteed dB(A)) 14) UPS for Magnetic Bearing Controller 15) Technical Specification, Cut Sheets, Installation Manual, Commissioning, Manual, Operators Manual, Layout Drawings & Accessory Drawings Factory Performance Test, with each blower, non-witnessed, in conformance with abridged ISO 5389:1992 -Turbocompressors, VDI 2045:1993 – Acceptance and Performance Tests on Turbocompressors & Displacement Compressors. Optional full ISO 5389, ASME PTC-10, or ASME PTC-13 in addition to optional Witness Test. TERMS AND CONDITIONS: Sulzer Standard Terms & Conditions apply. TECHNICAL QUOTATION REMARKS SULZER TURBOCOMPRESSOR HST Sulzer Pumps Solutions, Inc. 108 Leigus Road, Suite 1180 Wallingford, CT 06492 Phone: 203-238-2700 SULZER CONFIDENTIAL Comments & Exceptions: 1) Above items only; additional accessories available upon request. 2) No special tools are required 3) Sulzer’s standard product is offered. 4) Anchor bolts are not included 5) Supply and installation of interconnecting communications cabling between each turbocompressor and the MCU (if supplied). 6) Installation of compressor units, blower accessories and associated pipe work 7) Supply and installation of electrical power and signal cables to each turbocompressor and the MCU (if supplied) 8) Provision of any further instrumentation other than that contained within each turbocompressor or the MCU (if supplied). This also excludes the pressure, flow or D.O. transducer required to generate the 4-20ma signal for compressor control. 9) Pipe insulation as deemed necessary by the client to prevent contact with hot pipes. 10) Reasonable access to the site and working area to enable continuous installation. 11) Free access to facilities 12) The compressors are to be installed in a compressor room constructed by others. 13) The compressor room floor will be flat and level to standard civil tolerances. 14) That the Sulzer Turbocompressor HST can be off loaded and placed directly into the compressor building 15) Cable tray or ducts to each compressor for the communications cabling will be supplied and installed by others. 16) The above price does not include sales tax or other costs unless specifically included in this proposal. This quote and any accompanying documents contain information belonging to Sulzer which is confidential and legally privileged. This information is intended only for the use of the individual or entity to whom this transmission was sent as indicated above. Copying or disseminating this communication without the express permission of Sulzer is prohibited. If you are not the intended recipient, any disclosure, copying, distribution, or action taken in reliance on the contents of the information contained in this transmission is strictly prohibited. Appendix 1) Performance Graph 2) Technical Data Sheet 3) Turbocompressor Control Schematic 4) Communication with Master Control Unit Options (if provided) 5) Typical Sulzer Turbocompressor HST layout drawing 6)Compressor Test Code Comparison 7)Warranty Sulzer Pumps Solutions, Inc. 108 Leigus Road, Suite 1180 Wallingford, CT 06492 USA Phone: 203-238-2700 SULZER CONFIDENTIAL SULZER ABS TURBOCOMPRESSOR HST APPENDIX Date: Quote No.:2023-Q121B-R0 Project Name:Arlington WRF - Option 2 Total Design Air Flow:Air Flow Per Unit: Units: Maximum Input Power:300 HP Electric Power: 480 / 3 / 60 Maximum Motor Speed: Operating Pressure Ratio: 1.66 Max Discharge Temp: 211° F Altitude: 75 ft Operating Pressure Ratio Limit: 1.91 Atmospheric Pressure: 14.66 psia Discharge Pressure: 24.16 psia Differential Pressure: Inlet Losses: Inlet Temp.RH oF %Legend 100 40 68 36 32 50 14 25 Please note that the input power is the wire to air power and includes all losses assciated with the VFD, Motor, Impeller, etc. 5,928 SCFM High Turbocompressor HST Performance HST 30-46-1-U300-48 08-Jan-24 5,928 SCFM 1 Operating + 1 Units - No Installed Spare 19,200 RPM 9.50 psig 0.06 psig 125.0 150.0 175.0 200.0 225.0 250.0 275.0 300.0 325.0 In p u t P o w e r , h p Air Capacity,SCFM (Standard Conditions: 68 Deg F, 36%RH, 14.7 PSI) Blower Performance #SULZER CONFIDENTIAL HST™ 30 turbocompressor A highly efficient and reliable single-stage centrifugal compressor for the provision of oil-free, low-pressure air. Construction High-speed electric motor A horizontally mounted high-frequency electric motor for variable speed operation. The motor is air-cooled by an integrated shaft mounted fan and the windings are protected by Pt100-sensors monitored by the local control system. Air end The impeller has been designed to optimize performance and is machined from a solid piece of high-strength aluminum alloy. The volute and other main components are made from cast aluminum. A non-contact seal between air-end and motor minimizes losses to maintain high efficiency. Variable frequency drive Flow control is provided by a built-in variable frequency drive which also accommodates variations in outlet pressure and ambient inlet conditions. The variable frequency drive’s soft-start facility eliminates peak starting currents. Active magnetic bearings Two radial bearings and two axial bearings support the rotor. The magnetic bearing controller uses data provided by multiple sensors to continuously manage the position of the rotor. Blow-off valve The blow-off valve is mounted within the acoustic enclosure with further attenuation provided by an integrated silencer. Acoustic enclosure The enclosure provides protection for the electrical and mechanical components and provides efficient noise attenuation for the machine. The enclosure is constructed from zinc-plated steel. It is suitable for indoor use (IP33D, NEMA 2). Integrated components The filters for cooling air and the motor cooling air silencers are all integrated into the main assembly. Compressor Control Local control The built-in local Human-Machine-Interface (HMI) provides control and monitoring for the safe and efficient operation of the machine. Flow may be controlled directly by the operator, or alternatively, the turbocompressor can follow a given reference value. The local HMI uses a color touch screen to provide access to the operator. Connections Analog and digital control and monitoring connections are built in. Fieldbus connections such as Profibus, Profinet, Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, and EtherNet/IP are available as options. Remote connections A secure connection facilitating service and monitoring can be ordered as an option. Options Various options for handling special requirements regarding e.g. temperature, dusty environments and locations with high moisture can be selected. Accessories Required accessories for installation such as flexible joints, valves, silencers, and air filters are available from Sulzer. Performance Testing Compressor performance tests are performed on every machine manufactured and certificates issued to confirm compliance. The tests are carried out at the Sulzer factory test facility. Performance is guaranteed with a manufacturing tolerance of ± 2% and a measurement tolerance according to ISO 5389. Optionally tests can be performed in full accordance with ISO 5389 or ASME PTC 10. The test can be witnessed by the customer or a third party inspector. Certification and Standards The product is certified according to the relevant UL and CSA standards: • UL 1450 • CSA C22.2 No. 68 The product is designed and manufactured in accordance with EN 61800-3 standard and intended for use in second environment locations, e.g. in industrial areas. 0 2000 4000 6000 80000 5 10 15 Qv [scfm] ∆ p [ p s i ] 10000 20 HST 30−38-2−U450 HST 30−38-2−U400 HST 30−38-2−U350 0 2000 4000 6000 80000 5 10 15 Qv [scfm] ∆ p [ p s i ] 10000 20 HST 30−58-8−U250 HST 30−58-8−U300 HST 30−58-8−U350 HST 30−58-8−U400 HST 30−58-8−U450 Performance 0 2000 4000 6000 80000 5 10 15 Qv [scfm] ∆ p [ p s i ] 10000 20 0 2000 4000 6000 80000 5 10 15 Qv [scfm] ∆ p [ p s i ] 10000 20 HST 30−36−1−U250 HST 30−36−1−U300 HST 30−36−1−U350 HST 30−36−1−U400 HST 30−46−1−U450 HST 30−46−1−U400 HST 30−46−1−U250 HST 30−46−1−U300 HST 30−46−1−U350 HST 30-36-1-U250 36-1-U300 36-1-U350 36-1-U400 Air flow range [scfm]1500-6000 1500-6000 1500-6100 1500-6200 Pressure rise [psi]4.4-12.3 4.4-13.1 4.4-13.1 4.4-13.1 Noise level [dB]73 73 72 72 Input power [hp]250 300 350 400 Main supply voltage [V]460-600 460-600 460-600 460-600 Input power frequency [Hz]50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 48 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 246 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 296 2x(3x300+3) 315 345 2x(3x350+3) 400 394 2x(3x500+2) 400 58 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 204 2x(3x3/0+4) 250 245 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 286 2x(3x250+4) 315 326 2x(3x350+3) 400 Weight [lb]3500 3500 3800 3800 HST 30-46-1-U250 46-1-U300 46-1-U350 46-1-U400 46-1-U450 Air flow range [scfm]2000-7300 2000-7300 2000-7500 2000-7600 2000-7900 Pressure rise [psi]4.4-10.9 4.4-13.1 4.4-13.1 4.4-13.1 4.4-13.1 Noise level [dB]73 73 72 72 75 Input power [hp]250 300 350 400 450 Main supply voltage [V]460-600 460-600 460-600 460-600 460-600 Input power frequency [Hz]50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 48 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 246 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 296 2x(3x300+3) 315 345 2x(3x350+3) 400 394 2x(3x500+2) 400 444 2x(3x500+2) 500 58 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 204 2x(3x3/0+4) 250 245 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 286 2x(3x250+4) 315 326 2x(3x350+3) 400 367 2x(3x400+2) 400 Weight [lb]3500 3500-3800 3800 3800 3800 HST 30-58-8-U250 58-8-U300 58-8-U350 58-8-U400 58-8-U450 Air flow range [scfm]2500-8700 2500-9100 2500-9300 2500-9400 2500-9500 Pressure rise [psi]4.4-8.7 4.4-10.9 4.4-10.9 4.4-10.9 4.4-10.9 Noise level [dB]73 73 73 74 75 Input power [hp]250 300 350 400 450 Main supply voltage [V]460-600 460-600 460-600 460-600 460-600 Input power frequency [Hz]50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 48 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 246 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 296 2x(3x300+3) 315 345 2x(3x350+3) 400 394 2x(3x500+2) 400 444 2x(3x500+2) 500 58 0 V Max. input current [A] (1) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 204 2x(3x3/0+4) 250 245 2x(3x4/0+4) 250 286 2x(3x250+4) 315 326 2x(3x350+3) 400 367 2x(3x400+2) 400 Weight [lb]3800 3800 3800 3800 3800 (1) The maximum input current is calculated using the nominal voltage. The cable and fuse sizes are recommendations and based on the supply current and cables rated to 70 °C [158 °F]. (2) The maximum input power of HST 30-46-1-U450-58 can only be reached if the tolerance of the main supply voltage is 580 VAC -5% +10%. Compressor Data www.sulzer.com SPP id: 23.05.2023 / en / e10546 / 6 Copyright © Sulzer Ltd 2018 This document does not provide a warranty or guarantee of any kind. Please contact us for a description of the warranties and guarantees offered with our products. Directions for use and safety will be given separately. All information herein is subject to change without notice. Installation Conditions (4) Altitude Maximum altitude 8200 ft above sea level (5) Air quality Permitted chemical vapors IEC 60721-3-3 class 3C3 Ambient conditions Ambient temperature range Min. 14 °F, max. 113 °F Ambient relative humidity < 95 %, non-condensing, non- corrosive, no dripping water Inlet conditions Air temperature range for inlet process air Min. -22 °F, max. 122 °F (6) (4) Sulzer may approve applications outside these criteria. (5) 6560 ft above sea level for 580 V compressors. (6) Max. 113 °F for HST 30-38-2 compressors. Dimensions 68.9 in ni 6.09 71 . 8 i n HST 30-38-2-U350 38-2-U400 38-2-U450 Air flow range [scfm]2200-6300 2200-6400 2200-6500 Pressure rise [psi]8.7-16.0 8.7-18.9 8.7-18.9 Noise level [dB]72 72 75 Input power [hp]350 400 450 Power supply [V]460-600 460-600 460-600 Input power frequency [Hz]50/60 50/60 50/60 48 0 V Max. input current [A] (3) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 345 2x(3x350+3) 400 394 2x(3x500+2) 400 444 2x(3x500+2) 500 58 0 V Max. input current [A] (3) Cable size [AWG or MCM] Fuse size [A] 286 2x(3x250+4) 315 326 2x(3x350+3) 400 367 2x(3x400+2) 400 Weight [lb]3800 3800 3800 (3) The maximum input current is calculated using the nominal voltage. The cable and fuse sizes are recommendations and based on the supply current and cables rated to 70 °C [158 °F]. 64 6 2 B B 5 D 1 A C 1 C 3 5 D 3 42 A APPROVED: CHECKED: DRAWN: ORIGINAL SCALE CAD - DRAWING SUBSTITUTE FOR DESIGN GROUPSEP.PARTS LIST REPLACED BY PART - No.310011440 1/1001EN No -- SPFIN 1:20 18-SEP-2018 A. Kangas 18-SEP-2018 A. Kangas 18-SEP-2018 A. Kangas HST - - - DIMENSIONAL DRAWING Turbocompressor HST™ 30 - - APPROVEDCHECKEDMODIFIEDMODIFICATIONREV ---- ---- DO NOT SCALE - IF IN DOUBT ASK All rights reserved. No part of this drawing may be reproduced, distributed or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, without the express PRIOR written consent of Sulzer Ltd. MACHINING REGULATIONS SEE DRAWING STANDARDS. SIMILAR DWG. © Sulzer Ltd (Date of Drawing). - SULZER CONFIDENTIAL 64,4 ±0,4 1635,3 ±10 61 , 9 15 7 3 Main PowerCable Entry 71 , 8 ± 0 , 4 18 2 5 ± 1 0 31 , 9 ± 0 , 4 81 0 ± 1 0 68,9 ±0,4 1750 ±10 19,7 500 0 2, 0 ± 0 , 4 50 ± 1 0 Process air inlet Inlet duct CLCompressor CL 62,9 ±0,4 1597 ±10 35 , 4 ± 5 , 9 90 0 ± 1 5 0 HMI(*) Locked Stop Main Switch CCC + MC(*) Inlet EstimatedCenter of Gravity CCC(*) Outlet 12,4 315 MC(*) Outlet 9,8 250 BOV(*) Outlet 12,4 315 0 16 , 7 ± 0 , 4 42 4 ± 1 0 12 , 3 ± 0 , 4 31 3 ± 1 0 40 , 6 ± 0 , 4 10 3 2 ± 1 0 53 , 5 ± 0 , 4 13 5 9 ± 1 0 82 , 8 ± 0 , 4 21 0 2 ± 1 0 90 , 6 ± 0 , 4 23 0 2 ± 1 0 0 (Inlet duct CL) 0,8 ±0,4 20 ±10 6,7 ±0,4 170 ±10 18,4 ±0,4 466,8 ±10 0 2,0 ±0,4 50 ±10 12,5 ±0,4 316,7 ±10 (Compressor CL) 0 25,6 ±0,4 650 ±10 Process Air Outlet, DN300 / ANSI 12" Signal Cable Entry 47,2 ±0,4 1200 ±10 19,4 ±0,4 493,4 ±10 0 (Compressor CL) 33,3 ±0,4 845 ±10 33,3 ±0,4 845 ±10 18,5 ±5,9 469 ±150 12 , 4 ± 5 , 9 31 5 ± 1 5 0 Mounting dimensions Mounting M16 4pcs EstimatedCenter of Gravity * CCC = Control Cabinet Cooling AirMC = Motor Cooling AirBOV = Blow Off Valve AirHMI = Human Machine Interface GENERALTOLERANCES - FINISHING - MATERIAL - WEIGHT - kg Manual Outlet Valve (MOV) Back Flow Barrier Dual Plate (BFB-D) Outlet Cone Silencer (OCS) Inlet Filter (INF) Inlet Filter Adapter (IFA)Inlet Silencer (INS) Outlet Joint Insulation (OJI) Outlet Flexible Joint (OFJ) 113,5 2882 17 3 , 2 44 0 0 24,0 min. 608,40 min. Note: Dimensions are shown for DN 400 outlet piping. Layout Example 310011459Sales doc. no: Ducted inlet – standard outlet HST™ 30 Turbocompressor - Turbocompressor accessories are applicable for use with HST™ Turbocompressor. Rev.: SHEET 1 / 1 Copyright © Sulzer Ltd Published: 18.09.2018 ABS Turbocompressor HST Control Schematic Use with three or more turbocompressors ABS Turbocompressor HST Modular Control Unit Communication Options Compressor to MCU link •Modbus •Profibus MCU to plant system link •Hardwired •Profibus •Modbus •Ethernet 4-20mA Signal from •Header Pressure sensor (preferred) •DO probe Modular Control Unit PLC options •A-B CompactLogix (standard) •Siemens S7-300 (optional) • Air Flow Meter •Ethernet WARRANTY DS -Z0 7 -00 8 RE V : 4 DA T E : 01 /22 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e Limited Product Warranty Standard | 2 Year Page | 1www.sulzer.com HST™ Turbocompressor * Sulzer Pumps Solutions Inc. (“Manufacturer”) warrants the above referenced Sulzer brand equipment ("Products"): i) will be of the kind and quality as described in the contract, and ii) will be free of material defects in workmanship and material, and iii) will, to the extent required for its functioning, be free from defects in design. However, Manufacturer shall not be held responsible for (i) selection or choice of products for a general or specific use, including quantities or sizing of products; or (ii) the design of the Products (including the selection of the materials) if the design and/or the selection of the materials was not chosen or provided by Manufacturer. The warranty shall begin upon the delivery of the Products and expire on the earliest of the below dates (“Warranty Period”): i) twenty-four (24) months from date of installation of the Products; or ii) thirty (30) months from the date the Manufacturer made the relevant Products available for delivery. This warranty is contingent upon start-up of the Products on site by an authorized Manufacturer's representative, as verified by receipt of start-up reports completed and signed by an authorized Manufacturer's representative, as well as any other documentation required by Manufacturer to support the claim. In the event that Manufacturer undertakes any repair or replacement of any Products or parts thereof in accordance with its obligations under this warranty, such repaired or replaced part shall be warranted in accordance with this warranty for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of completion thereof or until the end of the Warranty Period, whichever expires later. Such extended Warranty Period shall under no circumstances exceed a period of ninety (90) days after the end of the original Warranty Period. If during the Warranty Period, any Products or parts thereof fail to meet the requirements set out in this warranty, the purchaser or end user shall immediately provide written notification to Manufacturer stating the reasons therefor. Upon receipt of prior written authorization from Manufacturer, Products shall be transported to Manufacturer's authorized service center, prepaid, at purchaser or end-user's cost. Manufacturer’s sole obligation shall be to repair, modify, or replace the affected product(s) or part(s) thereof at Manufacturer's sole option. Manufacturer shall be liable for Manufacturer’s own costs incurred as a result of such action only. In no event shall Manufacturer be responsible for the cost of providing access to the Products or parts thereof, or costs of disassembly, removal or reinstallation of any Products or parts thereof. Product(s) or part(s) thereof repaired or replaced under this warranty will be returned with freight prepaid. Products must be repaired by an authorized Manufacturer repair center for warranty coverage to be considered. Explosion-proof or other agency approved Products must be repaired at a Manufacturer's authorized service center in order to retain the agency's approval rating. This warranty shall not apply and shall terminate immediately if the faults or defects referred to herein cannot be proved to be a result of Manufacturer’s failure under this warranty. Such exclusions from warranty shall include, but not be limited to, any Products or parts thereof which have been (i) subjected to misuse, misapplication, accident, alteration, neglect, failure to act in a timely manner to address alarms/warnings, or physical damage; (ii) stored outside and/or in a non-climate controlled environment, installed, operated, and/or maintained in a manner which is contrary to Manufacturer's written instructions as it pertains to installation, operation and maintenance of the Products, including but without limitation to being operated without being connected to monitoring devices supplied with specific products for protection; (iii) used in an application or for pumping liquids other than the use for which it is intended as specified in Manufacturer's product literature; (iv) damaged due to a defective power supply, improper electrical protection, faulty repair, ordinary wear and tear, corrosion, erosion or chemical attack, an act of God, an act of war or by an act of terrorism; (v) damaged resulting from the use of accessory equipment not sold by Manufacturer or not approved by Manufacturer for use in connection with Manufacturer's products; or (vi) repaired or altered without Manufacturer’s written consent. This warranty does not cover costs for standard and/or scheduled maintenance that is performed, nor does it cover Manufacturer's parts that, by virtue of their operation, require replacement through normal wear (aka: Wear Parts), unless a defect in material or workmanship is determined by Manufacturer. Wear Parts are defined as air filters, batteries, VFD, and MBC cooling fans and/or any items deemed necessary to perform and meet the requirements of normal maintenance on all Manufacturer’s equipment. All protection features (such as fuses, motor and VFD over temperature, over pressure, shaft position, etc.) incorporated in the Products must be properly connected to Manufacturer supplied or approved monitoring device(s) for warranty coverage. This warranty is valid only if alarm monitoring components, cables, and/or control components/panels supplied or authorized by Manufacturer are used. If protection feature(s) is(are) not connected, for any reason, it must be approved, in writing, by the Manufacturer, to validate the warranty coverage. Manufacturer shall not be liable for any special, indirect, consequential, incidental, or punitive damages, or profit loss of any kind. Unless authorized in writing by Manufacturer, Manufacturer shall not be responsible for damages for delay or expenses for rented (replacement) equipment, pump removal, installation, contractors, or repairs. This warranty shall extend only to the initial end user. CORRECTION OF NONCONFORMITIES IN THE MANNER AND FOR THE PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED WITHIN THIS WARRANTY SHALL CONSTITUTE FULFILLMENT OF ALL LIABILITIES OF MANUFACTURER TO PURCHASER WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS AND PARTS THEREOF, INCLUDING ANY SERVICES PERFORMED. MANUFACTURER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, GUARANTEE, OR REPRESENTATION IN RESPECT OF THE PRODUCTS AND PARTS THEREOF, INCLUDING ANY SERVICES PERFORMED OTHER THAN AS SPECIFIED IN THIS WARRANTY. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, AND REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED BY STATUE, COMMON LAW, OR OTHERWISE, IN RELATION TO THE SUPPLY OF THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE EXCLUDED TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. * This warranty is applicable to Products supplied by Sulzer Pump Solutions (US) Inc. or Sulzer Pumps Wastewater Canada, Inc. for installation in the U.S.A. or Canada, unless specifically indicated otherwise in writing by Manufacturer. SPECIFICATION DS-H20-001 REV: 0 DATE: 09/20 | © Sulzer | Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 30 Turbocompressor Page | 1www.sulzer.com PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes furnishing; installing and placing into successful operation model HST 30 Sulzer Turbocompressor complete with accessories. Each blower shall be provided with an inlet filter, inlet silencer, outlet flexible joint, outlet silencers, back flow barrier, manual isolation valve, blow-off valve and silencers, motor cooling air outlet silencer, acoustic sound enclosure, VFD, local control panel, magnetic bearings and other appurtenances as described in this specification section needed for a complete system. The same supplier shall furnish the turbocompressors and accessories. 1. Each single-stage radial centrifugal turbocompressor is to be designed to provide oil-free air to the aeration system. 2. The turbocompressor and control cabinet shall be mounted on a common base plate. 3. A UL listed VFD shall vary the turbocompressor speed to provide continuous flow control and power optimization according to the changes in the process (air flow and differential pressure) and ambient conditions (ambient temperature and relative humidity) automatically without operator interface when the controls are in the auto or remote modes. 4. The speed of the blowers shall be varied using either the local Control Panel Touchscreen or a Master Control Panel to assure the turbocompressor(s) are operating at maximum efficiency. 5. Accessories shall be as shown on the contract drawings and described in this specification. B. Insert Applicable Related Specification Sections here: (As Required) 1.02 REFERENCES A. The turbocompressor and accessories shall be in accordance with the referenced standards listed below. 1. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 3. International Standards Organization (ISO) 5389: 1992 – Turbocompressor. 4. ASME PTC 10 – 1974, reaffirmed 1986 Compressors & Exhausters 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements 1. Site conditions: a. Elevation: feet (above sea level) b. Inlet air temperature range: ⁰F to ⁰F c. Relative humidity range: % to % d. Blower room temperature: ⁰F to ⁰F 2. Quantity of turbocompressor: 3. Air flow rate per turbocompressor: scfm 4. Total design air flow rates: scfm 5. Discharge pressure: psig 6. Horsepower per turbocompressor: hp 7. Maximum design speed: rpm maximum 8. Maximum input current per turbocompressor: amps maximum 9. Voltage / Phase / Hertz: 480 volts / 3 phase / 60 hertz 10. Enclosure: IP33D / NEMA2 SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 2 www.sulzer.com 1.04 DEFINITIONS A.Continuous operation shall be defined as 24 hours per day 7 days per week operation B.Intermittent operation shall be defined as periodic operation, including providing a minimum of 30 starts per hour for extended periods. Stops are defined as 0 RPM of rotor and shaft. C.Turbocompressor system shall be defined as a single-stage high-speed centrifugal turbocompressor with an integral high-speed unit, variable frequency controller, blow off valve, control cabinet, non-contacting magnetic bearing system all mounted on a common enclosure. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Submit data completely describing products and listings of all components and accessories with materials of construction including but not limited to the following. 1.Turbocompressor operating characteristics and specifications. 2.Installation instructions including leveling, alignment, pre-startup checklist and initial startup procedures. 3.Proposed surface preparation and factory paint. 4.Weight of turbocompressor assembly including turbocompressor, motor and control cabinet as well as the individual weights of all accessories. 5.Other information as required or specified elsewhere in this Specification Section. 6.Materials of Construction for all major turbocompressor components and accessories. B.Shop Drawings: 1.Certified dimensional drawings of the turbocompressor unit assembly, including accessories shall be provided. 2.Certified anchor bolt layout drawings. 3.All dimensional drawings necessary to coordinate piping layout with structural, architectural, and/or other mechanical work. 4.Certified turbocompressor wiring diagrams including the local control panel and VFD located in the turbocompressor enclosure. C.Quality Assurance Submittals: 1.Performance Test Reports signed by the manufacturer’s test engineer shall be submitted after fabrication of complete unit, but prior to shipment of the turbocompressors unless the engineer or owner waives this requirement. Test shall be performed on complete unit only, as testing of high speed unit only will not be acceptable. Tests shall be conducted on each individual contracted unit, as testing of other than all turbocompressors shall not be acceptable. a.Results of each test shall be summarized in a separate, certified, standard factory written test report. b.Reports shall be organized and clearly present testing methods and procedures, testing equipment used as well as the test data. A copy of the report shall be placed in a metal holder that is part of the electrical cabinet door for reference. c.One copy of each certified written test report shall be submitted to the engineer for review and acceptance. Test reports shall be reviewed and accepted by the Engineer prior to shipment unless the engineer or owner waives this requirement. d.Certified test report(s) shall include the following: 1)Performance curves that includes air flow rate in scfm versus input horsepower for each turbocompressor. 2)Hydrostatic test results. 3)Dynamic balancing test results for each turbocompressor. SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 3 www.sulzer.com D. Additional Submittal Data: 1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: a. Prepare operation and maintenance manuals for the entire centrifugal turbocompressor system, including accessories called out in this specification section. b. Provide Project Record Documents showing as-built dimensions, as-built wiring and control diagrams, as-built logic diagrams and design information for the turbocompressor(s) and accessories being supplied. c. Provide a description of the internal turbocompressor control system. d. Provide panel drawings, wiring diagrams, specifications, and a detailed description of the internal turbocompressor control panels. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: 1. Turbocompressor manufacturer shall have a minimum of 20 years’ experience in design and manufacture of turbocompressors using magnetic bearing technology. 2. Provide a list of references (name, location and contact information) of at least 10 installations currently using the similar model and drive configuration as is being proposed. 3. Conduct certified performance testing on each turbocompressor as outlined in this specification. The engineer shall witness all or part of the performance testing at the factory unless the engineer or owner waives this requirement. 4. Tests shall be conducted using the actual turbocompressors being supplied. Test results from previous models or similar sized turbocompressor shall not be acceptable. 5. All tests shall be conducted at the manufacture’s factory on a complete unit. Testing of high speed units separately from the package shall not be acceptable. 6. If the certified factory tests indicate noncompliance with the requirements of this specification, the turbocompressors shall be reworked and retested at the manufacturer’s expense until compliance with the specification is attained. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing and Shipping: 1. Protect equipment during shipment in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and specification section . B. Storage and Protection: 1. Protect the turbocompressor system components and accessories at the project site and during installation prior to project completion per manufacturer’s instructions. 2. If the compressor is to be stored prior to installation, the following conditions must be observed. a. Ambient temperature: -40 C - + 60 C (-40 F to +140 F) b. Store the battery pack of the magnetic bearing controller in a fully charged condition and in a cool but frost-free room. c. Maximum relative humidity < 95 %, non-condensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water. d. Maximum storage time is 6 months, if longer contact Sulzer. 1) When the magnetic bearing controller (MBC) is stored for a period longer than six months, the power supply must be connected to re-fresh the capacitors. A 480V/3/60 (or voltage specific to blower) power source (provided by the end-user) must be connected to the MBC for two hours every sixth month of storage to ensure the capacitors are kept in good condition. SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 4 www.sulzer.com 1.08 WARRANTY A.Provide manufacturers’ standard warranty. The warranty period shall be for 24 months after shipment. 1.09 MAINTENANCE A.Special Tools: 1.If needed, provide one set of special tools required for complete assembly or disassembly of the turbocompressor system and accessories. 2.Special tools shall be defined as any tool not typically necessary for general plant maintenance. B.Spare Parts: 1.Each turbocompressor shall be furnished with the following spare parts labeled and packed for warehouse storage as recommended by the turbocompressor supplier and / or specified in section . Spare parts shall be as follows: a.One complete set of main process air filters (if supplied by Sulzer). b.One complete set of cooling air filters. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURES A.The turbocompressor shall be the Sulzer Turbocompressor HST 30 as manufactured by Sulzer Pump Solutions, Inc. The engineer knows of no equal to this turbocompressor. 2.02 GENERAL A.Turbocompressors shall be of a single-stage centrifugal design utilizing oil-free non-contacting magnetic bearing technology with the following design characteristics. 1.Turbocompressor shall be designed for heavy, continuous, municipal service, be capable of providing a minimum of 30 starts per hour and have a minimum design life of 20 years before any mechanical rebuild will be needed. 2.Operate within specified vibration levels without overloading the drive motor. 3.The rotor shall remain vertically levitated at all times while power is being supplied to the turbocompressor. Turbocompressors with rotors that rest on bearings while in the stand-by mode with power supplied to the turbocompressor shall not be considered as an equal. 4.Have a pressure-volume curve, which extends from the design system pressure to the upper system surge pressure with a continuously rising pressure characteristic. 5.Will not surge at or above specified flow rates corresponding to specified discharge pressure. 6.The maximum input motor horsepower shall not exceed specified nameplate horsepower when operating at maximum design flows at 40 degrees °C (104 degrees F). 7.The turbocompressor must deliver oil-free and non-pulsation air at all times to the process. 8.The motor and control cabinet components are to be air-cooled using ambient air only. Systems that use water-cooling are not acceptable or equal. 9.Wire to air power must include all motor, thermal, mechanical and electrical losses of the turbocompressor as well as losses of all auxiliary equipment such as the magnetic bearing systems, cooling systems etc. B.Blowers shall be UL certified with a certification label shown on the nameplate, at the point of manufacturing. Field evaluation for certification approval shall not be permitted. C.Minimum flow of each turbocompressor must be no greater than 45% of the maximum flow rate over the entire temperature range. D.Rotor critical speed must have enough margin to the operating design speed to ensure reliable and safe long- term operation. SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 5 www.sulzer.com E. Maximum unfiltered peak-to-peak radial or axial displacement of the rotor shaft shall not exceed 1.25 mils at all operating speeds when measured at the motor or the turbocompressor base. F. Free field (R=infinity) sound pressure level without accessories shall not exceed 73 dBA at any point 3 feet from the turbocompressor assembly when operating at specified air flow rates and differential pressure. G. Local Control Panel: 1. The local control panel (touchscreen) shall be located on the turbocompressor control cabinet door. This LCP is connected to the internal high-speed controller (ICE) and functions only as an interface which allows the turbocompressor to be operated manually and displays all information needed to operate the turbocompressor. In addition, the LCP will be intuitive, user friendly, allowing customization of monitoring as process control. 2. A mode control switch to select the turbocompressor operating mode (fieldbus, touchscreen, start and stop) shall be included as part of the LCP. H. Variable Frequency Drive: 1. A UL approved VFD shall be used to control the speed of the turbocompressor. It will communicate with the internal high-speed controller (ICE) that has surveillance and control software that controls the turbocompressor(s) operation in accordance with signals received from the plant upper automation controls, Master Control Panel (if multiple units are installed) or the local control panel. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Major Turbocompressor components shall be manufactured from the following materials. 1. Casings and Inlet Inducer: High-strength Aluminum Alloy. 2. Impellers: Machined from high-strength forged Aluminum Alloy. 3. Rotor Shafts: Alloy steel with permanent magnets. 4. Turbocompressor and Motor Frame: Galvanized Steel 5. Inlet and outlet accessories: Galvanized Steel. 6. Expansion Joints: Galvanized steel flanges with an EPDM or 304 SS bellows 7. Isolation and Check Valve: Cast Iron Body, a Cast Iron Discs, a Stainless-Steel hinge pin, and an elastomer sealing surface. 2.04 SULZER HST TURBOCOMPRESSOR A. High-Speed Unit: High-speed unit shall consist of an integrated turbocompressor – permanent magnet electric motor assembly, with the following components: 1. Impeller and Spiral Volute Casing: a. The impeller shall be shaped from a solid forging on a numerical machining center using CAM technology to ensure consistent efficiency. Semi-open impeller design with three-dimensional shaped blades shall be optimized for the design range of each turbocompressor. The impeller shall be attached directly to the motor shaft without a coupling or keyway. A labyrinth seal arrangement in conjunction with the impeller shall provide a non-contact seal between the volute and motor. The impeller shall be a standard design configuration. Special impellers designed for a specific duty point shall not be considered acceptable or equal. SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 6 www.sulzer.com 2.High-Speed Electric Motor: a.An air-cooled, VFD compatible, high speed, special duty electric permanent magnet motor specifically designed for high-speed service shall be provided. b.The motor shall have Class F winding insulation (with Class H on critical components) with thermal sensors that are tied into the thermal protection surveillance software built into the blower control system. c.The motor rotor shaft shall be supported by magnetic bearings at all times while power is supplied to the turbocompressor, providing a smooth vibration free rotation over the entire speed range. Blowers that use bearing systems that contact stationary parts during start up or if power is lost are not an acceptable alternative. d.The motor shall be air cooled by a cooling fan that is mounted directly to the end of the motor rotor shaft. Units that are cooled by separately driven fans or by anything other than ambient air shall be not be considered as an equal. e.The motor and high-speed unit shall be mounted to a galvanized steel base/frame separated by rubber mounts. 3.Magnetic Bearing System: a.The motor rotor shaft shall be continuously levitated in a magnetic field by the digitally controlled magnetic bearing system when power is on. This system shall consist of two radial and two axial active magnetic bearings, two rotor position sensors and a magnetic bearing controller (MBC). The position sensors shall continuously measure the shaft position and send a signal to the MBC controlling the energy in the active magnetic bearings, keeping the motor rotor shaft levitated and centered. There shall be no mechanical contact at any time between any moving and stationary surfaces during the turbocompressor operation, eliminating friction and wearing of all moving parts. The magnetic bearing system shall not require any oil lubrication. b.The magnetic bearing controller shall be an MBC-12B having a maximum input power of 1.3 HP (1 kW) and be powered by 3 phase, 60 Hz with a power supply that has the same voltage as the main power supply. 4.Noise Enclosure: a.The high-speed unit shall be enclosed in a noise reducing cabinet that reduces the noise levels to less than or equal to 73 dBA at 3 feet. The panels of the enclosure shall be easily removable for inspection of the high-speed unit using socket head screws. B.Blower Cabinet Enclosure: 1.Access to the VFD, MBC and Control components shall be through panels on the front or side of the turbocompressor. The enclosure shall be a minimum 12-gauge steel with locking bolts, but still allowing quick access. 2.The doors shall be gasketed to seal the cabinet interior from the outside atmosphere providing an enclosure with a minimum IP33D / NEMA 2 rating. 3.The cabinet shall be painted using a phosphate treatment system with a zinc chromate iron oxide primer with a baked rust-inhibiting enamel topcoat. 4.Louvers on the enclosure shall be used to provide cooling air to the control cabinet and high-speed unit. 5.The equipment mounted within the control side of the enclosure shall be mounted on the enclosure back panel and neatly organized. 6.The control cabinet shall be an integral part of the turbocompressor. Blower systems having separate control cabinets are not acceptable. SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 7 www.sulzer.com C. Variable Frequency Drive: 1. A UL approved variable frequency drive shall be installed in the control cabinet to vary the speed of the turbocompressor providing optimal turbocompressor efficiency at all plant operational demands. The VFD along with internal high-speed controller (ICE) shall automatically control the turbocompressor performance from either an air header pressure transducer, D.O. probes, or if in local mode, directly from the local control panel (touch screen on the turbocompressor door). 2. The VFD shall be a Danfoss VACON NXP High Performance model; 6 pulse variable speed drive adequately sized for the turbocompressor motor and mounted inside the integral control cabinet. D. Local Control Panels: A Local Control Panel is mounted on the turbocompressor front panel and consists of a touch screen with display that shall perform the following functions: 1. Display the Turbocompressor Operating Parameters The turbocompressor functions shall be monitored continuously during operation and communicated to the LCP where the following values are displayed. ID A(Output) Options Unit Unit 1 Mass Flow Kg/s SCFM 2 Output Frequency Hz Hz 3 Motor Temperature ºC ºF 4 Motor Current A A 5 Motor Torque Nm Ft-Lb 6 VFD Temperature ºC ºF 7 Motor Voltage V V 8 DC-Link Voltage V V 9 Normal Mode Value – Relative Value (%) % % 10 Normal Mode Actual – Relative Value (%) % % 11 Normal Mode Error – Relative Value (%) % % 12 Inlet Volume Flow m3/s cfm 13 Inlet Pressure (P1) Pa Psi 14 Pressure Rise (∆P) Pa Psi 15 Outlet Pressure (P2) Pa Psi 16 Input Power kW Hp 17 Compressor Inlet Temperature ºC ºF 18 Compressor Outlet Temperature ºC ºF 19 Rotational Speed Hz Hz 20 Pressure Ratio 21 Vibration Ratio SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 8 www.sulzer.com 2.Fault and Alarm: The turbocompressor system is continuously monitored to assure the turbocompressor and its control systems are functioning correctly. If the monitoring system detects something that is not functioning properly either an alarm or a fault message appears in the control panel display. If the fault (Event) is not critical to the safe operation of the turbocompressor an alarm (warning) message will be displayed and the turbocompressor will continue to operate. If the fault (Event) is critical to the safe operation of the turbocompressor a fault message will be displayed and the turbocompressor will be automatically taken out of service until the reason for the fault is (Reset) acknowledged and/or corrected. The detection system shall automatically monitor the following conditions: a.Power Supply Status: 1)Over voltage in main power supply 2)Under voltage in main power supply 3)One phase missing 4)Over/under voltage in auxiliary power supply b.Process Air Inlet and Outlet: 1)Blockage in the inlet or outlet air piping 2) Overpressure 3)Inlet air temperature too high (surge) c.Cooling Air Inlet and Outlet: 1)Blockage in the inlet or outlet air piping 2)Cooling air over temperature via motor/VFD over temperature monitoring. 3)Motor temperature 4)VFD temperature 5)Magnetic bearing controller temperature 3.Flow Control: The local control system shall allow adjustments of the turbocompressor flow while either operating or stopped when in local mode. Change in the reference flow volume setting shall take effect immediately. If the turbocompressor is stopped, adjustments can be made, however changes in the reference flow volume setting shall take effect the next time the turbocompressor is put into service. The turbo compressor’s volume flow control shall be based on an indirect flow volume measurement via an internal load-proportional signal in the internal high-speed controller (ICE). The limits (surge limit, max pressure ratio limit, power limit and speed limit) for these signals shall be programmed into the application software. The inlet air temperature effects shall be considered when determining these limits. The 100% reference flow (20 mA) shown on the touch screen corresponds to the turbo compressor’s maximum specified volume flow at existing plant ambient conditions. (Fieldbus protocols such as Ethernet, Profibus, and Modbus do not use 4-20mA) Speed and power limits shall be selected for protection of the turbocompressor motor and frequency converter. E.Blow Off Valve: 1.A blow off valve shall be an integral part of the turbocompressor system protecting it during start up and shut down conditions. It shall be a valve that is controlled by each turbocompressor’s internal control system. 2.The blow off valve and silencer shall be an integral part of the turbocompressor, be mounted on the inside of the enclosure and adequately sized to handle the flow and pressures seen during start up and shut down. SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 9 www.sulzer.com 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. General: 1. All accessories listed in this specification section are to be supplied by the turbocompressor manufacturer as part of the turbocompressor system to ensure system compatibility. Each specified accessory shall be furnished as completely assembled as possible and installed as indicated on the plan drawings for each turbocompressor. B. Master Control Panel (optional for use with multiple blowers): 1. A Master Control Panel (MCP) shall control multiple turbocompressors using a stand-alone PLC by Allen Bradley CompactLogix PLC, or Sulzer approved equal based system providing process air into a header having the same system pressure requirements. The MCP shall control the group of turbocompressors to maintain operation at their optimal efficiency as the process demands fluctuate. The MCP must be compatible with the site SCADA/PLC network. A color touch-screen shall be provided with the MCP. The MCP shall receive a 4-20 mA analog signal (Fieldbus protocols such as Ethernet, Profibus, and Modbus do not use 4-20mA) from either a pressure sensor in the main air header or an oxygen sensor in the aeration basin. The MCP shall analyze the signal and communicate control data to each turbocompressor using a closed loop fieldbus protocol. In addition the MCP shall communicate data to an existing supervisory or PLC plant communication system using either a hardwired (analog 4-20 mA and digital 0-24 VDC) system or a modbus, profibus, ethernet or other fieldbus protocol to monitor the turbocompressor status, reset alarms, etc. The Master Control Panel, HMI, and marshalling for the I/O and communications will be assembled into a single NEMA 12 wall-mounted enclosure. Equipment needed to assure compatibility between the plant’s SCADA/PLC network and the Master Control Unit shall be supplied by others. C. Expansion Joint: 1. An inlet expansion joint shall be in suction piping as close to the turbocompressor inlet flange as possible as shown on the plan drawings. The inlet expansion joint shall have galvanized steel flanges with an EPDM bellows. 2. An outlet expansion joint shall be installed as close as possible to the turbocompressor outlet flange as shown on the plan drawings. It shall have galvanized steel flanges and 304 stainless steel bellows. D. Main Air Inlet Filter: 1. A single stage filtration system shall be provided for each turbocompressor as indicated on the plan drawings and as specified below. Each filter system shall be adequately sized for the airflow rate of each turbocompressor. The filter system shall include filter element(s), filter housing filter access door with quick release door handle and gasket, filter to inlet pipe adapter as shown on the plan drawings and be constructed using single wall galvanized steel (Indoor) or 304SS (Outdoor). The access door shall be sealed to prevent air infiltration and sufficiently sized to allow easy access to the filters. Each filter system shall also include a Pressure Differential Switch (PDS) which shall be wired back to the HST blower controls. 2. The filters shall be pocket Camfil Hi-Cap having a high density micro-fine glass fiber filter medium suitable for high efficiency filtration that has an EN779:2002:G4 standards filter class. E. Inlet Silencer: 1. An inlet silencer shall be provided for each turbocompressor as indicated on the plan drawings and as specified below. Each inlet silencer shall be adequately sized for each turbocompressor. 2. The inlet silencer shall have dual wall construction with a minimum 3.94 in (100 mm) thick fiberglass insulation between the walls and constructed of galvanized sheet steel. SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 10 www.sulzer.com F.Inlet Scrap Trap: 1.A 316SS inlet scrap trap shall be installed in the inlet pipe to prevent particles larger than 0.08 inches (2 mm)by 0.08 inches (2 mm) from entering the turbocompressor. The inlet scrap trap shall be located between two flanges as close to the turbocompressor inlet flange as possible. G.Outlet Silencer: 1.A flanged outlet silencer shall be provided for each turbocompressor as indicated on the plan drawings and as specified below. Each outlet silencer shall be adequately sized for each turbocompressor. 2.The outlet silencer shall have a dual wall construction with a minimum 3.94 in (100 mm) thick fiberglass or mineral wool insulation between the walls and be constructed of 304SS. H.Check Valves: 1.A check valve shall be provided with each turbocompressor as indicated on the plan drawings. It shall prevent back flow into the turbocompressor and be installed in either the horizontal or vertical section of the discharge pipe as shown on the plan drawings. 2.The check valve shall be a high-performance dual plate wafer type check valve with a cast iron body (ASTM A126 Class B), a 316 SS stainless steel disc (ASTM A351), a 316 SS Stainless Steel spring, and an Viton Seat, and a Class 125 Rating. I.Shut Off Valve: 1.A manual short body wafer type butterfly shut off valve shall be provided for each turbocompressor as indicated on the plan drawings. The shutoff valve shall be geared for ease of operation. It shall be installed in the discharge pipe to isolate the turbocompressor from the process. 2.The manual butterfly shut off valves shall have a cast iron body (ASTM A126 Class B), a 316 Stainless Steel disc (ASTM A351 CF8M), 316 Stainless Steel stem (ASTM A276) and an FKM seat with a maximum 400 ⁰F (204 ⁰C) and minimum 0 ⁰F (-18 ⁰C) temperature rating. J.Air Pressure and Temperature Sensors: 1.Provide sensors that measure the pressure on the inlet and outlet connections of each turbocompressor as indicated on the plan drawings. 2.Provide temperature sensors in the inlet and outlet connections, motor, and VFD for each turbocompressor as indicated on the plan drawings. K.Battery backup for MBC: 1.Each turbocompressor shall have an integral battery backup system that provides a secondary source of power for the magnetic bearing controller (MBC). This system is a backup feature that is the first line of safety if a power outage occurs assuring that the turbocompressor will spin down without damaging the high-speed unit. 2.The battery backup system shall have batteries sufficiently sized to provide multiple safe spin-downs. L.Remote Monitoring (Optional): 1.Each turbocompressor can be supplied with a secure service connection (encrypted VPN) that is hardwired into a dedicated Ethernet connection which will allow a secure remote connection into the HST Unit. This option is only available for authorized uses only. SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 11 www.sulzer.com 2.06 NAMEPLATE DATA A. A nameplate label shall be provided on each turbocompressor. The nameplate shall be mounted easily visible and contain the following information. 1. Vendor’s Name 2. Product Range and Type 3. Serial Number 4. Year of Manufacture 5. Enclosure Type 6. Weight 7. Max Outlet Pressure 8. Main Power 2.07 SOURCE QUALITY A. Certified Factory Tests: 1. General: a. Conduct performance testing on each turbocompressor as outlined below. Testing must be done on the complete package. Testing of High-Speed Units outside the blower package shall not be acceptable. b. Tests shall be conducted using the contracted turbocompressor. c. All tests shall be conducted at the turbocompressor manufacturer’s factory. d. If the certified factory tests indicate noncompliance with the requirements of these Contract Documents, the turbocompressors shall be reworked and retested at the manufacturer’s full expense until compliance with the specifications is attained. 2. Impeller Balancing/Vibration Test: a. Conduct static balancing of impeller units prior to turbocompressor shaft assembly. b. Conduct dynamic balancing of complete turbocompressor rotary assembly to ISO 14839:2004 (Mechanical vibration – vibration of machinery equipped with active magnetic bearings). c. Impeller and rotor shall be balanced to provide a maximum rotor shaft deflection of less than 20µm. Provide certified test report for each unit. 3. Performance Tests: a. Performance tests will be conducted in accordance with ISO 5389 ("Turbocompressor’s performance test code") and VDI 2045 ("Acceptance and Performance Tests on Turbo Compressors and Displacement Compressors"), Part 1 and Part 2. Measuring of mass flow is made according to VDI 2041 ("Orifice Plates and Nozzles for Special Applications"), chapter 5.2 with a ISA 1932 nozzle, made according to DIN 1952 and ISO 5167 standard ("Measurement of fluid flow by means of orifice plates, nozzles and venturi tubes inserted in circular cross-section conduits running full"). b. Provide a certified test report. c. Conduct performance testing in conformance with the above standards and as supplemented by the requirements specified herein: 1) Conduct performance tests at 4 test points on each turbocompressor. 2) Conduct additional performance tests at additional points at the specified conditions. d. Prior to conducting the tests, submit the proposed test procedure for review. SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 12 www.sulzer.com PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install the turbocompressor and accessories in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations found in the Installation Manual and any addendums including alignment of components, mounting level and connections. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Inspect the turbocompressor and accessories for shipping damage and to ensure that all accessories arrived undamaged and are in conformance with the specifications. B. The following inspection of the installation shall be completed before the turbocompressor is started. 1. Piping and accessories are properly aligned. 2. All accessories are adequately supported per the specification and drawings. 3. The turbocompressor is adequately grounded per the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 4. The turbocompressor anchor bolts and all accessory fasteners are properly torqued. C. Assure that all electrical systems are properly connected, and terminals are tight. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection and Check-Out: 1. Prior to operating the turbocompressor, complete the inspection as outlined in paragraph 3.01, test all support systems, including but not limited to power systems, control systems, piping systems, safety systems, etc. 2. Complete electrical system shall be tested to ensure proper function. 3. Instrumentation and Controls: a. A complete functional test of the internal instrumentation and control systems shall be completed to assure they have not been damaged during shipment. b. Set operational limits (start/stop, etc.) and alarm and shutdown limits as needed. 4. Inspect piping to assure it is clean and free of any contaminants that may harm the turbocompressor. B. Equipment Performance Test: 1. Run each turbocompressor from minimum to maximum specified flows at the differential pressure of the plant system to ensure that no damage has occurred during shipment which may affect the performance of the turbocompressor. 2. Record temperature, pressure, and flow. C. Vibration Test: The turbocompressor shall be operated from minimum to maximum speed and the rotor shaft shall demonstrate that the deflection shall not exceed 20µm throughout this operating speed range and shown graphically on computer a printout if required. D. Operational Testing: 1. Testing of each turbocompressor shall be deemed successful if it has been demonstrated it operates as intended and meets the specification requirements. 2. The turbocompressor tests shall be deemed failed if an unintended shutdown occurs, the control system does not respond as it should, or vibration is in excess of the specified value. Minor on-line adjustments or tuning of instrumentation are not considered a failure. 3. If during the testing the turbocompressor fails any of the tests the cause of the failure shall be corrected, and the testing repeated until no failures occur. SPECIFICATION DS -H20-00 1 RE V : 0 D A T E : 09 / 2 0 | © S u l z e r | Sp e c i f i c a t i o n s S u b j e c t t o C h a n g e W i t h o u t N o t i c e HST™ Turbocompressor HST™ 3 Page | 13 www.sulzer.com E. Manufacturer’s Field Service: 1. A factory authorized representative shall check out and inspect the turbocompressor and installed accessories before the initial start-up and certify that the system has been correctly installed and prepared for start-up. Factory representative shall insure proper operation of turbocompressor protection devices including vibration, temperature, and current alarms as well as interlocks with pre-surge. The allotted time for this work shall be one (1) day per turbocompressor. If an MCP is supplied, additional allotted time could be needed. 2. The factory authorized representative shall also provide training for owner’s personnel in the operation and maintenance of the turbocompressor system. The allotted time for the training shall be one (1) day and occur after the turbocompressor’s inspection and startup have been completed. END OF SPECIFICATION SECTION 1 Tom Giese From:Ryan Brusca <rbrusca@reinerpump.com> Sent:Wednesday, December 20, 2023 8:15 AM To:Tom Giese Subject:Re: Arlington MBRs Good morning, Tom, I would serve as first point of contact for technical issues on the HST units. Reiner Pump keeps a TOSI box remote link system in our Seattle warehouse. This unit is used to connect to the HST and allow a Sulzer tech to remotely login instantly to modify parameters and address any error codes that are software or "non-mechanical". For any urgent mechanical issues or other issues that require tech service at the unit, we rely on Tim Blaczyk who is based out of Pheonix, AZ. He was recently in WA to help us startup units in Three Rivers and Chehalis. He also did the units in Mount Vernon and Monroe. Ryan Brusca Territory Manager - Western Washington Mobile: 253-355-0112 Office: 855-758-1188 rbrusca@reinerpump.com https://reinerpump.com/pacific-northwest/ From: Tom Giese <Tom.Giese@bhcconsultants.com> Sent: Tuesday, December 19, 2023 5:49 PM To: Ryan Brusca <rbrusca@reinerpump.com> Subject: Re: Arlington MBRs Thanks Ryan! I think for now we don’t need further information on controls. We’ll work out specifics later if the City goes with Sulzer. Your cost looks competitive with Atlas Copco. The City knows these are budgetary numbers and we’re not going to make a recommendation based solely on price. dispatched from? Thanks! Get Outlook for iOS From: Ryan Brusca <rbrusca@reinerpump.com> Sent: Tuesday, December 19, 2023 2:24:22 PM To: Tom Giese <Tom.Giese@bhcconsultants.com> Subject: Re: Arlington MBRs You don't often get email from rbrusca@reinerpump.com. Learn why this is important 2 Hi Tom, I've attached two proposals here based on the demand of 4,940 scfm and an alternate for 5,928 scfm. Each has an optional MCU unit provided as well. This is SELL price to the customer and we try very hard to be conservative in our BUDGET pricing as to not surprise customers with higher cost at project time. In my experience, Sulzer's budget numbers are very reliable. I've also attached sample spec for the HST30s, and a sample for MCU programming as well. To clarify a couple of things: 1. Suggested use from Sulzer: a. Turndown capability is shown for these applications on each performance graph and will depend on incoming air temps. Minimum scfm is ranging between 2700-3000 scfm. This indicates we want to see the PD blowers operating primarily for the one membrane/low flow thru two membrane/medium flow conditions. Conservatively, our blower could take over ~3000 scfm demand. As far as sequencing to make sure the PD blowers come down as the HST takes over, I have not received input for this. Is this something we will need further suggestion on at this time? 2. MCU operation: a. The optional MCU will be able to communicate with the existing PD blowers. (Not specifically cited in technical offer). The PD blower PLCs can be tied back to the HST MCU to be sequenced for optimal efficiency. 3. Discharge check valve and isolation valves are typically provided by others. 4. General Maintenance needs: a. Recommended maintenance is minimal but I have a general recommendation below: • Filters – Process and Cooling air filters are typically replaced once a year. A baseline pascals reading is taken when the blowers are new with clean filters and then there is a gauge that will advise when the delta across the filters increases by about 250 pascals. The filters are MERV 8 so not extravagant. There are two (2) electronics cooling filters and Three (3) process air filters per cabinet. Some variation could occur if you are ducting in process air. Current filter pricing from Sulzer is about $195 per filter. They are available commercially though but we do keep stock. • UPS Batteries – The backup battery system is there to control the blower rotor into a controlled landing in the event of the loss of grid power. There are four batteries that typically last about 4 or 5 years. They can purchased from a number of sources but I just checked “batterystore.com” and they are $35 per battery. Again, the blower gives you a warning the standby power is diminishing and the batteries need attention, well before they reach a threshold where they won’t do what they are designed to do. If the warning is ignored the blower will not start until the batteries are replaced. • Cooling Fans – There are cooling fans in the VFD, of course, and also in our Magnetic Bearing Controller. Typical life of these is somewhere between 6 to 8 years. The VFD fans can be purchased from the VFD manufacturer (Danfoss) or from us. The MBC fans can be bought from us. The fan sets are around $3500 each. So the fans for the VFD and MBC should cost around $7000 or so total. All of the above ongoing standard maintenance items can be performed by the plant. The fans by a qualified electrician. Other than the above, the only other ongoing maintenance item would be standard procedure for You don't often get email from rbrusca@reinerpump.com. Learn why this is important 3 owning a VFD, which is vacuuming out the heat sink once a year. The capacitors in a VFD are normally good for about 5 years IF you run them wide open 24-7. We’ve been in the US market since 2004 and we are just beginning to see some caps needing replacement since the blowers hardly ever run wide open. Local Danfoss reps can help with the capacitors and other hardware related VFD issues. Beyond those things, there is always the possibility for the odd comm board or something else failing. Humans manufacture these things, so you know how that is. We’ve never lost a “core” since we started selling the HST globally in 1996 – Not at startup - just don’t see maintenance on the high-speed unit (core). As events arise needing our tech support, we have a system of first responders who can arrive at site with a portable satellite uplink. Our “desk tech” can then get into the blower controls and evaluate and make adjustments as needed without the expense, delay and scheduling to actually fly to site in person. Of course, if we need to affect a repair mechanically our tech would dispatch to site. We handle remote or in person events ala carte for the greatest cost savings to the clients. Please let me know if you need any further details at this time. Ryan Brusca Territory Manager - Western Washington Mobile: 253-355-0112 Office: 855-758-1188 rbrusca@reinerpump.com https://reinerpump.com/pacific-northwest/ From: Tom Giese <Tom.Giese@bhcconsultants.com> Sent: Monday, December 18, 2023 3:40 PM To: Ryan Brusca <rbrusca@reinerpump.com> Subject: RE: Arlington MBRs Thanks Ryan! Appreciate the update. Tom Giese From: Ryan Brusca <rbrusca@reinerpump.com> Sent: Monday, December 18, 2023 2:52 PM To: Tom Giese <Tom.Giese@bhcconsultants.com> Subject: Re: Arlington MBRs Hi Tom, Just wanted to update you that we are on track to return the requested details by tomorrow end of day. Ryan Brusca Territory Manager - Western Washington You don't often get email from rbrusca@reinerpump.com. Learn why this is important ATTACHMENT B Atlas Copco Turbo Blower Budgetary Proposals Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 Budget Proposal City of Arlington WRF MBR Blower Upgrade Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 Date: December 14, 2023 Attn: Bidding Contractors Project: City of Arlington WRF – MBR Blower Upgrade We thank you for your above referenced inquiry, and are pleased to submit our quotation for your consideration. Please see the next page for a summary of our offer. Full details can be found in subsequent pages. We hope you find our quotation in line with your requirements. However, if you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Sincerely, Gatlin Gold Joel Santos P.E. Regional Municipal Sales Manager Applications Engineer Southern and Western U.S. Email: joel.santos@atlascopco.com Email: gatlin.gold@us.atlascopco.com Phone: 281-594-5036 Phone: 281-776-4941 Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 ZB 5-6 VSD+ ATLAS COPCO OIL-FREE CENTRIFUGAL BLOWER The Atlas Copco ZB 5-6 VSD+ is the latest generation of magnetic bearings centrifugal blowers It includes advanced features ensuring efficiency to its maximum as well as enhanced reliability. Its plug-and-play design provides simple installation and easy access for service activities. The Atlas Copco magnetic bearing technology provides operational peace of mind and full control over the rotating component. No matter the conditions, the machine controls and adjusts the shaft’s position at any given time, guaranteeing an optimal operation. Coupled to a highly efficiency permanent magnet motor, this machine is the ideal combination of efficiency and reliability. Having an efficient technology is only the first step towards the machine’s total efficiency. The Atlas Copco ZB 5-6 VSD+ is also delivered with a state-of-the-art packaging, minimizing the losses from the air entry point to the discharge flange. The extra touch to the Atlas Copco ZB 5-6 VSD+ is given to the cooling circuits. Proper cooling is built into the blower’s design. Streams of fresh air are running within and around internal components to ensure the lowest possible operating temperature. Thanks to the internal close water loop circuit, the motor and variable frequency drive are maintained at a constant temperature, no matter the environmental or the operating conditions. This design provides an extended reliability as well as an increased lifetime of the machine. The Atlas Copco ZB 5-6 VSD+ features even more unique benefits. From the modulating blow-off valve extending the machine’s turndown, to the magnetic bearing controller continuous power feed without the need of a UPS, these are making the ZB 5-6 VSD+ the perfect product for any low-pressure application. Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 Reliability Atlas Copco magnetic bearing technology The Atlas Copco magnetic bearing technology is a strong active technology. At any moment, the full control of the shaft is ensured thanks to the magnetic force adjusting the shaft's position, no matter the conditions. This technology: Ensures a full control over the rotating assembly and a complete adjustment of the shaft’s position to face any operating conditions Has unlimited starts and stops and no contact between stator and rotor at any given moment Does not require the use of process air to operate or to cool down components Combines air and water cooling to ensure extended components’ lifetime within a compact and powerful design Does not require the use of a UPS (power battery bank) to provide power to the magnetic bearing controller Built-in cooling paths The Atlas Copco ZB 5-6 VSD+ turbo blower has an advanced cooling design. Several dedicated paths are present to provide the optimum cooling requirement: The magnetic bearing cooling path is using fresh air from outside of the blower which is cleaned and ducted directly onto the bearings The internal cooling path also uses fresh cleaned air from outside of the machine to circulate around the mechanical components such as the permanent magnet motor The Electrical cubicle cooling path is taking fresh air from the bottom of the cubicle to the top, cooling down every cubicle component The water cooling path runs through the permanent magnet motor and high frequency drive, maintaining these key components at their optimum operating temperature Regulating blow-off valve With its new regulating algorithm, the Atlas Copco ZB 5-6 VSD+ features a regulating blow-off valve. This component brings huge benefits to the machine: It allows a quick response to dynamically adjust its position during the blower’s operation It provides an extended turndown in the area where traditional turbo blowers would surge or shutdown It bridges flow gaps between blowers running in parallel, allowing the process to be accurately provided with the exact amount of flow needed Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 Efficiency Atlas Copco centrifugal blower Atlas Copco has a long history with centrifugal equipment. For more than a decade, the ZB high-speed turbo blower range proved its superior efficiency. With this new generation, the ZB 5-6 VSD+ continues the success story, putting efficiency in the front line of this product’s benefits. The product includes: Magnetic bearing technology for high efficiency operation without the consumption of process air High-efficient permanent magnet motor for reduced losses along the speed range and an optimum operation in the complete blower’s operating map State-of-the-art impeller designed to operate at dedicated pressure levels Premium labyrinth seal reducing leakages and energy losses over the compression stage Separated process air path Too often, process air is mixed with cooling air within centrifugal turbo blowers, increasing the power consumption of the machine. The Atlas Copco ZB 5-6 VSD+ is changing this habit and is built with a dedicated air path going to the process, ensuring minimal pressure drops as well as minimal temperature increase. This feature: Guarantees energy savings by separating cooling air paths to the process air path and increased flow delivered from the machine Ensures the lowest discharge air temperature to the process Allows simple ducting for air intake from a remote location Plug-and-play package When designing blowers, Atlas Copco makes a priority to build simple, easy to install and serviceable machines. The Atlas Copco ZB 5-6 VSD+ is a perfect example of this mindset. The machine: Includes all necessary components straight from the factory Requires a single electrical connection to feed all the machine’s electrical components Has a reduced footprint and installation space required around the machine Is easily transportable with forklift slots embedded within the base frame Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 Working principle Traditionally, process air is used to cool down components in centrifugal turbo blowers. This, however, has a serious impact on the performance. There is no better way to cool down a component than having a dedicated stream of fresh air. The Atlas Copco ZB blower separates the cooling paths from the process path as it is presented below. The process air path Air is taken from the atmosphere (A), passes through a set of baffles (B) reducing its noise, it is filtered by high- efficiency filters (C) before entering the element via a direct connection. The impeller, which is spinning at high speed (D) provides energy to the air which then will turn into pressure. Air is then delivered to a discharge cone and passes by a high-efficiency check valve (F) before entering the process. The modulating blow-off valve (G) and noise cancelling silencer (H) are present to derivate air from the main line for either protection or regulation purposes. Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 The magnetic bearing cooling air system Air is taken from the atmosphere (A), passes through a set of baffles reducing its noise (B), is filtered through a high-efficiency filter (C) before blown into the bearings via two air fans (I). After cooling down the magnetic bearings, the warm air is being rejected to the centralized location at the top of the machine, which can be ducted or piped outside of the blower room if needed. The closed-loop water system Atlas Copco ZB turbo blowers use an internal water and glycol circuit to cool down the permanent magnet motor and high frequency drive assuring to use them at their best efficiency regardless of the operating or ambient conditions. The closed loop is set-up as followed: a pump (J) circulates the mix through the line, starting with the water-cooled high frequency drive (K) and then followed by the water cooled permanent magnet motor (E). Depending on the required cooling capacity, a thermostatic valve (L) adjusts the flow going to the heat exchanger (M) or back to the pump (J). The heat exchanger includes in the air-cooled machine variants a variable speed air fan to regulate the required cooling power in the most precise way. If there is no need to cool down the liquid after the motor, none of it is passing by the heatsink, totally removing the power consumption of the cooling fan. Heated air from the heat exchanger is then driven towards the centralized cooling air grid before being rejected into the atmosphere (ducted, piped or none of these). Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 Proposal The following is a price summary for this quotation. Please see item specific pages for more details. Item Number Description Equipment Qty Extended 001 Base Blower: 4940scfm ZB6 VSD+ 200J 1 002 Alternate Blower: 5928scfm ZB6 VSD+ 250J 1 003 Turndown Blower: 1092scfm (Future if Needed) ZB6 VSD+ 160B 1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY: Any work or equipment beyond the scope of this proposal will be performed or provided only after customer approval and acceptance by our company. No assumption should be made that anything not specifically defined is included. VALIDITY: This quotation is valid for 60 days. PRICE: The price quoted is for all items purchased at one time. Partial orders may be subject to a price adjustment. PAYMENT TERMS: Subject to credit approval TAXES: Not Included FREIGHT: Included SHIPMENT: 36 Weeks from signed and approved submittals SUBMITTALS: Submittal generation 4-6 weeks from approval of PO WARRANTY: ZB: 12 months from shipment for the complete blower package. 24 months on drive train 24 months on the VFD START-UP: Included QUALITY STANDARDS: All our manufacturing locations are ISO 9001-2008 certified. TERMS AND CONDITIONS: Our Standard terms and conditions are attached. $195,400 $210,100 $187,700 Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 Scope of Supply Equipment 001: Base Blowe : ZB6 SD+ 200J: 4940scfm - Impeller Type: Impeller J - Motor power: 200 kW - Packa e Nominal Power: 460V/60hz/322 002: Alternate Blowe : ZB6 SD+ 250J: 5928scfm - Impeller Type: Impeller J - Motor power: 250 kW - Packa e Nominal Power: 460V/60hz/377 003: Turndown Blowe : ZB6 SD+ 160B: 1092scfm Future if Needed - Impeller Type: Impeller B - Motor power: 160 kW - Packa e Nominal Power: 460V/60hz/269 Ma netic Bearin Turbo Blower ZB6 VSD+ - ZB6 Variable speed direct drive single stage Oil-less turbo compressor o Full noise canopy. The blow off valve and silencer is mounted within the sound canopy and is not shipped loose for field installation o Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor Air Cooled Option - Air and Liquid Cooled 1000 Ohm Platinum Winding RTD’s o Integrated KEB Variable Frequency Drive o Integrated Elektronikon Controller Advanced Elektronikon® MkV control and monitoring system Hardwired & CAN Communication protocol Standard o 16” ANSI Outlet Flange - Field Installed Accessories o 16” Discharge Check Valve o 16” Discharge Expansion Joint (Atlas Copco) o 16” Discharge Butterfly Valve (Bray) o Harmonic Filter o Fused Disconnect Wall Mount - Testing o Factory standard mechanical run test (Unwitnessed) o Factor standard Performance Test Report Unwitnessed Start-up & Training o 1 Trips for 1 Da for installation check, Start-up & Trainin Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 Clarifications General: 1.Installation, piping, elbows, spool pieces, piping hardware, piping gaskets, anchor bolts, housekeeping pads, and wiring to be provided by others. 2.This proposal is based on Atlas Copco’s ZB magnetic bearing high speed turbo. Brand specific items are provided where noted in this proposal. Accessories and other appurtenances proposed to meet or exceed the intent of the specifications. 3.Proposed blowers use a 16” discharge connection. All accessories will be supplied accordingly. 4.Note that given the uncertain and dynamic nature of the COVID outbreak and resulting disruptions to supply chains, some suppliers have issued “protective” or “rolling” force majeure notices and have indicated an inability to meet previously quoted lead times. Atlas Copco shall not be responsible for delays associated with supply chain deficiencies of specified components related to this project. Atlas Copco will immediately notify the client of any such delays and will when applicable, offer options that could best meet the delivery schedule. 5.All ZB6 Models are the same frame size and common components. Major variations are limited to motor size, impeller type and drive size. 6.The proposed 10" discharge header may create additional piping loss. Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 Terms and Conditions of Sale GENERAL – Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by a duly authorized representative of Atlas Copco these terms and conditions supersede all other communications and agreements and notwithstanding any conflicting or different terms and conditions in any order or acceptance of Purchaser, all sales and shipments shall exclusively be governed by these terms and conditions. When used herein “affiliates” shall mean Atlas Copco AB and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Section headings are for purposes of convenience only. “Products” as used herein shall include products, parts and accessories furnished Purchaser by Atlas Copco. Orders shall be subject to acceptance at Atlas Copco Compressors LLC’s principal corporate offices in Rock Hill, South Carolina. DELIVERY – Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Products manufactured, assembled or warehoused in the continental United States are delivered F.O.B. shipping point, and Products shipped from outside the continental United States are delivered F.O.B. point of entry. Where the scheduled delivery of Products is delayed by Purchaser or by reason of any of the contingencies referred to in Section 5. Atlas Copco may deliver such Products by moving it to storage for the account of and at the risk of Purchaser. Shipping dates are approximate and are based upon prompt receipt of all necessary information and approvals from Purchaser. Atlas Copco reserves the right to make delivery installments. SECURITY AND RISK OF LOSS - Upon request from Atlas Copco, Purchaser agrees to execute a security agreement covering the Products sold or other assets and to perform all acts which may be necessary to perfect and assure a security position of Atlas Copco. Notwithstanding any agreement with respect to delivery terms or payment of transportation charges, the risk of loss or damage shall pass to Purchaser and delivery shall be deemed to be complete upon delivery to a private or common carrier or upon moving into storage, whichever occurs first, at the point of shipment for Products assembled, manufactured or warehoused in the continental United States or at the point of entry for Products shipped from outside the continental United States. PAYMENT – If Purchaser fails to pay any invoice when due, Atlas Copco may defer deliveries under this or any other contract with Purchaser, except upon receipt of satisfactory security for or cash in payment of any such invoice. A service charge of the lesser of 1% per month or the highest rate permitted by applicable law shall be charged on all overdue accounts. Failure on the part of Purchaser to pay invoices when due shall, at the option of Atlas Copco, constitute a default in addition to all other remedies Atlas Copco may have under these conditions of sale or applicable law. If, in the judgment of Atlas Copco, the financial condition of Purchaser at any time prior to delivery does not justify the terms of payment specified. Atlas Copco may require payment in advance or cancel any outstanding order, whereupon Atlas Copco shall be entitled to receive reasonable cancellation charges. If delivery is delayed by Purchaser, payment shall become due on the date Atlas Copco is prepared to make delivery. Should manufacture be delayed by Purchaser, pro rata payments shall become due if and to the extent required at Atlas Copco by its contracts with the manufacturer. All installment deliveries shall be separately invoiced and paid for without regard to subsequent deliveries. Delays in delivery or non-conformities in any installment shall not relieve Purchaser of its obligations to accept any pay for remaining installments. FORCE MAJEURE – Atlas Copco shall not be liable for loss, damage, detention, or delay, nor be deemed to be in default from causes beyond its reasonable control including but not limited to acts of God, fire, storm, strike or other concerted action of workmen, act or omission of any governmental authority or of Purchaser, compliance with import or export regulations, insurrection or riot, embargo, quarantine, epidemic, pandemic, delays or shortages in transportation, or inability to obtain necessary engineering talent, labor, materials, or manufacturing facilities from usual sources. In the event of delay due to any such cause, the date of delivery will be postponed by such length of time as may be reasonably necessary to make up for such delay. NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY – Atlas Copco warrants to the Purchaser that all stationary compressors, portable compressors, compressed air dyers, Atlas Copco-designed compressor parts and other Products manufactured by Atlas Copco and affiliates shall be free of defects in design, material and workmanship for a period of fifteen (15) months from date of shipment to Purchaser, or twelve (12) months from date of initial start-up, whichever occurs first, except as set forth below or in the New Products Warranty attached hereto. Should any failure to conform with this warranty appear prior to or after shipment of the Product to Purchaser during the specified periods under normal and proper use and provided the Product has been properly stored, installed, handled and maintained by the Purchaser, Atlas Copco shall, if given prompt notice by Purchaser, repair or replace, the non-conforming Product or authorize repair or replacement by the Purchaser at Atlas Copco’s expense. Replaced Products become the property of Atlas Copco. Atlas Copco warrants Products or parts thereof repaired or replaced pursuant to the above warranty under normal and proper use, storage, handling, installation, and maintenance, against defects in design, workmanship and material for a period of thirty (30) days from date of start-up of such repaired or replaced Products or parts thereof or the expiration of the original Product warranty, whichever is longer. When the nature of the defect is such that it is appropriate in the judgment of Atlas Copco to do so, repairs will be made at the site of the Product. Repair or replacement under applicable warranty shall be made at no charge for replacement parts, F.O.B. Atlas Copco Warehouse, warranty labor, serviceman transportation and living costs, when work is performed during normal working hours (8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, exclusive of holidays). Labor performed at other times will be billed at the overtime rate then prevailing for services of Atlas Copco personnel. The Atlas Copco warranty does not extend to Products not manufactured by Atlas Copco or affiliates. As to such Products, Purchaser shall be entitled to proceed only upon the terms of that particular manufacturer’s warranty. The Atlas Copco warranty does not apply to defects in material provided by Purchaser or to design stipulated by Purchaser. Used Products, Products not manufactured by Atlas Copco or affiliates and Products excluded from the above warranties are sold AS IS with no representation or warranty, and ALL WARRANTTIES OF QUALITY, WRITTEN, ORAL, OR IMPLIED, other than may be expressly agreed to by Atlas Copco in writing, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIABILITY OR FITNESS, ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. Any services performed by Atlas Copco in connection with the sale, installation, servicing or repair of a Product are warranted to be performed in a workmanlike manner. If any nonconformity with this warranty appears within 45 days after the services are performed, the exclusive obligation of Atlas Copco shall be to re-perform the services the services in a conforming manner. THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OF QUALITY, WRITTEN, ORAL OR IMPLIED, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. Correction of nonconformities as provided above shall be Purchaser’s exclusive remedy and shall constitute fulfillment of all liabilities of Atlas Copco (including any liability for direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damage) whether in warranty, strict liability, contract, tort, negligence, or otherwise with respect to the quality of or any defect in Products or associated services delivered or performed hereunder. Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY – IN NO EVENT SHALL ATLAS COPCO BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, however arising, whether in warranty, strict liability, contract, tort, negligence or otherwise, including but not limited to loss of profits or revenue, loss of total or partial use of the Products or facilities or services, downtime cost, or claims of the Purchaser for such or other damages whether on account of Products furnished hereunder or delays in delivery thereof or services performed upon or with respect to such Products. Atlas Copco’s liability on any claim whether in warranty, strict liability, contract, tort, negligence or otherwise for any loss or damage arising out of, connected with, or resulting from this contract or the performance or breach thereof, or from the design, manufacture, sale, delivery, resale, repair, replacement, installation, technical direction of installation, inspection, servicing, operation or use of any Product covered by or furnished under this contract shall in no case (except as provided in the section entitled “Patent Indemnity”) exceed the purchase price allocable to the Product or Part thereof which gives rise to the claim. All causes of action against Atlas Copco arising out of or relating to this contract or the performance hereof shall expire unless brought within on year of time of accrual thereof. PRICES – Prices to the Purchaser shall be the Atlas Copco list price in effect at time of order. Atlas Copco may, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Purchaser, change prices, or other terms of sale affecting the Products, by issuing new price schedules, bulletins or other notices. This contract applies to new Products only. Purchases of used equipment shall be on terms to be agreed upon at time of sale to Purchaser. This price does not include any Federal, state or local property, license, privilege, sales, service use, excise, value added, gross receipts, or other like taxes which may now or hereafter by applicable to, measured by or imposed upon or with respect to this transaction, the property, its purchase, sale, replacement, value, or use, or any services performed in connection therewith. Purchaser agrees to pay or reimburse Atlas Copco, its subcontractors or suppliers any such taxes, which Atlas Copco, its subcontractors or suppliers are required to pay or collect or which are required to be withheld by Purchaser. The price shall also be subject to adjustment in accordance with the published Price Adjustment Clauses, which price adjustment information shall supersede the terms of this Section 8, where inconsistent herewith. INFORMATION FURNISHED PURCHASER – Any design, manufacturing drawings or other information or materials submitted to the Purchaser and not intended for dissemination by Purchaser remain the exclusive property of Atlas Copco and may not, without its consent, be copied or communicated to a third party. PATENT INDEMNITY – For purposes only of this Section 10, where used, the designation “Atlas Copco” shall be deemed to mean Atlas Copco North America Inc. and its subsidiaries. Atlas Copco shall at its own expense defend any suits or proceedings brought against purchaser insofar as based on an allegation that Products furnished hereunder constitute an infringement of any claim of any patent of the United States of America, other than a claim covering a process performed by said Products or a product produced by said Product, provided that such Products are manufactured by Atlas Copco, are not supplied according to Purchaser’s detailed design, are used as sold by Atlas Copco. Purchaser shall have made all payments then due hereunder, and Atlas Copco is notified promptly in writing and given authority, information and assistance for the defense of said suite or proceeding; and Atlas Copco shall pay all damages and costs awarded in any suit or proceeding so defended, provided that his indemnity shall not extend to any infringement based upon the combination of said Products or any portion thereof with other Products or things not furnished hereunder unless Atlas Copco is a contributory infringer. Atlas Copco shall not be responsible for any settlement of such suit or proceeding made without its written consent. If in any suit or proceeding defended hereunder any Product is held to constitute infringement, and its use is enjoined, Atlas Copco shall, at its option and its own expense, either replace said Products with non-infringing Products; or modify them so that they become non-infringing; or remove them and refund the purchase price and the transportation costs thereof. THE FOREGOING STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF ATLAS COPCO AND AFFILIATES WITH RESPECT TO PATENT INFRINGEMENT. To the extent that said Products or any portion thereof are supplied according to Purchaser’s detailed design or instructions, or modified by Purchaser, or combined by Purchaser with equipment or things not furnished hereunder, except to the extent that Atlas Copco is a contributory infringer, or are used by Purchaser to perform a process, or produce a product, and by reason of said design, instructions, modification, combination, performance or production, a suit or proceeding is brought against Atlas Copco, Purchaser agrees to indemnify Atlas Copco in the manner and to the extent Atlas Copco indemnities Purchaser in this Section 10 insofar as the terms hereof are appropriate. ASSIGNMENT – Any assignment of this contract or any rights hereunder, without prior written consent of Atlas Copco by a duly authorized representative thereof shall be void. TERMINATION – Any order or contract may be cancelled by Purchaser only upon payment of reasonable charges (including an allowance for profit) based upon costs and expenses incurred, and commitments made by Atlas Copco. PARTIAL INVALIDITY – If any provision herein or portion thereof shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or enforceability shall not affect any other provision or portion thereof, but these conditions shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained therein. REMEDIES – The remedies expressly provided for in these conditions shall be in addition to any other remedies, which Atlas Copco may have under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law. SMARTLINK: The equipment may include a data monitoring service called SMARTLINK. The data received by Atlas Copco may be used by Atlas Copco and certain third party distributors and contractors for the purpose of increasing overall customer service. Atlas Copco will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that Purchaser’s data is kept confidential. Purchaser acknowledges that the use of the SMARTLINK is provided “as is”, that use of the service is entirely at Purchaser’s risk, and that Atlas Copco may discontinue the SMARTLINK service at any time. Purchaser may request discontinuance of the SMARTLINK service at any time. NOTE: Sale of the equipment or services described or referred to herein at the price indicated is expressly conditioned upon the terms and conditions set forth on the front and back of this page. Any confirmatory action by the Purchaser hereunder, or any acceptance of such equipment of services, shall constitute assent to said terms and conditions. Any additional or different terms or conditions set forth in the Purchaser’s order or other communications are objected to by Seller and shall not be effective or binding unless assented to in writing by an authorized representative of Seller. Quote No. 4737908 Revision No. 00 Date: December 14, 2023 PAYMENT TERMS Unless expressly agreed to in writing on a specific contract or order, our standard payment terms are: For orders under $75,000 the payment terms shall be Net 30 days from date of shipment. For orders over $75,000 or with lead times greater than six months the following terms shall apply: 1. Domestic Shipments NET 30 for all progress payments A.20% of the contract value upon approval of submittal package B.60% of the contract value upon satisfactory completion of factory tests or shipment from factory C.15% of the contract value upon delivery to site D.5% of contract value upon commissioning and/or beneficial use, not to exceed 90 days from start up For late payments, the customer agrees to pay the greater value of $250 per business calendar day for payment not received or A.1.5% of the invoice value if not paid in full within 10 business days of the agreed upon NET 45 terms B.2.5% of the invoice value if not paid in full within 20 business days of the agreed upon NET 45 terms C.3% of the invoice value per calendar month if not paid in full 2. Export Shipments All export shipments are subject to purchaser arranging for an irrevocable letter of credit in favor of Atlas Copco Compressors LLC, from a recognized American bank. Should the order fall in a category that requires progress payments, the letter of credit shall be arranged to release payment in accordance with the agreed payment schedule. 3. Payment Retention Payment retention will not be allowed. An irrevocable bank letter of credit will be furnished at Atlas Copco’s expense in lieu of retention. 4. Credit Approval All terms are subject to credit approval by Atlas Copco Compressors LLC. CANCELLATION SCHEDULE The following cancellation schedule shall apply to orders once released to manufacture. Definitions: Standard Stocked Equipment - equipment as shown in the current catalog and available for shipment from the US Distribution Center. Standard Non-Stocked Equipment - equipment as shown in the current catalog but not currently stocked at the US Distribution Center. Engineered Equipment - equipment requiring customized features not shown in the current catalog. Orders for Standard Non-Stocked Equipment A) After production has started: * 40% of equipment price B) After production has been completed: * 60% of equipment price Orders for Engineered Equipment A) After production has started * 40% of the base machine price * 40% of optional equipment of purchased materials will be charged B) After production has completed * 60% of the base machine price * 100% of optional equipment Performance Curve Option 1 – 4940scfm ZB6 VSD+ 200kW-J Performance graphs V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 7Pasel3 Performance Report 1 Reference: Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.70000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Acceptance Pt Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity 40.0 % Model: ZB 6 VSD+ 200kW J Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. tmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. 0 %Pressure +/- User: ggold Frequency Gas 60.0 Ai Hz Customer:Date: 12/14/2023 ( 14.654 psi(a) ) Summary multi points V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 7Pasel3 Performance Report 2 Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Flow 3334.0 Electrical power 123.2 Price 1.000 Run time 1.0 Electricity cost 123 Total cost 744 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 3952.0 142.2 1.000 1.0 142 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 4056.0 145.6 1.000 1.0 146 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 4940.0 177.0 1.000 1.0 177 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 4368.0 156.1 1.000 1.0 156 scfm kW /kWh hr € Total runtime 5.0hr Customer: Reference: Model: Date: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 200kW J 12/14/2023 Multi-point Global settings Reference conditions Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas i Aftercooler No Operating points Energy consumption 123 142 146 177 156kWh Total energy consumed 744kWh Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80.000ft a.s.l.80.000 80.000 80.000 80.000 Turndown 4.7 19.6 21.6 35.7 27.2% Pressure Rise to Surge 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9% Isothermal Efficiency 69.1 70.9 71.1 71.2 71.4% SER 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5bhp/100 Pressure +/-0 % User: ggold Differential pressure 9.500psi 9.500 9.500 9.500 9.500 Summary operating point 1 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 7Pasel3 Performance Report 3 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 200kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3578 5374 7319 11.65 9.50 0.00 158.1 194.8 163.4 67.6 70.4 0.0 5.5 4.5 2.8 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 8.9 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 3334 9.50 123.2 69.1 4.6 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 4.7 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.1936 0.0788psi Discharge temperature 204.5 204.6°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.4237 0.2452psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 11.65 9.50 0.00Differential pressure psi 9.50 3578 5374 7319Std. Outlet Flow 3334scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.7 68.4 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 61.2% 3608 5400 7337Inlet flow 3360scfm 3205 / 0.3% Safety valve No Summary operating point 2 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 7Pasel3 Performance Report 4 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 200kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3578 5374 7319 11.65 9.50 0.00 158.1 194.8 163.4 67.6 70.4 0.0 5.5 4.5 2.8 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 8.9 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 3952 9.50 142.2 70.9 4.5 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 19.6 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.1936 0.1082psi Discharge temperature 204.5 202.6°F Customer:Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.4237 0.2965psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/-0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 11.65 9.50 0.00Differential pressure psi 9.50 3578 5374 7319Std. Outlet Flow 3952scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.7 68.4 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 36.0% 3608 5400 7337Inlet flow 3978scfm 3205 / 2.0% Safety valve No Summary operating point 3 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 7Pasel3 Performance Report 5 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 200kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3578 5374 7319 11.65 9.50 0.00 158.1 194.8 163.4 67.6 70.4 0.0 5.5 4.5 2.8 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 8.9 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 4056 9.50 145.6 71.1 4.5 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 21.6 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.1936 0.1136psi Discharge temperature 204.5 202.5°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.4237 0.3054psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 11.65 9.50 0.00Differential pressure psi 9.50 3578 5374 7319Std. Outlet Flow 4056scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.7 68.4 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 32.5% 3608 5400 7337Inlet flow 4082scfm 3205 / 2.4% Safety valve No Summary operating point 4 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 7Pasel3 Performance Report 6 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 200kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3578 5374 7319 11.65 9.50 0.00 158.1 194.8 163.4 67.6 70.4 0.0 5.5 4.5 2.8 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 8.9 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 4940 9.50 177.0 71.2 4.5 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 35.7 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.1936 0.1649psi Discharge temperature 204.5 203.0°F Customer:Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.4237 0.3835psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/-0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 11.65 9.50 0.00Differential pressure psi 9.50 3578 5374 7319Std. Outlet Flow 4940scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.7 68.4 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 8.8% 3608 5400 7337Inlet flow 4966scfm 3205 / 6.4% Safety valve No Summary operating point 5 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 7Pasel3 Performance Report 7 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 200kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3578 5374 7319 11.65 9.50 0.00 158.1 194.8 163.4 67.6 70.4 0.0 5.5 4.5 2.8 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 8.9 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 4368 9.50 156.1 71.4 4.5 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 27.2 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.1936 0.1306psi Discharge temperature 204.5 202.3°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.4237 0.3324psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 11.65 9.50 0.00Differential pressure psi 9.50 3578 5374 7319Std. Outlet Flow 4368scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.7 68.4 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 23.0% 3608 5400 7337Inlet flow 4394scfm 3205 / 3.6% Safety valve No Performance Curve Option 2 – 5928scfm ZB6 VSD+ 250kW-J Performance graphs V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 1 Reference: Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.70000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Acceptance Pt Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity 40.0 % Model:ZB 6 VSD+ 250kW J Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. tmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. 0 %Pressure +/- User:ggold Frequency Gas 60.0 Ai Hz Customer:Date: 12/14/2023 ( 14.654 psi(a) ) Summary multi points V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 2 Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Flow 3334.0 Electrical power 123.4 Price 1.000 Run time 1.0 Electricity cost 123 Total cost 1253 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 3952.0 142.4 1.000 1.0 142 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 4940.0 177.2 1.000 1.0 177 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 4368.0 156.2 1.000 1.0 156 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 5408.0 196.4 1.000 1.0 196 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 5928.0 220.5 1.000 1.0 220 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 6241.0 236.7 1.000 1.0 237 scfm kW /kWh hr € Total runtime 7.0hr Customer: Reference: Model: Date: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 250kW J 12/14/2023 Multi-point Global settings Reference conditions Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas i Aftercooler No Operating points Energy consumption 123 142 177 156 196 220 237kWh Total energy consumed 1253kWh Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80.000ft a.s.l.80.000 80.000 80.000 80.000 80.000 80.000 Turndown 4.7 19.6 35.7 27.2 41.2 46.4 49.1% Pressure Rise to Surge 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3% Isothermal Efficiency 69.0 70.9 71.2 71.4 70.3 68.6 67.3% SER 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.7 4.7bhp/100 Pressure +/-0 % User: ggold Differential pressure 9.500psi 9.500 9.500 9.500 9.500 9.500 9.500 Summary operating point 1 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 3 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 250kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3845 6241 7453 13.19 9.50 0.48 188.3 236.7 189.9 66.9 67.3 6.4 6.1 4.7 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 15.3 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 3334 9.50 123.4 69.0 4.6 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 4.7 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.2578 0.0788psi Discharge temperature 209.7 204.6°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.5084 0.2452psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 13.19 9.50 0.48Differential pressure psi 9.50 3845 6241 7453Std. Outlet Flow 3334scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.9 68.3 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 87.2% 3876 6267 7473Inlet flow 3360scfm 3205 / 0.3% Safety valve No Summary operating point 2 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 4 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 250kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3845 6241 7453 13.19 9.50 0.48 188.3 236.7 189.9 66.9 67.3 6.4 6.1 4.7 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 15.3 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 3952 9.50 142.4 70.9 4.5 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 19.6 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.2578 0.1082psi Discharge temperature 209.7 202.6°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.5084 0.2965psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 13.19 9.50 0.48Differential pressure psi 9.50 3845 6241 7453Std. Outlet Flow 3952scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.9 68.3 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 57.9% 3876 6267 7473Inlet flow 3978scfm 3205 / 2.0% Safety valve No Summary operating point 3 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 5 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 250kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3845 6241 7453 13.19 9.50 0.48 188.3 236.7 189.9 66.9 67.3 6.4 6.1 4.7 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 15.3 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 4940 9.50 177.2 71.2 4.5 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 35.7 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.2578 0.1649psi Discharge temperature 209.7 203.0°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.5084 0.3835psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 13.19 9.50 0.48Differential pressure psi 9.50 3845 6241 7453Std. Outlet Flow 4940scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.9 68.3 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 26.3% 3876 6267 7473Inlet flow 4966scfm 3205 / 6.4% Safety valve No Summary operating point 4 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 6 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 250kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3845 6241 7453 13.19 9.50 0.48 188.3 236.7 189.9 66.9 67.3 6.4 6.1 4.7 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 15.3 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 4368 9.50 156.2 71.4 4.5 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 27.2 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.2578 0.1306psi Discharge temperature 209.7 202.3°F Customer:Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.5084 0.3324psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/-0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 13.19 9.50 0.48Differential pressure psi 9.50 3845 6241 7453Std. Outlet Flow 4368scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.9 68.3 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 42.9% 3876 6267 7473Inlet flow 4394scfm 3205 / 3.6% Safety valve No Summary operating point 5 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 7 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 250kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3845 6241 7453 13.19 9.50 0.48 188.3 236.7 189.9 66.9 67.3 6.4 6.1 4.7 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 15.3 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 5408 9.50 196.4 70.3 4.5 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 41.2 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.2578 0.1959psi Discharge temperature 209.7 204.6°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.5084 0.4269psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 13.19 9.50 0.48Differential pressure psi 9.50 3845 6241 7453Std. Outlet Flow 5408scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.9 68.3 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 15.4% 3876 6267 7473Inlet flow 5434scfm 3205 / 9.1% Safety valve No Summary operating point 6 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 8 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 250kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3845 6241 7453 13.19 9.50 0.48 188.3 236.7 189.9 66.9 67.3 6.4 6.1 4.7 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 15.3 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 5928 9.50 220.5 68.6 4.7 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 46.4 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.2578 0.2335psi Discharge temperature 209.7 207.4°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.5084 0.4771psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 13.19 9.50 0.48Differential pressure psi 9.50 3845 6241 7453Std. Outlet Flow 5928scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.9 68.3 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 5.3% 3876 6267 7473Inlet flow 5954scfm 3205 / 12.7% Safety valve No Summary operating point 7 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 9 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 250kW J Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 3845 6241 7453 13.19 9.50 0.48 188.3 236.7 189.9 66.9 67.3 6.4 6.1 4.7 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 15.3 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 6241 9.50 236.7 67.3 4.7 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 49.1 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.2578 0.2578psi Discharge temperature 209.7 209.7°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.5084 0.5084psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 13.19 9.50 0.48Differential pressure psi 9.50 3845 6241 7453Std. Outlet Flow 6241scfm Surge @ pr. 3179 9.50 118.9 68.3 4.7 9.50 3179 % / 0.0% 3876 6267 7473Inlet flow 6267scfm 3205 / 15.3% Safety valve No Performance Curve Turndown Blower Option 3 – 1092scfm ZB6 VSD+ 160kW-B Performance graphs V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 1 Reference: Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.70000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Acceptance Pt Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity 40.0 % Model: ZB 6 VSD+ 160kW B Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. tmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. 0 %Pressure +/- User: ggold Frequency Gas 60.0 Ai Hz Customer:Date: 12/14/2023 ( 14.654 psi(a) ) Summary multi points V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 2 Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Flow 1092.0 Electrical power 48.0 Price 1.000 Run time 1.0 Electricity cost 48 Total cost 663 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 1352.0 56.4 1.000 1.0 56 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 1976.0 77.3 1.000 1.0 77 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 2184.0 84.7 1.000 1.0 85 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 2704.0 105.1 1.000 1.0 105 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 3276.0 132.7 1.000 1.0 133 0.000 1.000 100.0 40.0 9.500 3631.7 158.5 1.000 1.0 158 scfm kW /kWh hr € Total runtime 7.0hr Customer: Reference: Model: Date: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 160kW B 12/14/2023 Multi-point Global settings Reference conditions Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas i Aftercooler No Operating points Energy consumption 48 56 77 85 105 133 158kWh Total energy consumed 663kWh Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80.000ft a.s.l.80.000 80.000 80.000 80.000 80.000 80.000 Turndown 1.9 20.8 45.8 51.0 60.4 67.3 70.5% Pressure Rise to Surge 33.8 33.8 33.8 33.8 33.8 33.8 33.8% Isothermal Efficiency 58.1 61.1 65.3 65.9 65.7 63.0 58.5% SER 5.5 5.2 4.9 4.9 4.9 5.1 5.5bhp/100 Pressure +/-0 % User: ggold Differential pressure 9.500psi 9.500 9.500 9.500 9.500 9.500 9.500 Summary operating point 1 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 3 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 160kW B Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 1743 3632 3785 17.67 9.50 0.23 120.8 158.5 98.0 58.3 58.5 3.1 8.7 5.5 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 33.8 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 1092 9.50 48.0 58.1 5.5 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 1.9 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.0925 0.011psi Discharge temperature 222.9 210.8°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.2742 0.0742psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 17.67 9.50 0.23Differential pressure psi 9.50 1743 3632 3785Std. Outlet Flow 1092scfm Surge @ pr. 1071 9.50 47.3 57.8 5.5 9.50 1071 % / 232.6% 1781 3660 3805Inlet flow 1120scfm 1099 / 0.1% Safety valve No Summary operating point 2 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 4 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 160kW B Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 1743 3632 3785 17.67 9.50 0.23 120.8 158.5 98.0 58.3 58.5 3.1 8.7 5.5 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 33.8 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 1352 9.50 56.4 61.1 5.2 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 20.8 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.0925 0.0157psi Discharge temperature 222.9 208.4°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.2742 0.0926psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 17.67 9.50 0.23Differential pressure psi 9.50 1743 3632 3785Std. Outlet Flow 1352scfm Surge @ pr. 1071 9.50 47.3 57.8 5.5 9.50 1071 % / 168.6% 1781 3660 3805Inlet flow 1379scfm 1099 / 1.4% Safety valve No Summary operating point 3 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 5 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 160kW B Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 1743 3632 3785 17.67 9.50 0.23 120.8 158.5 98.0 58.3 58.5 3.1 8.7 5.5 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 33.8 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 1976 9.50 77.3 65.3 4.9 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 45.8 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.0925 0.0304psi Discharge temperature 222.9 205.6°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.2742 0.1384psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 17.67 9.50 0.23Differential pressure psi 9.50 1743 3632 3785Std. Outlet Flow 1976scfm Surge @ pr. 1071 9.50 47.3 57.8 5.5 9.50 1071 % / 83.8% 1781 3660 3805Inlet flow 2003scfm 1099 / 6.1% Safety valve No Summary operating point 4 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 6 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 160kW B Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 1743 3632 3785 17.67 9.50 0.23 120.8 158.5 98.0 58.3 58.5 3.1 8.7 5.5 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 33.8 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 2184 9.50 84.7 65.9 4.9 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 51.0 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.0925 0.0363psi Discharge temperature 222.9 205.6°F Customer:Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.2742 0.1541psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/-0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 17.67 9.50 0.23Differential pressure psi 9.50 1743 3632 3785Std. Outlet Flow 2184scfm Surge @ pr. 1071 9.50 47.3 57.8 5.5 9.50 1071 % / 66.3% 1781 3660 3805Inlet flow 2211scfm 1099 / 8.2% Safety valve No Summary operating point 5 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 7 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 160kW B Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 1743 3632 3785 17.67 9.50 0.23 120.8 158.5 98.0 58.3 58.5 3.1 8.7 5.5 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 33.8 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 2704 9.50 105.1 65.7 4.9 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 60.4 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.0925 0.0535psi Discharge temperature 222.9 207.5°F Customer: Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.2742 0.1949psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/- 0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 17.67 9.50 0.23Differential pressure psi 9.50 1743 3632 3785Std. Outlet Flow 2704scfm Surge @ pr. 1071 9.50 47.3 57.8 5.5 9.50 1071 % / 34.3% 1781 3660 3805Inlet flow 2731scfm 1099 / 14.4% Safety valve No Summary operating point 6 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 8 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 160kW B Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 1743 3632 3785 17.67 9.50 0.23 120.8 158.5 98.0 58.3 58.5 3.1 8.7 5.5 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 33.8 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 3276 9.50 132.7 63.0 5.1 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 67.3 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.0925 0.0763psi Discharge temperature 222.9 213.4°F Customer:Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.2742 0.2422psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/-0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 17.67 9.50 0.23Differential pressure psi 9.50 1743 3632 3785Std. Outlet Flow 3276scfm Surge @ pr. 1071 9.50 47.3 57.8 5.5 9.50 1071 % / 10.9% 1781 3660 3805Inlet flow 3303scfm 1099 / 23.6% Safety valve No Summary operating point 7 V3.3.22 x86 | DB V1.5.2 U42 9Pasel3 Performance Report 9 Reference: Model: Case:ZB 6 VSD+ 160kW B Multi-point Customer conditions Reference conditions Inlet pressure before filter Inlet filter dp factor Inlet temperature 0.000 1.000 100.0 psi(g) - °F Pressure Temperature Relative humidity 14.7000 68.0 36.0 psi(a) °F % Tolerance Flow +/- SER +/- 4 5 % % Relative humidity Discharge pressure 40.0 9.500 % psi(g) Frequency 60.0 Hz Gas Control i Yes Estimated performance Surge Design Max. flow 1743 3632 3785 17.67 9.50 0.23 120.8 158.5 98.0 58.3 58.5 3.1 8.7 5.5 3.2 Delivered flow Discharge pressure Electrical power Isothermal efficiency (electrical) SER (electrical) psi(g) kW % bhp/100cfm Operating Conditions Stable pressure rise at open inlet / on operating curve Inlet filter pressure drop 33.8 % User: ggold Aftercooler No Unit Operating 3632 9.50 158.5 58.5 5.5 Estimated theoretical turndown / turnup at operating poin 70.5 Design point Operating pointUnit 0.0925 0.0925psi Discharge temperature 222.9 222.9°F Customer:Date: 12/14/2023 scfm Overrides No Calculated capacity and specific energy requirement values are guaranteed within published tolerance at design point and under AML conditions. All additional performance output parameters, as well as off-design calculations at non-AML conditions, are indicative. Atlas Copco reserves the right to revise calculation algorithms and improve output results without prior notice. © Atlas Copco Airpower NV, 2010-2021, Antwerp, Belgium. All rights reserved. Atmospheric pressure 80 ft a.s.l. Checkvalve pressure drop 0.2742 0.2742psi Check valve Yes Inlet Filter Yes Pressure +/-0 % ( 14.654 psi(a) ) 17.67 9.50 0.23Differential pressure psi 9.50 1743 3632 3785Std. Outlet Flow 3632scfm Surge @ pr. 1071 9.50 47.3 57.8 5.5 9.50 1071 % / 0.0% 1781 3660 3805Inlet flow 3660scfm 1099 / 33.8% Safety valve No Technical Datasheets Technical data: ZB 6 VSD+ 200 J AC Reference conditions Performance data*1 Effective working pressure - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Unit data*3 Net weight 4458 lb Material Limitations Installation connections Main drive motor Motor manufacturer Atlas Copco Motor nominal power 268 hp Motor service factor 1.15 Motor protection class IP 51 Bearing type active magnetic bearing Motor synchronous speed 22800 rpm Insulation class H Motor winding protection PT100 (4x) Electrical data Main feeder circuit protection (Customer’s installation) *5 Main fuse type gR or HS Class J Maximum main fuse size 3x600 A Main control panel short-circuit current rating 65 Approvals Notes Guaranteed with a tolerance of +/- 4%. FAD (Free Air Delivery) is measured at the above stated Measured according to ISO 2151: 2008 using ISO 9614-2 (sound intensity scanning method). The added correction factor (+/- 3 dB(A)) is the total uncertainty value (KpAd) conform with the test code. For air cooled machines, sound pressure levels are stated with ducting of outlet cooling air - at reference ambient conditions - at 100 % load - at design point - at nominal voltage - right before service interval (including fouled filters, etc). *5 The pre-described fuses OR circuit breaker are maximum main fuses or circuit breaker to protect the installed compressor electrical panel. Cable and fuse or circuit breaker selection will depend on customer’s installation. Fuses or circuit breaker of the same type/class are mandatory. Not installing these fuses or circuit breaker will void warranty in case of an electrical failure. Installing smaller fuses might lead to smaller supply cables. If Main circuit breaker shown as NA (not applicable), only fuses are allowed. The information in this document is subject to change without prior notice. Technical data: ZB 6 VSD+ 250 J AC Reference conditions Performance data*1 Effective working pressure - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Unit data*3 Net weight 4458 lb Material Limitations Installation connections Main drive motor Motor manufacturer Atlas Copco Motor nominal power 335 hp Motor service factor 1.1 Motor protection class IP 51 Bearing type active magnetic bearing Motor synchronous speed 24000 rpm Insulation class H Motor winding protection PT100 (4x) Electrical data Main feeder circuit protection (Customer’s installation) *5 Main fuse type gR or HS Class J Maximum main fuse size 3x600 A Main control panel short-circuit current rating 65 Approvals Notes Guaranteed with a tolerance of +/- 4%. FAD (Free Air Delivery) is measured at the above stated Measured according to ISO 2151: 2008 using ISO 9614-2 (sound intensity scanning method). The added correction factor (+/- 3 dB(A)) is the total uncertainty value (KpAd) conform with the test code. For air cooled machines, sound pressure levels are stated with ducting of outlet cooling air -at reference ambient conditions -at 100 % load -at design point -at nominal voltage the installed compressor electrical panel. Cable and fuse or circuit breaker selection will depend on customer’s installation. Fuses or circuit breaker of the same type/class are mandatory. Not installing these fuses or circuit breaker will void warranty in case of an electrical failure. Installing smaller fuses might lead to smaller supply cables. If Main circuit breaker shown as NA (not applicable), only fuses are allowed. Technical data: ZB 6 VSD+ 160 B AC Reference conditions Performance data*1 Effective working pressure - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Unit data*3 Length 99.02 in Width 47.24 in Height 78.19 in Net weight 4140 lb Material Limitations Installation connections Main drive motor Motor manufacturer Atlas Copco Motor nominal power 215 hp Motor service factor 1.15 Motor protection class IP 51 Bearing type active magnetic bearing Motor synchronous speed 27200 rpm Insulation class H Motor winding protection PT100 (4x) Electrical data 4 Main feeder circuit protection (Customer’s installation) *5 Approvals Notes Guaranteed with a tolerance of +/- 4%. FAD (Free Air Delivery) is measured at the above stated Measured according to ISO 2151: 2008 using ISO 9614-2 (sound intensity scanning method). The added correction factor (+/- 3 dB(A)) is the total uncertainty value (KpAd) conform with the test code. For air cooled machines, sound pressure levels are stated with ducting of outlet cooling air - at reference ambient conditions - at 100 % load - at design point - at nominal voltage - right before service interval (including fouled filters, etc). *5 The pre-described fuses OR circuit breaker are maximum main fuses or circuit breaker to protect the installed compressor electrical panel. Cable and fuse or circuit breaker selection will depend on customer’s installation. Fuses or circuit breaker of the same type/class are mandatory. Not installing these fuses or circuit breaker will void warranty in case of an electrical failure. Installing smaller fuses might lead to smaller supply cables. If Main circuit breaker shown as NA (not applicable), only fuses are allowed. The information in this document is subject to change without prior notice. Dimension Drawings Ed Posi- tion Modified from Date Intr./Appd. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A B C D E F G Parent 3 D model Ed . Version 3D N/A 1609281200-M1 Fini wt. Approved. Treatment Material Name Drawn by Des checked. Version Drwg Scale Blank wt. Prod checked. Family Blank nr. Kg Designation Sheet INV Replaces Compare Date Drawing owner / Confidentiality Class Tolerances, if not indicated, according to: ATLAS COPCO STANDARD CLASS acc. to 1102 K A0 11 03-Sep-19 1839000430-01 1610.000 kg Confidential DIMENS. DRWG. Not Applicable WorkInProgress AIR14922 APF ZB 6 VSD+ (ANSI) Not applicable Attention : 3rd angle projection is used Internal coolant filling position Cooling air outletBlower power supply Rectangular cut out: 29.5x12.2 Process air outlet without Check valve and compensator (16" Class 150) Process ait inlet 18 . 5 9. 8 ( 2 x ) 3.9 9.8(4x) M8 (16x) Cooling air inlet 99 47.2 1. 8 12 . 8 18 24.9 6.3 6.3 40.5 1. 7 10 . 8 ( 2 x ) 8.3 M8 (6x) M8 (3x) 12 . 8 Blow off air outlet Compensator optional Check valve optional 57 . 1 11.8 Notes: Blower weight without options: 3997 lb Blower weight ducted air inlet with filters: 4041 lb Blower weight direst air intake without filters: 4052 lb Compensator weight:266 lb Check valve weight:143 lb All dimensions in inch 62.1 11 . 3 Front panel for process air filters 32.2 7.6(2x) 38.6 3. 6 ( 2 x ) Electrical cabinet cooling air inlet Controller interface 1 : 10 Process air outlet (16" Class 150) 9.3 2. 1 ( 2 x ) 1.1 Ø21.3 1-8 UNC (8x) Ø23.4 Ø21.3 Ø23.5 Ø1.1(16x) 45°(8x) 22.5°(16x) 78 . 2 ( A i r o u t l e t p i p e ) 83 . 7 10 0 . 3 13 43.3 Installation Proposal Ed Posi- tion Modified from Date Intr./Appd. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A B C D E F G Parent 3 D model Ed . Version 3D N/A 1609281200-M1 Fini wt. Approved. Treatment Material Name Drawn by Des checked. Version Drwg Scale Blank wt. Prod checked. Family Blank nr. Kg Designation Sheet INV Replaces Compare Date Drawing owner / Confidentiality Class Tolerances, if not indicated, according to: ATLAS COPCO STANDARD CLASS acc. to 1102 K A0 11 03-Sep-19 1839000432-01 1610.000 kg Confidential DIMENS. DRWG. Not Applicable WorkInProgress AIR14922 APF ZB 6 VSD+ (ANSI) Not applicable Attention : 3rd angle projection is used 1 : 10 The opening should be wide enough to rotate the blower in the blower room Mi n 3 9 . 4 3 M i n 2 3 . 6 47b 9 11b Min 39.4 5b 5a 11a 5c 5b5a11a5c 5d 1 2 7a 7 10 4 7b 7a 2 7a 22.6 Alternative 1: Check valve mounted horizontally in the discharge pipe Alternative 2 Check valve mounter vertically directly on the unit 1.85 5 Qc 1450x pxd xpL =max Notes: ·For more information concerning air nets, cooling systems, etc. refer to the blower installation manual. All pipes should be installed stress free to the blower unit.·For dimensions and air flow directions refer to the APC dimension drawings. ·Instructions for IT-TT nets see 9823 0071 00, 9823 0072 00.·Ducting should be a removable construction for maintenance reason.·No forces or torques allowed on the canopy.·Blow-off should be ducted (hot air).·When ducting the Blow-Off, the duct shall be able to withstand the full flow of the blower. Max temp is 284°F.·Prevention of noise radiation caused by resonations of discharge pipe: - Wall thickness of the pipe to be considered. - Acoustic insulation of the discharge pipe is recommended. - The Anchor method needs to decouple pipe resonance to the building. - Be advised on the air velocity in the discharge pipe to prevent noise radiation due to resonance. Main components: Blower unit:- The unit should be installed on a level floor capable of taking the weight of the blower. Recommended minimum distance between top of unit and ceiling is 59" for ventilation and hoisting. Blower air inlet Compressed air outlet. BOV outlet. Delivery pipe and isolation valve:- To avoid return of condensate to the blower connect the delivery pipe to the top of the blower air header.- The maximum total pipe length can be calculated from: L is the length of the pipe (ft) ΔP is the max. allowable pressure drop, recommended 1.45psi. d is the inner diameter of the pipe (inch). P is the absolute pressure at the blower outlet (psi). Qc is the blower FAD (cfm).- Piping shall be supported so that the blower outlet compensator is not subjected to additional forces. See the Atlas Copco Instruction book AIB for more details. Check valve. Compensator. Isolation valve. Connecting pipe. Ventilation proposal: - The inlet grid(s) and ventilation fan should be installed in such a way that any recirculation of cooling air to the blower is avoided. - The air velocity to the grid(s) and in the blow-off duct has to be limited to 5 m/s. - The required ventilation to limit the blower room temperature can be calculated from: Qv = 1,463 x N / Δt Qv is the required ventilation capacity (cfs) N is the input power of the blower (HP) Δt is the blower room temperature over the outdoor temperature (°F) Cooling air: Cooling air inlet. Cooling air outlet. Cubicle power supply. Electrical cubicle with controller. Welded fitting for the installation of a pressure sensor A loosely delivered sensor and electrical cable are provided together with the unit. The sensor needs to be air-tight installed behind the customer's check valve. The sensor has an external thread of 1/4 - 18 NPT. The distance of the welded fitting can be max 118" , started from point 11b 6 1 7a 2 3 4 5 5a 5b 7 9 10 7b 11a 11b 5c 5d VENTILATION PROPOSAL6 Service Diagrams co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Modified fromtionNotePosi-Intr./Appd.Date Parent 3D Model Kg Version Drwg Des checked. STATUS Material Treatment Name Drawn by Scale Kg Family Blank nr. Approved.Prod checked. Blank wt. Date Fini wt. Drawing owner Designation Sheet ( ) Secrecy Class 1102 K/ Replaces Compare ACD Ed.Version 3D 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F 1 9/3/2019 AIR 4 1 2 1 7 1:1 AIR41217 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 01 26 APF Public A3 0 0.01 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB 00.07 Not Applicable co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Modified fromtionNotePosi-Intr./Appd.Date Parent 3D Model Kg Version Drwg Des checked. STATUS Material Treatment Name Drawn by Scale Kg Family Blank nr. Approved.Prod checked. Blank wt. Date Fini wt. Drawing owner Designation Sheet ( ) Secrecy Class 1102 K/ Replaces Compare ACD Ed.Version 3D 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F 1 9/3/2019 AIR 4 1 2 1 7 1:1 AIR41217 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 02 26 AIF Public A3 0 0.01 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB 00.07 Not Applicable co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 0602 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 05 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 0705 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 06 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 0806 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 07 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 0907 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 08 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 2108 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 09 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 2209 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 21 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 2321 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 22 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 2422 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 23 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 2523 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 24 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 4124 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 25 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 4225 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 41 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 4341 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 42 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 4442 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 43 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 4543 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 44 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 4644 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 45 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 4745 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 46 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 4846 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 47 26 AIA A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 4947 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 48 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 5048 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 49 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 8149 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 50 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 9250 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 81 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 9281 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 91 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 9391 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 92 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 9391 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 92 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 9391 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 92 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB SMARTBOX ANTENNA CONTROLLER ELEKTRONIKON [E1] EMERGENCY STOP [S2] co p i e d , u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g o r c o m m u n i c a t e d t o a n y o t h e r p e r s o n o r c o m p a n y . Th i s d o c u m e n t i s o u r p r o p e r t y a n d s h a l l n o t w i t h o u t o u r p e r m i s s i o n b e a l t e r e d , Ed.DateName Prev. Page DateDrawing owner Designation Sheet ( )ACD 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 G 4 10 A B C D E F Next PageSTATUS Drawn by AIR41217 92 1 9/3/2019 3/4/2019 9823604240-01 93 26 AIF A3 RELEASED Service Diagram ZB Sample Specification SECTION [11XXX] – Packaged Aeration System ZB Magnetic Bearing Specification PART 1: GENERAL 1.01. SUMMARY A.Related Sections 1.Sections [INSERT SECTIONS HERE] B.Turbo Blower Systems including the following: 1.Integral Components: i.High speed turbo blower with direct connected drive motor ii.Inverter to vary the speed of the motor/blower iii.Unit controller iv.Blow off valve v.Pressure and temperature monitoring devices vi.Inlet filter vii.Discharge expansion joint viii.Blow off silencer ix.Inlet silencer x.Closed cooling water circuit 2.Accessories (Shipped Loose) i.Discharge check valve ii.Discharge butterfly valve iii.Discharge compensator 3.Master Control System and Accessories – Section [INSERT SECTION #] C.Tag Numbers: 1.Aeration Blower No. [XXX-XXX-XXX] 2.Aeration Blower No. [XXX-XXX-XXX] 3.Aeration Blower No. [XXX-XXX-XXX] D.CONTRACTOR shall install the blowers and external equipment supplied by the blower manufacturer and shall provide and install all external piping, pipe supports, wiring, conduit, and accessories not provided by the blower manufacturer for a complete and functional blower system. 1.02. SUBMITTALS A.General 1.Submit in accordance with the requirements of [INSERT SECTION #]. 2.All products required for submittal under this section shall be furnished as one complete submittal package. 3.All submittal dimensions, calculations and other information to be in USA standard units of measure. B.Submittal Data 1.Product Data: Blower characteristics, specifications, and performance. 1.Descriptive brochures and blower data. 2.Predictive performance curves indicating capacity and input KW over the range of operation. 3.Catalog information showing blower construction. 4.Outline installation drawings for each unit. 5.Blower weight and weights of major components of equipment. 6.List of recommended spare parts for five (5) years of operation. 7.Complete bill of materials of all components and equipment supplied. 8.Air-end (Integral Motor/Compressor Assembly) characteristics and specifications. a.Descriptive bulletins b.Nameplate data c.Motor Data Sheet d.Special features including instrumentation 2.Shop Drawings: a.Certified dimensional drawings of the blower enclosure. b.Certified anchor bolt layout drawings (if required). c.Instrumentation and control system schematics, tubing and conduit details, and wiring diagrams for electrical and control components furnished. d.Any necessary dimensional drawings to coordinate piping layout with structural, architectural, electrical and or other mechanical work. e.Certified drawings of the local control panel C.Quality Control and Testing: 1.General: a.Current ISO 9001-2008 / 14001 / OHSAS 18001 ISO 8573-1 CLASS 0, CE, and UL certified b.Test reports: Submit after fabrication, but prior to delivery of equipment to jobsite location. c.Results of each required test: Summarized in a certified automated report. d.Reports: Organized and clearly present testing methods and procedures, testing equipment, test data, calculations and analyses, conclusions and recommendations. e.Four copies of each certified test report shall be submitted to Engineer for review and acceptance. Test reports shall have been reviewed and accepted by Engineer prior to jobsite delivery. f.If the certified factory test reports indicate noncompliance with the requirements of the contract documents, the blowers shall be reworked and retested until the compliance with the specifications is obtained 2. [OPTIONAL] Submit a detailed test plan with complete piping and instrumentation configuration diagram per ASME PTC-10/13, ISO 18740 or CAGI PNEUROP BL300 showing discharge air test pipes size. The location, type, and quantity of all major instruments necessary for performance data, with corresponding distances from reference points, shall be identified per the selected norm’s requirements. As a minimum; the detailed test plan shall include: a. Quality control procedures b. Calibration certifications c. [ASME PTC-10 / ASME PTC-13 / ISO 18740 / CAGI PNEUROP BL300] test procedure and method of calculating results. d. Functional testing of all package, instrumentation, ancillary components, and LCP as necessary 3. Submit a detailed test plan with complete piping and instrumentation configuration diagram per [ASME PTC-10 / ASME PTC-13 / ISO 18740 / CAGI PNEUROP BL300] showing inlet and discharge air test pipes size. The location, type, and quantity of all major instruments necessary for performance data, with corresponding distances from reference points, shall be identified per [ASME PTC-10 / ASME PTC-13 / ISO 18740 / CAGI PNEUROP BL300] requirements. As a minimum; the detailed test plan shall include: 4. Quality control procedures 5. Calibration certifications 6. [ASME PTC-10 / ASME PTC-13 / ISO 18740 / CAGI PNEUROP BL300] test procedure and method of calculating results. 7. Functional testing of package, instrumentation, ancillary components, and unit controller as necessary. 8. Final Documentation a. Operation and Maintenance Manuals i. All dimensions, calculations, and other information to be in USA English units of measure. ii. Provide a list of components and catalog cuts fully describing all items: i. Mechanical and structural components ii. Instruments iii. Unit controller iv. Variable Frequency Drive v. Operator Interface / Machine monitors vi. Major Electrical Components iii. General description of blower with all performance data, blower curves, and model. Provide detailed information on structural, mechanical, electrical, or other changes or modifications necessary to adapt non- specified materials to the arrangement or details shown. iv.Mechanical drawings with general arrangement showing enclosure dimensions, overall weights, weights of largest components requiring removal for maintenance, and clearances required around unit for maintenance access. Indicate surface preparation and paint specifications. v.Drawings of all control panels to include: vii.Electrical diagram viii.Process and instrumentation diagrams ix.Interconnect to all components outside the panel x.Door layout xi.Interior layout xii.Sample operator interface screens for the unit controller vi.Provide a detailed description/Sequence of Operation. Provide typical operator interface screens with detailed descriptions, the various alarm monitors, preventative maintenance items, and data logging features. vii.Provide input / output (I/O) listing for the unit controller viii.Indicate all scheduled maintenance requirements and routine inspections. Include maintenance summary forms. ix.Provide a list of recommended spare parts. x.Provide a troubleshooting guide. xi.Provide the local sales representative contact information with the company name, contact person, phone numbers, email address, and physical address. 1.03. Warranty A.The blower manufacturer must guarantee in writing the airend (includes all components within the electrical motor, magnetic bearing cartridges, shaft, impeller and volute) free of defects in material workmanship for a period of at least 60 months from the date of initial operation or 66 months from date of shipment (whichever comes first) under the operating conditions specified. B.The blower manufacturer must guarantee in writing the units free of defects in material workmanship for a period of at least 12 months from the date of initial operation or 18 months from date of shipment (whichever comes first) under the operating conditions specified. C.Parts availability shall be guaranteed from the manufacturer for 10 years after purchase. Should replacement parts not be available from the manufacturer, said manufacturer must replace all parts need to bring the unit to a working condition or replace the entire blower package with a complete equal performance solution. 1.04. Maintenance A.Furnish all special tools and appliances necessary to disassemble, service, repair, and adjust the blower equipment and appurtenances. B. [OPTIONAL] The following spare parts shall be furnished: ZB 5 VSD + One spare air filter Set Containing: two air inlet filters, one motor cooling air filter and two electrical cabinet filters. OR ZB 6 VSD + One spare air filter Set Containing: four air inlet filter panels, one motor cooling air filter and two electrical cabinet filters per blower C. All spare parts shall be suitably packaged and clearly identified with indelible marking on the containers. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2. 2.01. Manufacturers A. Approved Blower Manufacturer: No substitutions or bids will be accepted unless pre-approved and written in this specification. 1. Atlas Copco ZB Magnetic Bearing Turbo Blower. B. Manufacturer Qualifications 1. Established in the US market for 15 years 2. Bond Capability of $3 Million Dollars 3. ISO 9001-2008 / 14001 / OHSAS 18001 / ISO 8573-1 CLASS 0 Certified 4. UL – Manufacturing Facility must be UL Certified body 5. Have replaced turbo blowers’ airends/core/element under warranty for less than 5% of their turbo blowers install base 6. Have a minimum service force of 150 internal technicians throughout the country 2.02. General A. The blower design is based on Atlas Copco. Any modifications to the design and/or associated costs resulting from an approved substitution shall be the responsibility of the contractor at no additional cost to the owner. B. The blower manufacturer shall supply, coordinate, start -up, and calibrate all items specified in this section. C. After reaching operational speed, noise emission from the blower package shall not exceed 69 (ZB 5 VSD +) / 75 (ZB 6 VSD +) dB(A) per ISO 2151: 2004 using ISO 9614/2 (sound intensity method), without any special sound attenuation. D. The blower package vibration levels shall be low enough that it shall not require any floor anchoring for adequate operation. E. No special foundations shall be required for installation. F.UL508A compliant electrical cubicle. G.All information to be in USA English units of measure. 2.03. Design Conditions A.All the conditions specified herein shall be defined as per ASME PTC 13, ISO 18740 or CAGI PNEUROP BL300. All the pressures and temperatures specified herein refer to stagnation conditions as defined in ASME PTC 13 , ISO 18740 or CAGI PNEUROP BL300. Design flow rate shall be considered at the delivery point of the blower’s scope (including external components if present) and corrected to the air density of the suction point of the blower’s scope (including external components if present). Reference can be made to the paragraphs 3.11.1 of ISO 18740, 3-3.1.4 of ASME PTC-13 or 5.4.7 of CAGI PNEUROP BL300 . B.When the blower is operating at or between any of the combinations of the following conditions, the electrical total power draw (stated as wire-to-air power) shall not exceed [INSERT VALUE] HP and the blower shall not surge or blow-off excess air. C.Each blower shall be designed for the following conditions of service: 1.Site Conditions i.Elevation in feet MSL [INSERT VALUE] ii.Maximum inlet air temperature, F [INSERT VALUE] iii.Maximum relative humidity, %[INSERT VALUE] iv.Minimum inlet air temperature, F [INSERT VALUE] v.Minimum relative humidity, %[INSERT VALUE] vi.Atmospheric pressure, PSIA [INSERT VALUE] vii.inlet pressure, PSIA [INSERT VALUE] 2.Air Requirements i.Delivered flow rate of each blower at max conditions, SCFM [INSERT VALUE] ii.Maximum discharge pressure at max flow, PSIG [INSERT VALUE] iii.Turndown of each blower, SCFM [INSERT VALUE] 3.Blower i.Number of units (firm/standby)[INSERT VALUE] ii.Maximum motor horsepower [INSERT VALUE] D.The blower shall be capable or operating continuously and satisfactorily at any point between the minimum and maximum flows without surge, vibration, hunting, or excessive heating of the bearings. E.The blower regulation shall also be allowed to operate continuously and satisfactorily at any point lower than the minimum flow point without surge, vibration or hunting. F.Operation in conjunction with several existing blowers in parallel shall be possible without special requirements. The condition of several units running in parallel with different air flow settings shall be possible. The blower manufacturer shall inform the contractor regarding the additional requirements, if needed, but not shown on the P&ID’s and the electrical drawings for the new blower integration. The additional requirements, if needed, shall be include in the bid package as part of the requirements for the project. 2.04. Enclosures A. Each blower shall be supplied with a standard sound enclosure. B. The sound enclosure must be designed for easy inspection and maintenance of all blower package components. Doors and panels shall use a frame, reinforcements and supporting elements as required. C. Electrical cubicle contains a dedicated space heater controlled by the local controller. 2.05. [OPTIONAL] Seismic Bracing and Anchorage Systems A. Each blower shall be supplied with all support systems necessary to meet seismic requirements in accordance with sections [INSERT SECTION #]. At a minimum, the blower unit shall be supplied with an anchorage system suitable for mounting to the new concrete equipment base as indicated in the drawings. Contractor to coordinate anchorage system with blower manufacturer, prior to placing equipment base. 2.06. Blowers A. Blowers shall be magnetic bearing turbo blowers and shall not require oils or lubricants for adequate operation. Blowers shall be capable of variable speed. B. Blower casing shall have a maximum continuous duty design temperature of 350 degrees Fahrenheit C. Blowers shall be able to start with an unpressurized header and without the needs of artificial backpressure (temporary piping restrictions) D. Magnetic Bearings a. Shall bear no risk of bearing shift b. Shall be constantly measuring rotor’s position, elongation, geometrical center, and recording the number of landings outside of the normal stopping procedure. c. Controller shall be powered by a DC/DC converter from capacitors. Upon power loss these capacitors in conjunction with the stator shall use the rotational energy of the shaft to power the magnetic bearing controller simultaneously slowing the shaft and powering the MBC until the shaft speed slows enough to land without sliding against the landing surface preventing any wear. d. Backup UPS alone shall not be accepted. E. Backup bearing shall be present to ensure that there is no contact between rotor and stationary components, even if the MBC is tampered with or fails without first shutting the unit down. F. Labyrinth sealing of the airpath to allow axial movement and guarantee air tightness G. Impeller and Rotor Assembly a. Blower impellers shall be of the backswept three dimensional high efficiency configuration, designed using computational fluid dynamics (CFD), aluminum, and with first forward lateral critical speed at least 120 percent of the maximum allowable operating speed. The impellers shall be mounted directly to the motor shaft and shall be statically and dynamically balanced b. Rotor assembly shall be levitated and controlled via active magnetic bearings using a dedicated bearing controller. Rotor elongation measurement and dynamic rotor positioning adjustments should be made autonomously via the dedicated controller c. Rotor shall be of a two pole rare earth permanent magnet construction for synchronous rotation with exciting field, eliminating slip losses and assuring highest possible efficiency . d. Rotor sleeve shall be constructed of carbon fiber to provide maximum strength, minimal weight, and minimal thermal growth to ensure the greatest possible reliability, consistency, and efficiency are available. 2.07. Components A. Enclosures a. Each blower shall be supplied with standard sound enclosure. b. Enclosure shall be initially designed using CFD to ensure optimal airflow throughout the enclosure for components requiring cooling, and acoustical analysis to deaden sound prior to exiting the enclosures. c. The sound enclosure must be designed for easy inspection and maintenance of all blower package components. Doors shall use a frame, reinforcements and supporting elements as required. Panels shall use pins and locks to easily position them in the enclosure frame. d. The enclosure housing of the blower shall be RAL 7011 painted. B. Inlet baffling a. An inlet baffling system shall be present before the inlet filters to reduce the noise level of the air entering the enclosure. C. Inlet Filter a. The filter media shall have a minimum efficiency of 98% at 10 microns according to ISO12103-1 b. Maximum clean initial pressure loss across the filters shall be equal or less than [ZB 5 VSD +: 1” WG at a volume flow of 3708 cfm / ZB 6 VSD +: 2.1” WG at a volume flow of 7416 cfm]. c. The design of the filter shall be a cylinder, dry-type filter with a galvanized steel frame that is fully gasketed to eliminate contaminants from bypassing the filter. D. Inlet Connection a. [CHOOSE INLET OPTION (Standard, Flanged, Ducted or Direct) AND DELETE THE OTHERS] i. Standard: Air will be drawn through the rear panel filter of the enclosure with no external piping or ducting required. ii. Flanged: Air will be drawn through a [ZB 5 VSD +: XX” / ZB 6 VSD XX”] ANSI 150 flange. Air will pass through the intake flange, through the baffling system and through the panel filter of the enclosure. Provide an EPDM inlet expansion joint capable of withstanding the vacuum, pressure, and temperature under all operating conditions. The flexible connector shall prevent the transmission of noise and vibration from the blower package to the piping. The expansion joint shall be included with galvanized retaining rings drilled for ASME / ANSI B16.5, Class 150 bolt pattern with stainless steel hardware. iii. Ducted: Air will be drawn through external ducting provided by others. Intake shall be protected from the elements. Air will pass through the ducting and through the panel filter. Provide a square EPDM inlet expansion joint capable of withstanding the vacuum, pressure, and temperature under all operating conditions. The flexible connector shall prevent the transmission of noise and vibration from the blower package to the piping. iv. Direct: Air will be drawn through a [ZB 5 VSD +: XX” / ZB 6 VSD XX”] ANSI 150 flange. Air will pass through the intake flange directly to the high speed turbo blower, without any filtration. Provide an EPDM inlet expansion joint capable of withstanding the vacuum, pressure, and temperature under all operating conditions. The flexible connector shall prevent the transmission of noise and vibration from the blower package to the piping. The expansion joint shall be included with galvanized retaining rings drilled for ASME / ANSI B16.5, Class 150 bolt pattern with stainless steel hardware. E. Airend connection a. Air must be directed to the airend entrance through a ducting from the air filters to avoid internal hot air of the blower to be mixed with incoming fresh air. b. Ducting shall be removable to allow visual inspection of the airend entrance as well as the impeller F. Discharge pipe a. Discharge pipe from the airend’s flange must be in a cone shape optimized for the flow G. Blow Off Valve and Blow Off Silencer a. Blow-off valve shall be actuated and modulating type to allow accurate positioning (by increment of 0.1 degree) of the disc throughout any operation requirement b. Blow-off silencer shall be integrated within the blower’s enclosure and made of foamed baffles c. Controls for the valve shall be provided in each local blower control panel and allow it to be capable to operate continuously and satisfactorily at any point lower than the minimum flow point without surge, vibration or hunting H. Discharge Flexible Connector a. Provide each blower with a metallic discharge expansion joint capable of withstanding the vacuum, pressure, and temperature under all operating conditions. The flexible connector shall prevent the transmission of noise and vibration from the blower package to the piping. The expansion joint shall be included with galvanized retaining rings drilled for ASME / ANSI B16.5, Class 150 bolt pattern and arrive at the jobsite connected to the blower unit. Designs using control rods are not allowed. I.Check Valve a.Provide each blower with a wafer type discharge check valve of the dual flat plate type with center hinge, spring closure, cast iron body, FPM seal and 316 aluminum plates, stainless steel springs and trims, and rated for temperatures up to 392F. The valves shall have flat surfaces with resilient seat facing on the body. Check valves should be suitable for installation in the horizontal or vertical position as indicated on the drawings. b.Check valves shall be especially designed and suitable for use with centrifugal blowers, and shall retain positive sealing capability at 392F. 2.08. Electrical A.Motor: Each blower shall be equipped with a 460 volt, 60 Hz, 3 phase, induction type or permanent magnet synchronous motor 1.Maximum allowable horsepower shall be [INSERT MOTOR HP] HP 2.The motor shall have a 1.15 service factor above maximum design condition 3.The motor shall be able to start under the starting conditions required 4.The blower manufacturer shall be responsible for the coordinating the starting torque requirement of the blower with the VFD to ensure proper operation of the system 5.The motor shall be capable if operation at the rated voltage with a variance of +/- 5 percent of the nameplate frequency 6.The motor shall be capable of continuous operation at full load and rated frequency with a voltage variance of +/- 10 percent of the nameplate voltage 7.All motors shall be sufficient size for the duty to be performed and shall not exceed their full-rated load when the driven equipment is operating at specified capacity and over the entire operational range. Unless otherwise noted, motors shall not be ove rloaded at any of the specified discharge conditions. 8.Stator cores shall be made of low loss, non-aging electrical sheet steel with insulated laminations. Stator coils shall be form wound and of identical size, shape, insulation and number of turns. 9.Motor shall be rated for inverter duty 10.Motor Accessories: a.Provide motor with three (2) internal RTD’s imbedded in the motor windings, with two (2) RTDs being a spare, and a motor protection relay that provides a high motor temperature alarm and shutdown contact. b.RTD’s shall be 100 ohm, platinum, of the 3-wire type with transmitters for interfacing with the unit controller. 11. Motor and VFD Cooling a. Main motors must be: a. Air cooled using two axial fans blowing fresh air directly drawn from outside of the blower onto the magnetic bearing cartridges and accros the airgap. b. And liquid cooled using an internal heat exchanger system to draw the heat from the blower assembly components in order to reduce the components temperature stress, wear, and discharge as specified. b. Variable frequency drives must be liquid cooled and using the same liquid circuit as the motor. c. Cooling system design shall consist of a centrifugal pump with stainless steel housing and seal. The heat exchanger will pump a liquid glycol solution to the blower enclosure and circulate the flow through the cooling jacket around the motor as well as to the heat sink on the liquid cooled VFD. d. Heat exchanger shall be [water-to-air / water-to-water] type. 12. Provide an electrical distribution cabinet integrally mounted on the blower package. The electrical panel shall consist control power transformer, fuses and breakers, blower VFD including input reactor and output filter, and support electrical components required for a complete, operable system. Remotely located components shall be identified. 13. No power supply source shall be necessary for electrical components 14. Control Panel a. Shall be stamped cULus b. Shall include a local controller 15. Variable Frequency Drive a. Shall be UL Certified b. Drive manufacturer shall be KEB or pre-approved equal c. VFD manufacturer must have demonstrated full factory support for US market and have been established in market for 10 years d. Shall be selected and sized for proper operation with blower motor. All adjustments and settings shall be performed by the manufacturer e. The variable frequency drive shall comply with the latest applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA, IEEE, and National Electric Code f. Shall have internal protections against overloading B. [OPTIONAL] Harmonic Filter a. Provide harmonic filters pre-wired and packaged with the blower to meet IEEE 519 requirements b. Harmonic filter shall filter harmonic noise generated by the VFD on the incoming A/C power supply 2.09. Instrumentation A.The blower manufacturer shall provide the blower instrumentation described in this section. Instruments shall be as specified in this section. These components shall be mounted within the enclosure except as noted. B.Each blower shall be equipped with an interface screen, micro processer control and integral inverter for motor speed control. All information to be in the USA English units of measure. C.All unit controls, alarms and monitoring shall be accessible through a touch screen control panel. D.Instrumentation for each blower shall include, as a minimum: 1.Inlet air temperature transmitter, PT1000. 2.Air Filter Differential Pressure transmitter,. 0-5V 3.Discharge Temperature transmitter, PT1000. 4.Discharge air pressure transmitter, 0-5V. 5.The RTD monitoring system shall monitor and display actual winding head temperatures at the Unit Controller Interface. A high temperature (as determined by the blower manufacturer) shall not shut down the blower but gives an alarm. A backup protection shall monitor the cooling flow. The controller shall receive the alarm and the operator interface shall graphically display the RTD signals. The alarm/shutdown shall be displayed until reset. Provide necessary hardware for direct communication between RTD’s, controller, and Operator Interface. 6.Two motor cooling air temperature transmitters PT1000 7.Electrical cubicle temperature monitor PT1000 8.Stage differential pressure 4-20mA 9.Shroud differential pressure 4-20mA E.UNIT CONTROLLER interface (HMI) with plant SCADA System 1.An interface shall be provided between the blower controller, located in the UNIT CONTROLLER, and the existing plant SCADA system. Interface shall be MODBUS / PROFIBUS / Ethernet TCP/IP. 2.The port shall be configured and tested at the factory prior to shipment to the site, and a memory map of the blower controller data shall be provided. 3.The manufacturer shall assist in the coordination and field-testing of the data link between the Blower UNIT CONTROLLER and the Plant SCADA System. 2.10. Unit controller Design and Testing A.The blower unit controller shall be a Allen Bradley PLC or Elektronikon control panel with microprocessor I/O modules, communication interfaces, operator display, power supply and other components required for a complete, functioning blower control system. B.The controller will be fed with one 24VAC [Mk5 controller] / 24VDC [Allen Bradley controller], 3 phase power connection. Enclosure shall contain distribution components, power supplies and transformers, as required to derive power for all instruments and equipment provided as part of the blower package. C.The UNIT CONTROLLER design, construction, and testing shall be completed by the blower manufacturer. D. Provide wire tags on every conductor. Provide slip on or heat shrink sleeve markers. Tags using adhesives are unacceptable. E. All information shall be in English and US units of measure. 2.11. Surface Preparation and Shop Painting A. All carbon steel or iron surfaces shall be prepared; shop primed, and finished painted with a finish coat of epoxy. 2.12. Source Quality Control A. Upon completion of assembly, the blower system shall be functionally tested at the place of assembly, [OPTIONAL] witnessed by representatives of the Owner and a witnessing engineer as specified. Provide 2 weeks’ notice, in writing, for the witnessing of the testing. B. The entire blower system, blow off valve and control panel, shall be tested as an operational system before shipment. Throughout the entire test, filters cannot be removed and doors and/or panels open/taken off to affect performance. The UNIT CONTROLLER shall be connected to all enclosure instruments, electric valves, and appurtenances. All start / stop and running sequences and all safety alarm systems shall be tested. The witnessing engineer shall sign the test procedures and results, certifying that the assembled blowers, auxiliaries, blow off valves, discharge valves, and control panel were tested together, as a system, in the blower manufacturers production test facility. C. The blower shall be performance tested in accordance with [ASME PTC-10 / ASME PTC-13 / ISO 18740 / CAGI PNEUROP BL 300]. All tests shall be conducted as shown on the performance tables contained in these specifications D. A certified calibrated powermeter shall measure the electrical power input to the blower system. Measured power shall include wire to air and include all losses associated with electrical power, including but not limited to the control panel, inverter, line reactor, motor, connecting wires, job filter, and cooling system. E. Discharge pressure shall be guaranteed with no negative tolerance. There shall be no tolerances or measuring uncertainties used in the reporting of the test results (i.e., the test results report + or – zero percent tolerance using measured values). F. All test equipment shall be calibrated and certified by an independent test agency no more than 12 months prior to the test date. Certificates shall show the stability of calibration over a period of at least one year per ISO 9001, Paragraph 4.11. G. The blower test report shall present computations in exact accordance the [ASME PTC-10 / ASME PTC-13 / ISO 18740 / CAGI PNEUROP BL 300] with the performance curves showing capacity, pressure, and horsepower inputs. H. Test results of the blower package shall be included in the operations and maintenance manual. I. Noise Level 1. The blower Manufacturer shall include all necessary provisions for reducing noise to meet the maximum sound pressure level requirements of this section. 2.The maximum noise level at any point at a distance of 3 feet or more from any blower/motor surface shall not exceed [69 dB(A) (ZB 5 VSD +) / 75 dB(A) (ZB 6 VSD +)] with the blower running at any speed, except during startup and shutdown sequences. 3.[OPTIONAL] The noise level shall be measured during the preliminary equipment tests at the factory. PART 3: Execution 3.01. Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling A.All blower equipment shall be enclosed mounted or crated to protect against damage during shipment. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur during the time between shipment and installation. B.Flanges shall be covered and finished surfaces protected of all exposed flanges. C.Shipment is not to be made until the blower manufacturer coordinates shipment to the jobsite with the contractor. D.Equipment shall be stored in strict accordance with blower manufacturer’s instructions. 3.02. Installation A.The blowers, motors, all aeration instrumentation, and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer and as shown on the Drawings. All piping shall be supported so as to preclude the possibility of exerting undue forces and movements on the blower flanges. B.Each blower skid unit shall be mounted on a flat and level concrete pad + or – one degree in accordance with the recommendations of the blower manufacturer. C.The Contractor shall furnish the required piping, pipe supports, flange gaskets, bolts, nuts, and glycol for initial operation in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. D.The Contractor shall furnish required fast acting fuses prior to the blower power input. E.Furnish a certificate stating that the installation of the equipment is satisfactory, that the equipment is ready for operation and that the operating personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation and care of each unit. 3.03. Field Testing A.At a minimum, each blower system shall be field tested for duration not less than 24 hours. 1.Field acceptance tests shall demonstrate that each unit: a.Has not been damaged by transportation or installation. b.Has been properly installed. c.Has no mechanical defect. d.Has fully functional instrumentation that is properly calibrated and set. e.Will start, run, and stop in the prescribed manner. f. Will run through the entire range or specified pressure and flow. g. Has the proper shutdown sequence of standard stop. h. Is free of overheating any parts. i. Is free of objectionable vibration and noise. j. Is free of overloading of any part. k. Is fully integrated with the existing SCADA system such that all operating sequences can be initiated remotely from the [SCADA/Master Blower Control Panel] system, and such that all monitoring data available at the MBCP is also available at the SCADA system [if required]. 2. Field acceptance testing shall be conducted after the installation of all equipment has been completed and all instrumentation calibrated and working as intended and the equipment has operated for a sufficient period to make all desirable corrections and adjustments. Contractor shall schedule testing with the full knowledge and consent of owner. 3.04. Blower Manufacturer Field Services A. Field Services: The blower manufacturer shall furnish experienced start up service personnel to inspect the final installation and supervise the field start up tests of the equipment and software. The services of the representative shall be provided for a minimum of [INSERT # OF DAYS], 8-hour days for the blower system. If there are difficulties in operation of the equipment due to the blower manufacturer’s fabrication and programming additional service shall be provided at no extra cost to the owner. 1. Provide as a minimum, the following field services: Provide written documentation for check out. a. Verify proper connection of piping and installation of accessories. b. Check leveling of blower enclosure. c. Confirm proper wiring of all instruments and field wired items. B. Training Services: The blower manufacturer shall furnish one training session at initial startup. Training must be at the place of installation. The trainer must have complete knowledge of proper blower operation and of the blower and aeration system software programs supplied in this section. Maintenance Schedule ZB inspection visit A visit 4000hrs (1y) B visit 8000hrs (2y) C visit 24000hrs (4y) D visit 48000hrs (8y) 2000* 4000*8000 16000 24000 32000 40000 48000 Activities Visit I* Visit A* Visit B Visit C Visit C Visit G Visit D Visit E 1 Carry out daily check-up (check for leaks, no abnormal noise, ..)x x x x x x x x 2 Check+record all air circuit temperatures and pressures x x x x x x x x 3 Check and record internal cooling water temperature x x x x x x x x 4 Check inlet air filter diff pressure (reading)x x x x x x x x 5 Inspect and clean air/water cooler x x x x x x x 6 Inspect all rubber hoses x x x x x x x 7 Replace air filter x x x x x x 8 Replace filter cartridge motor cooling fans x x x x x x 9 Replace cubicle door filter mats (x) x x x x x x 10 Take service readings (air, water T+P)x x x x x x 11 Check regulation sensors (PDT09, 10) for correct read out x x x x x x 12 Check blow off valve for leaks x x x x x x 13 Visual inspection of the impeller without disassembly x x x x x x 14 Visual inspection of shroud x x x x x x 15 Inspect and replace, if needed, seal gasket air outlet (x) (x) x 16 Inspect outlet compensator from customer. Recommend replacement (if applicable)(x) (x) x 17 Overhaul motor main cooling fan (replace motor, WEG or ABB)x 18 Overhaul discharge check valve/compensator (if applicable; entire valve needs to be replaced)(x) x 19 Replace Motor cooling fans x 20 Replace Grundfoss pump internal seal (x) x 21 Replace Parcool in the system (x) x 22 Replace victaulic coupling elements air circuit x 23 Replace thermostatic valve x 24 Check/Clean/Replace MBC cooling fans if needed -recommended 6y x 25 Check/Clean KEB cooling fans if needed (x) 26 Inspect+clean diffuser plate , if required (x) 27 Clean impeller, if required (x) 28 Inspect shroud+volute, replace if required (x) 29 Inspect flexible hoses, replace as required (x) 30 Inspect sensors and cabling, replace as required (x) ZB 6 VSD+ Service Plan Machine Sn. Serv.Prod Visit Interval (RHRS) ZB 6 VSD+ Model 2019 Page 1/1 *Note: I & A visits to be performed by the customer regularly Verify at least every 4 years or 24k RH if the Check valve and compensator need replacing Service plans account for B, G and D visits only Cubicle filter mat Filter Mat size 289X289. Set of 3 4000 hrs Delivered together with the B kit. To be replaced by the customer Description Comment Interval B visit kit - common Includes:8000 hrs Includes two times the cubicle filters Air filters Description Comment Interval C visit kit - common parts Includes:24000hrs B visit kit (common) DN400 Check valve service kit -if needed. Recommended at 48k Not included in kit, optional feature Description Comment Interval G visit kit - common parts Includes:32000hrs Also known as "C+" service B visit kit (common) Victaulic gasket set Motor cooling fans Air outlet seal gasket Description Comment Interval D visit kit - common parts Includes:40000hrs B visit kit (common) Chose the corresponding coolfan kit WEG cooling fan motor - Air cooled units only ZB6 3kW WEG fan motor 40000hrs Optional: For ABB cooling fan motor - Air cooled units Conversion kit ABB=>Weg motor 40000hrs Description Comment Interval E visit kit - common parts Includes:48000hrs B/C visit kit - common parts Victaulic Air gaskets Thermostatic valve kit Grundfoss Pump seal Air outlet seal gasket Select correct MBC cooling fans: DC-powered MBC cooling fans 48000hrs DN400 Check valve service kit -if needed. Recommended at 48k Includes checkvalve and gasket 48 000hrs Not included in kit, optional feature ANSI Compensator service kit -if needed Includes compensator and gasket 48 000hrs Not included in kit, optional feature PARCool 5L - NOT included in the kit, to be ordered separately 5 Liters each. QTY to order: 3 48 000hrs MAINTENANCE KITS - B / C VISIT (24 000hrs) MAINTENANCE KITS - E VISIT (48 000hrs) MAINTENANCE KITS - B VISIT (8000 hrs) ZB 6 VSD+ SERVICE KITS MAINTENANCE KITS - A VISIT (4000 hrs) MAINTENANCE KITS - G VISIT (32 000hrs) MAINTENANCE KITS - D VISIT (40 000hrs) Page 1/1 1 Tom Giese From:Gatlin Gold <gatlin.gold@atlascopco.com> Sent:Tuesday, January 9, 2024 8:59 AM To:Tom Giese Cc:Rebecca Black; Mike McKamey Subject:Re: Arlington, WA / Atlas Copco Blower Budget Request [Filed 09 Jan 2024 13:01] Categories:Filed by Mail Manager Hi Tom, There is a high degree of variability for master control panels making budgeting for them a quite a wide range. Knowing the communication protocol or if there is a specific PLC requirement can make a big difference regarding pricing, so I'll try to sum it up between a couple of bullet points, and you can let me know, or we can have a call to discuss specific options further. 1. Atlas Copco Optimizer - Budget - $35K a. Industrial computer based blower sequencer b. Standard Atlas Copco product c. 3 modes i. Optimization Mode - Best Efficiency 1. Uses machine profile to decide what is the most efficient combination for a specific total flow. 2. May run more units than necessary to meet flow but will use the least amount of power to do so. ii. Equal Wear Mode iii. Forced Sequence Mode d. Support flow, or pressure control. e. Only able to control Atlas Copco units. f. Requires total flow setpoint from SCADA. g. Requires Atlas Copco CAN Connection to units. h. Can support E/IP, Modbus TCP/IP, and other ethernet protocols to SCADA. i. Thoughts i. Lowest cost ii. Most efficient sequencer on the market iii. Our technicians can program, operate, and diagnose operational discrepancies. iv. Operates in a different manner that takes a little getting used to v. May not include some specific features. vi. Only our technicians can program. j. Digital Brochure: i. Optimizer 4.0 Digital Brochure Antwerp.zip 2. Custom Sequencer - Budget: $50-75K a. PLC based sequencer (PLC brand can be defined) b. Able to support and control other units to the extent of the available information. c. Allows for flow or pressure control. d. Can support native or other communication protocols. e. Lead Lag based on blower capacity not efficiency. You don't often get email from gatlin.gold@atlascopco.com. Learn why this is important 2 i. All savings are based upon the process control strategy of the SCADA. f. Thoughts i. Operates in line with what is specified ii. Can include any specified features. iii. Requires specialized technicians or Rover to diagnose iv. Requires Tuning Best regards, Gatlin Gold Municipal Regional Sales Manager Blowers & Low Pressure Atlas Copco Compressors LLC Address: 15045 Lee Road Houston, TX 77032 Phone: (281)-776-4941 - Mobile: (832)-297-7916 E-mail: gatlin.gold@us.atlascopco.com Visit us at: http://www.atlascopco.com Follow us at: Facebook - Linkedin - Twitter - YouTube - Instagram Due to its brief nature, e-mail often does not accurately represent the disposition of the writer. The desire is to generate messages only with helpful and respectful intent. Please call me directly if any other perception or tone is received. From: Tom Giese <Tom.Giese@bhcconsultants.com> Sent: Thursday, January 4, 2024 6:12 PM To: Gatlin Gold <gatlin.gold@atlascopco.com> Cc: Rebecca Black <rebeccab@beaver-equipment.com>; Mike McKamey <mikem@beaver-equipment.com> Subject: RE: Arlington, WA / Atlas Copco Blower Budget Request Hi Gatlin, I’m working on finishing up our analysis of options for the Arlington blowers and had a few more questions for you. What would be the budgetary cost for adding a master controller unit? Thanks! Tom Giese From: Gatlin Gold <gatlin.gold@atlascopco.com> Sent: Friday, December 15, 2023 2:47 PM To: Tom Giese <Tom.Giese@bhcconsultants.com> Caution: ATTACHMENT C Neuros Turbo Blower Budgetary Proposals Clean Compact Energy-e icient A ordable Technology 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 | Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 www.apg-neuros.com Project Name : City of Arlington WRF, WA Proposal # : 012627-3994 Date : December 20, 2023 Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com Project Name : City of Arlington WRF, WA Proposal # : 012627-3994 Date : December 20, 2023 Dear Mr. Giese, We thank you for your RFQ and are pleased to submit our technical and budget proposal package for the equipment defined below: - One (1) NXM300 Duty blower configuration meeting the flow requirement of 4,940 SCFM and 5,928 SCFM. This document includes: -Technical Proposal with the performance data and performance curves -General Arrangement Drawings of the proposed unit (Louvered and Flanged configuration presented) -Blower Fact Sheet -Budget Proposal with scope of supply -Cooling System -Preventive maintenance -Sample Blower Specification -Suggested Spare Parts List -Suggested Use of the Existing Positive Displacement Blowers -APG-Neuros Standard Aeration and Blower Control Narrative Wishing you good reception, we remain at your disposal for any further information. Sincere greetings, APG-Neuros Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com APG-NEUROS: EXPERIENCE AT YOUR SERVICE Since the success of its first installation in 2006, APG-Neuros has become the market leader in high-speed turbo blowers - 30 to 1500 HP - with air bearings and magnetic bearings. We are proud of our continuous improvements and product innovations based on feedback and analysis of our customers' requirements. We offer, the most proven product with more than 1750 turbo blowers and 16 years of operation in more than 700 wastewater treatment plants, of which more than 30% are return customers in the United States, Canada and Europe. The experience gained since 2006 has led to successfully applied technological improvements, which has led to the very reliable operation of our fleet, some of which have been operating for more than 16 years and achieve a high reliability and availability rate of over 99.7%. APG-Neuros continues to lead the industry by constantly driving and propelling innovation forward through the most technologically advanced products and artificial intelligence aeration control solutions to achieve maximum energy efficiency and operational flexibility for our customers. OUR MISSION APG-Neuros is committed to achieving customer satisfaction by providing quality products and services delivered on time while maintaining a safe environment for our employees in a setting that promotes resource sustainability. APG-Neuros honors its commitments by integrating quality and environmental considerations into the decision-making process. OUR VISION To be recognized as the reference technology company for producing innovative products, including the Turbo Blowers, Turbo Compressors, and other efficient and affordable technology products. OUR VALUES 1.Innovation: We strive for continuous technological development and innovation. We conduct in- house R&D programs to keep innovating and improving our products and services. 2. Integrity: Promote a culture of transparency, continuous improvements and strive for a sustainable business model. 3.Team: Ensure employee empowerment and fulfillment through continued skills development and career advancement. 4.Environment: We strive to limit the impact of our activities and our product on the environment OUR CERTIFICATIONS Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com THE ADVANTAGES OF APG-NEUROS TURBO BLOWERS 1. Sine wave filter: APG-Neuros provides a sine wave filter on all its turbo blowers as standard. The sinusoidal filter reduces the interference constraints of the network on the motor, decreases its sound pressure and thus extends its service life. 2. Harmonic filter: The turbo blower enclosure can include a harmonic filter to minimize the effects of harmonics produced by the VFD (Frequency Inverter) on other equipment in the system. Our harmonic filters installed directly inside the blower enclosure provide space savings and reduce installation cost by eliminating the need for external electrical wiring. 3. Low installation cost: 1. No floor drain required for coolant. 2. No external control panel required. All panels, VFD, harmonic filters (optional), sinusoidal filter, input line contactor/circuit breaker and cooling system are an integral part of the blower package. 3. Easy electrical wiring – only incoming power and communication cable are needed. 4. Single process air outlet pipe from discharge cone included with the package. 5. No need for concrete footings. APG-Neuros blowers have leveling or anchoring feet. 6. Shortened startup time. Estimated at two to four hours per turbo blower if piping and electricity are prepared. 4. Longevity / Reliability APG-Neuros has successful operations in hundreds of wastewater treatment facilities with frequent start/stop cycles and variable discharge pressure (aerobic digesters and sludge retention tanks), demonstrating reliability and rock-solid suitability for these applications. 5. Low maintenance costs: 1. No drive coupling to align. 2. No metal-to-metal contact parts (i.e. no wear) and only one (1) moving part. 3. No oil or lubricant required. No oil removal or change. 4. All parts of the package can be replaced on site. The unit does not need to leave the site for maintenance or repair. Exchanging parts is quick and easy. Our turbo blower is designed for "Condition Based Maintenance (CBM)" and, in contrast with other blower equipment technologies, does not require scheduled periodic maintenance/repair/overhaul for a 25-year life span. It includes remote monitoring and diagnostics and has all the necessary sensors for continuous monitoring and diagnostics. Air filter cleaning/changing is the only maintenance required for APG-Neuros high-speed turbo blowers to ensure continuous operation and optimal performance throughout its lifetime. Depending on the cleanliness of the blower room and influent air, filter cleanings/replacement may be required only once a year. Filter replacement takes approximately 5 minutes per blower and does not require any special tools. The process for completing a filter change is depicted below. Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com 6.Efficiency APG-Neuros produces turbo blowers for intelligent and optimized aeration systems, including artificial intelligence (option) and customized to operate reliably and efficiently with each customer's operating platform, with virtually no planned maintenance requirements. APG-Neuros turbo blowers include an air and closed loop water glycol cooling system that is fully integrated into the enclosure without an external connection. The cooling circuit prevents heat rejection into the blower room, improves the reliability of the blower and thus eliminates the need for an additional cooling or ventilation system and related maintenance costs. However, APG-Neuros can design and supply additional external cooling and internal air conditioning systems within the specific design requirements to meet the needs of the project (in very hot ambient conditions for example). 1.The APG-Neuros turbo blower can operate locally or remotely. Blower settings and control can be sent to SCADA/MCP via Ethernet. 2.No electric starter required. 3.Low noise – no hearing protection required. 4.No inlet channel or inlet plenum required. APG-Neuros filters are an integral part of the turbo blower housing. No external mounting of filters or silencers required. 5.No vibration transmitted to the floor or room. The APG- Neuros has internal vibration isolation mounts on the blower frame. We are always working hard to bring you high efficiency and high-quality product and are confident that you will find our product offering innovative and competitive and we are committed to supporting the detailed design of this project, and we look forward to your favorable review of our proposal. Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com Technical Proposal Application Blower Installation Location Working Fluid Ambient Pressure psia Customer Design Requirements DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 Inlet Pressure 14.30 14.30 14.30 14.30 psia Inlet Temperature 100.0 20.0 100.0 20.0 °F Relative Humidity 40 0 40 0 % Duty Discharge Pressure 9.50 9.50 9.50 9.50 psig System Flow Rate 4,940 4,940 5,928 5,928 SCFM Flow Rate per Blower 4,940 4,940 5,928 5,928 SCFM Blower Units on Duty 1 1 1 1 Units Blower Units Stand By 1 1 1 1 Units Model Rated Motor Output Power HP Power @ Design Condition per Blower 225 189 271 225 bhp Wire-to-Air Power @ Design Condition per Blower 181 151 217 181 kW Maximum Air Flow @ Duty Discharge Pressure per Blower 6,290 6,953 6,290 6,953 SCFM Minimum Air Flow @ Duty Discharge Pressure per Blower 3,061 3,383 3,061 3,383 SCFM Turndown from Maximum to Minimum 51.3%51.3%51.3%51.3%% Discharge Temperature @ Design Condition 204.8 110.8 205.0 110.4 °F Maximum Discharge Pressure 13.39 13.39 13.39 13.39 psig Rise-to-Surge 3.89 3.89 3.89 3.89 psig Note: 14.60 City of Arlington WRF, WA - APG- Neuros Turbo Blower - Performance Data Ambient Conditions Aeration Indoor Air Noise Level : +/- 2dB Wire power figures are reported based on ASME PTC-10 Performance Test Code standard NXM300-C070A 300 APGN Inc. proprietary Information APGN Inc. 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC, J7C-5S4 Tel: 450-939-0799 Fax: 450 939 2115 APGN-PM-FORM-193-E.06 February 20 2019 Blower Length 85 Inches Blower Width 83 Inches Blower Height 93 Inches Weight per Unit 7000 lbs. Blower Inlet Air Entry type Flanged Inlet Flange Size (Optional, if louvered inlet does not apply)20 Inches Discharge Flange Size 14 Inches Maximum Noise Level @ 3 feet 80 dBA Input Voltage/Phase/Frequency 480/3/60 V/Phase/Hz Full Load Amperage 325 Amps City of Arlington WRF, WA - APG- Neuros Turbo Blower - Performance Data Dimensions and Specification APGN Inc. proprietary Information APGN Inc. 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC, J7C-5S4 Tel: 450-939-0799 Fax: 450 939 2115 APGN-PM-FORM-193-E.06 February 20 2019 City of Arlington WRF, WA - APG - Neuros Turbo Blower - Performance Curves 5928 SCFM @ 9.5 psig APGN proprietary Information APGN Inc. 1270 Michele-Bohec, Blainville, QC, J7C-5S4 Tel: 450-939-0799 Fax: 450 939 2115 www.apg-neuros.com APGN-PM-FORM-193-E.06 February 20, 2019 City of Arlington WRF, WA - APG - Neuros Turbo Blower - Performance Curves 5928 SCFM @ 9.5 psig APGN proprietary Information APGN Inc. 1270 Michele-Bohec, Blainville, QC, J7C-5S4 Tel: 450-939-0799 Fax: 450 939 2115 www.apg-neuros.com APGN-PM-FORM-193-E.06 February 20, 2019 Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com General Arrangement Drawings 1277 4'-2 516 " 1017 3'-4" 228 8 1516 " 1291 4'-2 1316 " 0 0" 153 6" 2300 7'-6 916 " 2854 9'-4 38 " 2712 8'-10 34 " 3819 12'-6 516 " 2887 9'-5 58 " 1367 4'-5 1316 " 313 1'0" 1904 6'-2 1516 " 602 1'-11 1116 " 2712 8'-10 34 " 1271 4'-2" 1179 3'-10 38 " 1874 6'-1 34 " 0 0 976 3'-2 716 " 1302 4'-3 14 " 0 0 28 8 7 9' - 5 58 " 15 9 7 5' - 2 78 " 3199 10'-5 1516 " 2599 8'-6 516 " 12 12 " DISCHARGE CONEANSI 14" 150lb RF-FLANGEVERTICAL INLET FLANGEANSI 22", 150 lb FF-FLANGE REVISIONS REV.DESCRIPTION DATE DRAW CH'D APP'D D C B AA B C D 1235678 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SHEET 1 OF 1APGN500E-AF-IFV22-DC14_A-00 TITLE : UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED : APGN INC.1270, Michèle-Bohec, Blainville,Québec, CANADA, J7C 5S4Tel: (450) 939-0799Fax : (450) 939-2115 This drawing is the property of APG-Neuros Inc.Information and know-how hereon are confidentialand may not be reproduced in whole or in partexcept with the written permission of APG-Neuros Inc. PROJECTION ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM FOR : PROJECT NO. CHECKED BY. FILE NAME : DRAWING NO. APPR. BY.B 02-23-2023 DRAWN BY.A. BOR SCALE : 1:40 DWG SIZE : GENERAL ARRANGEMENT NXM300 MAGNETIC BEARING BLOWER ANCHORING FEET - VERTICAL INLET FLANGE REV :00 02-23-2023 4 NOTE 11. MATERIAL : CARBON STEEL2. PAINT : PRIMER PAINTING : POWLAC EY ZINC (Chokwang-Paint), FILM THICKNESS more than 50 μm.3. FINAL PAINTING : POWLAC PE100 LIGHT GRAY TX (FRZ089) (Chokwang-Paint), FILM THICKNESS more than 50 μm.4. LIFTING ONLY FROM LATERAL SIDE OR USE LIFTING SLINGS, NEVER FRONT OR BACK SIDE.5. SYMBOL "" INDICATES CENTER OF GRAVITY6. THE CENTER OF GRAVITY FOR THIS DRAWING IS A NOMINAL VALUE7. MINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR FILTER REMOVAL AND MAINTENANCE: 3.5 FT.8. COOLING SYSTEM : CLOSED LOOP WATER-GLYCOL AND FORCED AIR CONVECTION9. FOR CABLING, REFER TO ELECTRICAL RATING SHOWN ON BLOWER NAMEPLATE10. WEIGHT APPROX.: 7000 lbs. INCLUDES ONLY THE COMPONENTS INSIDE THE BLOWER ENCLOSURE, BLOWER ACCESSORIES (DISCHARGECONE, PNEUMATIC BOV, BOV SILENCER AND CHECK VALVE) ARE NOT INCLUDED. REFERENCE No. MASTER No.- -L.STURZU NOTE 2 1. ISOMETRIC VIEW IS NOT TO SCALE2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN FEET&INCHES3. DUAL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS G-APGN500E230808 1252 4'-1 14 " 956 3'-1 58 " 228 8 1516 " 1291 4'-2 1316 " 0 0" 153 6" 2300 7'-6 916 " 2854 9'-4 38 " 3819 12'-6 516 " 1302 4'-3 14 " 1904 6'-2 1516 " DISCHARGE CONEANSI 14" 150lb RF-FLANGE 1271 4'-2" 1179 3'-10 38 " 1874 6'-1 34 " 1597 5'-2 78 " 976 3'-2 716 " 2599 8'-6 516 " REVISIONS REV.DESCRIPTION DATE DRAW CH'D APP'D D C B AA B C D 1235678 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SHEET 1 OF 1APGN500E-AF-IL-DC14_A-00 TITLE : UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED : APGN INC.1270, Michèle-Bohec, Blainville,Québec, CANADA, J7C 5S4Tel: (450) 939-0799Fax : (450) 939-2115 This drawing is the property of APG-Neuros Inc.Information and know-how hereon are confidentialand may not be reproduced in whole or in partexcept with the written permission of APG-Neuros Inc. PROJECTION ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM FOR : PROJECT NO. CHECKED BY. FILE NAME : DRAWING NO. APPR. BY.B 03-06-2023 DRAWN BY.A. BOR SCALE : 1:40 DWG SIZE : GENERAL ARRANGEMENT NXM300 MAGNETIC BEARING BLOWER ANCHORING FEET - INLET LOUVER REV :00 03-06-2023 4 NOTE 1 1. MATERIAL : CARBON STEEL2. PAINT : PRIMER PAINTING : POWLAC EY ZINC (Chokwang-Paint), FILM THICKNESS more than 50 μm.3. FINAL PAINTING : POWLAC PE100 LIGHT GRAY TX (FRZ089) (Chokwang-Paint), FILM THICKNESS more than 50 μm.4. LIFTING ONLY FROM LATERAL SIDE OR USE LIFTING SLINGS, NEVER FRONT OR BACK SIDE.5. SYMBOL "" INDICATES CENTER OF GRAVITY6. THE CENTER OF GRAVITY FOR THIS DRAWING IS A NOMINAL VALUE7. MINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR FILTER REMOVAL AND MAINTENANCE: 3.5 FT.8. COOLING SYSTEM : CLOSED LOOP WATER-GLYCOL AND FORCED AIR CONVECTION9. FOR CABLING, REFER TO ELECTRICAL RATING SHOWN ON BLOWER NAMEPLATE10. WEIGHT APPROX.: TBD. INCLUDES ONLY THE COMPONENTS INSIDE THE BLOWER ENCLOSURE, BLOWER ACCESSORIES (DISCHARGECONE, PNEUMATIC BOV, BOV SILENCER AND CHECK VALVE) ARE NOT INCLUDED. REFERENCE No. MASTER No.- -L.STURZU NOTE 2 1. ISOMETRIC VIEW IS NOT TO SCALE2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN FEET&INCHES3. DUAL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS G-APGN500E231001 Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com NXM Series Blower Fact Sheet Proprietary information of APGN, Inc. SALES-TECHS-004-ENG - NXM - Revised 08/18/2021 1 up to 40% more energy efficient* 2 excellent reliability with SKF magnetic bearing wide turndown ratio remarkable reduction in energy/ maintenance/installation costs 5 low noise and vibration 6 “plug & play” turbo blower with "all-in- one package" 7 8 user-friendly control system minimal maintenance and downtime *than other blower technologies UP TO 40% Energy Savings OVER 50% Smaller Footprint UP TO Turndown BELOW 85 dBA Low Noise 3 4 NXM SERIES TURBO BLOWER F ACT SHEET NX M SERIES TURBO BLOWER - Performance Data Proprietary information of APGN, Inc. SALES-TECHS-004-ENG - NXM - Revised 08/18/2021 Overview Series NXM Blower Installation Location Indoor/outdoor Working Fluid Air Number of stages Single stage Turbo Blower Design Specifications Design pressure range 4 - 15 psig Design suction flow rate 1300 - 10750 SCFM Operating speed range 12,935 - 33,569 RPM Motor rating (horsepower) 200 - 1000 HP Casing design pressure 284 psig Casing design temperature 572 °F Technical Specifications Bearing Active Magnetic bearing Motor Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor Insulation class Class H Winding temperature class Class F Coupling Direct coupling Motor starter Variable Frequency Drive Harmonic filter Outside or integrated inside the blower enclosure Power supply 380 - 500V, 3 phase, 50/60 Hz * Inlet configuration Louver/flange Discharge configuration Vertical/Cone extension from KS to ANSI Noise < 85 dBA Motor/VFD cooling Water/Air cooling - fully enclosed Product design life 30 years *Medium voltage is available upon request Operating Conditions UL Certifications CSA CE ASME PTC 10 Performance Testing ASME PTC 13 Proprietary information of APGN, Inc. SALES-TECHS-004-ENG - NXM - Revised 08/18/2021 NX M SERIES TURBO BLOWER - Performance Data Controls and Monitoring Control panel PLC based (Allen Bradley, Siemens, Modicon, GE, Mitsubishi) Control method Flow/speed/pressure/dissolved oxygen Integrated pressure sensors Ambient, discharge, filter pressure drop Integrated temperature sensors Suction, discharge, motor, bearing Vibration monitoring Motor vibration sensor Material of Construction Blower casing Aluminum Alloy Impeller Forged aluminum alloy (AL7075) Active Magnetic Bearing Mix of copper, Silicon Steel Lamination Shaft STS Steel Blow-off valve Carbon steel electro pneumatic Blower enclosure Powder coated steel with sound dampening material Blower enclosure skid Structural steel construction with fork lift access ports Electrical components coating IEC 60721-3-3 class 3C3 Conformal Coating NX M SERIES TURBO BLOWER - Performance Data Proprietary information of APGN, Inc. SALES -TECHS -004-ENG - NX M - Revised 08 /1 8/2021 NX M SERIES TURBO BLOWER - Performance Data Proprietary information of APGN, Inc. SALES-TECHS-004-ENG - NX - Revised 02/17/2021 1-866-592-9482 sales@apg-neuros.com www.apg-neuros.com Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com Budget Proposal Item Equipment Item (See Scope for more information)Unit Price (USD)Total Price (USD) NXM300-C070A High Speed Turbo Blower 1 14" Discharge Check Valve 1 14" Discharge Butterfly Valve 1 14" EPDM Discharge Duct Expansion Joint 1 Harmonic Filter - Installed inside the blower enclosure 1 Warranty One (1) Year on Blower equipment 1 FOB Job Site Master Control Panel to control multiple Blowers (APGN Standard Design)1 Not Included 45,000.00$ -$ Not Included -$ -$ $ 304,990.00 Notes Taxes and Duties are Not Included Master Control Panel is based on CompactLogix PLC controlling blowers on Pressure command Items stating "Not Included" or "Optional" will need to be added to the total price if required, item unit price to be multiplied by QTY required City of Arlington WRF, WA - APG - Neuros Turbo Blower - Price & Summary Budgetary Price (U.S. Dollars, 2023 Economy Year) Included 304,990.00$ 1 Proposal Reference# 012627-3994 (See Scope for more information) 304,990.00$ APGN Inc. proprietary Information APGN Inc. 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC, J7C-5S4 Tel: 450-939-0799 Fax: 450 939 2115 www.apg-neuros.com APGN-PM-FORM-193-E.06 February 20, 2019 City of Arlington WRF, WA - APG - Neuros Turbo Blower - Scope of Supply APGN Inc., agrees to sell to the Buyer, the equipment designated as included in this proposal subject to the Seller's General Terms and Conditions of Sales available upon request and special conditions outlined herein in this proposal. 1. Standard Turbo Blower Equipment (Included ) 1.1 Blower Package 1. Blower Core with Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor, Magnetic Bearing and Forged Impeller 2. High Performance Variable Speed Drive / Inverter 3. PLC Based Local Control Panel for Control and Monitoring 4. Sinewave (Sinus) Filter 5. Built In Inlet Air filter 2. Standard Documentation (Included) Submittal Information & Shop Drawings: PDF Electronic File 1. Bill of Material 2. Installation Drawings 3. Electrical and Control Drawings 4. Operation and Maintenance Manual 5. Commissioning Instructions 3. Standard Tests (Included) 1. Standard Blower Package Functional Acceptance Test 2. Unwitnessed Factory Performance Test 3. Witnessed Factory Performance Test to be provided extra upon request. 4. Quality Assurance and Control and Product Certification A. APG-Neuros Quality Assurance program is ISO 9001 certified B. APG-Neuros Turbo Blower is UL / CSA/ CE certified 5. Proposal Validity and Seller Terms and Conditions A. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Sales Agreements, the prices in this proposal are valid for ninety (90) days from the issue date on the cover page. Terms and Conditions available upon request. C. The final selling price is subject to change contingient on final scope APGN Inc. proprietary Information APGN Inc. 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC, J7C-5S4 Tel: 450-939-0799 Fax: 450 939 2115 www.apg-neuros.com APGN-PM-FORM-193-E.06 February 20, 2019 City of Arlington WRF, WA - APG - Neuros Turbo Blower - Scope of Supply 6. Payment Terms: 10% on approval of Purchase Order 10% on issuance of Shop drawings 40% on release for production for material procurement 30% on equipment delivery to site 5% on issuance of preliminary O&M Manual 5% on completion of start-up and acceptance by owner All invoices are to be paid Net 30 days 1.5% Interest charge per month will be added to past due accounts of 45 days and over Letter of Credit listing draw of payments against above deliverables will apply for Sales outside US and Canada. 100 % of invoice amount shall be payable by bank wire transfer without deduction and to be paid Net 30 days after invoice date. Payment shall not be dependent on the buyer being paid by any third parties or equipment acceptance by owner. 7. Delivery Lead time: Submittal package will be provided within 1-2 weeks of acceptance of Order. Shipment will be made 16-20 weeks after approval of Submittals Add Five percent (5%) escalation to Price for each partial or full quarter that shipment is extended beyond one year after order acceptance. APG-Neuros will bill if delivery does not occur within 45 days after completion of production and will store the equipment at no extra charge. 8. Warranty A.Standard Warranty (INCLUDED) One (1) year from commissioning date or Eighteen (18) months from delivery, whichever occurs first. Warranty will begin upon successful completion of start-up and certification for full-scale operation by APG-Neuros, or Six (6) months after shipment, whichever occurs first. Under no circumstances will the warranty begin upon "beneficial use", completion of the project, or acceptance of the equipment as determined by the Engineer or End User. APGN Inc. proprietary Information APGN Inc. 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC, J7C-5S4 Tel: 450-939-0799 Fax: 450 939 2115 www.apg-neuros.com APGN-PM-FORM-193-E.06 February 20, 2019 Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com Cooling System Confidential Information APGN Inc. 1270, Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, Québec J7C 5S4 Tel : (450) 939-0799, www.apg-neuros.com APG-Neuros Turbo Blower Integrated Cooling System Cooling Process Description of Liquid-Cooled Models •Blower inlet Flow Q1 enters the rear inlet filter of the blower. •The air is diverted downward (decreasing the inlet flow velocity) and passes through the heat exchanger (radiator). As the air passes through the heat exchanger, it cools the glycol/water cooling fluid. •The heated air from the heat exchanger is diverted upward into the blower core. •Blower inlet flow Q2 enters the front inlet filter of the blower and passes through the Inverter (VFD). •The heat from the VFD is dissipated into the fresh intake air and diverted towards the blower core. •Both air flows Q1 and Q2 are combined as they are diverted into the blower core and discharge as process air. In conjunction with the forced air convection cooling, the blower is equipped with an internal liquid cooling system. •Coolant fluid (yellow lines) is sent to the blower core (equipped with a water jacket) and the VFD (equipped with cooling channels). •The coolant fluid absorbs the heat generated by the blower core and VFD and is diverted to the heat exchanger (red lines). •The coolant passes through the heat exchanger and is cooled by the inlet flow Q1. •No heat is exhausted or dissipated to the blower room. No additional piping is required to exhaust heat away from the blower. Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com Preventive maintenance Confidential Information APG – Neuros 1270, Michele-Bohec Blainville, Québec, Canada, J7C 5S4 Tel : (450) 939-0799, www.apg-neuros.com APG-Neuros blower advantages over all other manufacturers is that our machine does not re- quire any major periodic maintenance/repair/overhauling for a 25-year life span. We recommend “condition-based maintenance (CBM)” as our blower has all the sensors and measuring equip- ment required for continuous monitoring and data collection. Cleaning / changing air filters and water coolant is the only required maintenance of APG -Neuros High Speed Turbo Blowers to ensure continuous operation and optimum performance for its life span. This section explains the recommended maintenance schedule along with a brief description and graphics showing the simplicity of servicing our High Speed Turbo Blower on-site without the requirement of a manufacturer trained personnel to perform these tasks. Recommended Maintenance Schedule Daily or Before each Operation Check the filter pressure drop while the blower is running. Clean or replace the inlet filter before filter pressure drop reaches 0.2 psi (as per differential pressure reading from blower's HMI) Check for unusual noise and vibration Ensure area around the blower is free from debris, flammable or ex- plosive materials As Required It is recommended that the inlet filter is inspected on an appointed date such as the 1st day of each month The touch screen control panel cannot be operated if the filter con- tains a lot of dust Inspect inlet filter element and clean or replace as necessary Confidential Information APG – Neuros 1270, Michele-Bohec Blainville, Québec, Canada, J7C 5S4 Tel : (450) 939-0799, www.apg-neuros.com ➢ Filter Replacement Depending on the cleanliness of the blower room and influent air, filter cleanings/replacement may be required only once a year. Filter replacement takes approximately 5 minutes per blower and does not require any special tools. The process for completing a filter change is d epicted in the following figure. Confidential Information APG – Neuros 1270, Michele-Bohec Blainville, Québec, Canada, J7C 5S4 Tel : (450) 939-0799, www.apg-neuros.com ➢Cooling Fluid Replenishment APG-Neuros High Speed Turbo Blower Models NX200 (200 hp) and above utilize a combination of forced air convection and closed loop water/glycol cooling system. The water glycol fluid should be kept at a certain fluid level to ensure proper component cooling. In addition, the cool- ing tank should be purged every 2 years with full coolant replacement. Cooling fluid replacement takes approximately 10 minutes per blower while cooling fluid replenishment takes approxi- mately 2 minutes per blower. Both activities do not require any special tools. The process for replenishing and replacing the coolant is depict ed in the following figure. Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com Sample Blower Specification SECTION 11370 - PAGE 1 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER SECTION 11370 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Work Included: Furnish, and test, Quantity xxx (x) CSA/UL/CE Listed, factory assembled high speed, Magnetic bearing, single core turbo blower systems. The packaged blower systems shall be complete, including sound enclosure, motors, variable frequency drives, control panels, programmable logic controllers, inlet air filter/silencers, blow-off valves, check valves, discharge valves, flexible connectors and other appurtenances as shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and operational blower system. Nuts, bolts, pipe spools & elbows, washers, lock-washers and gaskets needed to install the loose appurtenances are not part of the scope of supply. B.Blowers shall be complete pre-packaged units consisting of Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motors, integrated air filters, variable speed drive, magnetic bearing controller and PLC (programmable logic controller) based Local Control Panel. C.The equipment shall be furnished by a single MANUFACTURER. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.The system shall include factory assembled single core high speed turbo blowers with integral variable frequency drives and programmable logic controllers in a complete package that does not require lubrication of the bearings for operation. B.All equipment including controls and drives specified herein shall be specifically designed for this service and the environment encountered in this installation. C.Equipment shall be designed and capable of either continuous or intermittent operation. D.All equipment, supports, anchors and fasteners shall be of adequate strength to withstand loads associated with starting, turbulence, thrusts, thermal expansion and contraction and other loads encountered under normal operating conditions. E.The equipment, sizes, materials and arrangements described in this specification section are based on recommendations by equipment MANUFACTURERs and shall be considered minimum limits of acceptability. The equipment MANUFACTURER shall be responsible for design, arrangement and performance of all equipment supplied under this section. Arrangements other than those shown on Drawings shall be subject to the ENGINEER'S approval. SECTION 11370 - PAGE 2 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles and finishes for each component. B. Shop Drawings: Provide plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components and location and size of each field connection. 2. MANUFACTURER and model number of all equipment within this specification and an itemized list of components being furnished. 3. Layout drawings and equipment cut sheets showing dimensions, clearances, sizes, arrangement and size of connections, supports, anchors and total weights of the product. 4. Detailed specifications and data describing the materials of construction. 5. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal and control wiring diagrams, including terminals and numbers. 6. Motor requirements in accordance with applicable motor specification section. 7. Equipment weights and lifting points. C. Information Submittals: 1. Factory functional and motor performance test reports. 2. Special shipping, storage and protection and handling instructions. 3. MANUFACTURER’s instructions for installation. 4. MANUFACTURER’s equipment installation report. 5. Location of nearest stocking distributor for spare parts. 6. Recommended spare parts list to maintain the equipment in service for a period of three years. Include a list of special tools required for checking, testing, parts replacement and maintenance with current pricing information. 7. List special tools, materials and supplies furnished with equipment for use prior to and during start-up and for future maintenance. 8. Warranty certificate. D. Performance Data: Blower certified past performance test reports for each blower (as outlined later in this specification) and including, but not limited to, certified blower curves showing pressure, capacity, horsepower demand and blower efficiency over the entire operating range of the blower. The equipment MANUFACTURER shall also indicate separately the pressure, capacity, horsepower demand and efficiency required at the design point(s). E. Submit complete instruction manual for operation and maintenance of the equipment in accordance with this section. Include the following data: 1. Alignment, adjustment, and repair instructions. 2. MANUFACTURER’S installation and operation instructions. 3. Assembly diagrams. 4. Troubleshooting guide. 5. Recommended spare parts lists and predicted life of parts subject to wear. 6. Scheduled maintenance intervals. 7. MANUFACTURER’s service plans. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The packaged blower systems, including blower, motors, controls and all appurtenances to form an integrated system, shall be supplied by one SECTION 11370 - PAGE 3 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER MANUFACTURER who shall provide all the equipment and appurtenances regardless of MANUFACTURER. B. MANUFACTURER Qualifications: 1. MANUFACTURER shall be experienced in manufacturing high speed turbo blowers similar to those indicated for this Project and have a record of over Ten (10) years successful in-service performance in Canada and/or USA for similar municipal wastewater treatment applications. 2. MANUFACTURER must have similar blowers permanently installed and operational in at least sixty (60) wastewater treatment facilities in North America. Twenty (20) of these facilities must be similar in design to what is specified. 3. MANUFACTURER shall be responsible for supply and single-source integration responsibility for the Blowers Master Control Panel (MCP) and blower local control panels as specified herein. 4. MANUFACTURER shall demonstrate prior to the bid date a minimum of Five (5) years’ experience providing integrating, installing, and starting up similar systems as required for this Project including aeration blower dissolved oxygen control systems and shall submit a reference list complete with contact names and telephone numbers for at least Ten (10) installations with dissolved oxygen control systems which have been operating for 5 years. 5. MANUFACTURER shall have a history of manufacturing, providing and servicing this equipment for at least five (5) years in North America. 6. A list of similar installations shall be furnished, to show conformance with article 1.4 B.1 to B.3, with the MANUFACTURER’s bid as well as with the shop drawing submittal, including names and telephone numbers of contacts. 7. MANUFACTURER shall have a domestic service facility and factory personnel located within four hours of driving time. 8. C. Installer Qualifications: A MANUFACTURER authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units is required for this Project. D. Acceptable MANUFACTURERs: 1. Basis of Bid a. APG-Neuros 2. Engineer Approved Equal: All MANUFACTURERs must submit with their bids an evaluated bid package which consists of submitting information listed in Paragraphs 1.3.A, B, C, D and 1.4.B. The ENGINEER and/or CONTRACTOR shall evaluate and approve the MANUFACTURER’s compliancy to the specification. NO ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS WILL BE ALLOWED UNLESS LISTED BY NAME IN THIS SPECIFICATION OR IN AN ADDENDUM AND NO ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS WILL BE CONSIDERED AFTER BID OPENING NOR WILL THEY BE ALLOWED ON THE PROJECT. 3. A named MANUFACTURER other than the Basis of Bid does not imply that their product meets the specification. The cost of redesign and modifications to the structure to fit the Alternate blowers will be borne by the Contractor. E. Work shown on the drawings is based on APG-Neuros blowers. If an alternate MANUFACTURER is allowed, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to perform any required redesign and coordination associated with, but not limited to, mechanical equipment layout, electrical wiring, conduit and controls and structural/architectural SECTION 11370 - PAGE 4 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER work at no additional cost to the Owner. The proposed redesign shall be subject to review and approval of the Engineer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. The equipment, material and spare parts shall be shipped complete except where partial disassembly is required by transportation regulations or for the protection of components. B. Spare parts shall be packed in containers bearing labels clearly designating contents and pieces of equipment for which they are intended. C. The CONTRACTOR shall unload, store and safeguard equipment, materials and spare parts in accordance with the MANUFACTURER’s instructions. 1.6 WARRANTY A. MANUFACTURER shall provide an equipment warranty in the Owner’s name for a XXX (X) year period from substantial completion of the blower equipment, not to exceed XXXX (XX) months from delivery, whichever occurs first. B. Blowers warranty shall cover all material provided by the MANUFACTURER for the project for the period required in paragraph A including core, VFD, valves, harmonic filters, transformers and external control panels. Blower warranty offering a coverage period other than what is specified herein will not be accepted. C. Blower MANUFACTURER shall include a maintenance service contract for the duration of the warranty. Maintenance service contract shall account for bi-annual visits to the owner’s facility for blower maintenance, inspection, implementation of upgrades and refresher training of the staff performed by the MANUFACTURERS certified technician. D. Each Blower shall have built in provisions for remote access via VPN or cellular communication for MANUFACTURER to remotely monitor blower operation, troubleshoot and apply upgrades. The owner shall enroll the equipment in the blower MANUFACTURERs remote technical support program during the warranty period. 1.7 SPARE PARTS A. Furnish the following recommended spare parts with the blowers: 1. One (1) Set of inlet air filters per blower B. Furnish one set of special tools required for complete assembly or disassembly of blower system components for each type or size of blower specified, together with a storage box (or boxes) for the same. This tool kit shall be sufficiently complete to permit normal repair and maintenance of all equipment furnished under this project. PART 2 - EQUIPMENT 2.1 EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE A. Aeration Blowers shall meet the following design conditions. Blowers will be evaluated based on the data in the table below. Guaranteed wire power table must be supplied with the bid. Failure to complete and submit guaranteed wire power table with the bid will result in immediate rejection. SECTION 11370 - PAGE 5 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER Method of Operation continuous, Design Ambient Barometric Pressure (PSIA) XXX Design Site Elevation (FASL) XXX Design Maximum Inlet Air Temperature (ºF) and Relative Humidity (%)XXºF / XX% Design Minimum Inlet Air Temperature (ºF) and Relative Humidity (%) XXºF / XX% Design Discharge Pressure (PSIG) XXX System Design Maximum Flow at Maximum Inlet Air Temperature and Design Discharge Pressure (SCFM) XXX System Design Minimum Flow at Minimum Inlet Air Temperature and Design Discharge Pressure (SCFM) XXX Design Blower Flow Rate (SCFM) XXX Discharge Flange Size (ANSI 150 lb.) (in) XXX Maximum Power Consumption (wire to air) at Design Blower Capacity at maximum temperature and Relative Humidity conditions (kW) XXX VFD-Rated Maximum Motor Horsepower (bhp) XXX Available Power Voltage 480 Available Power Phase 3 phase Maximum Noise at 3 Feet 80 ± 2 dBa Allowable vibration level < 4 mm/sec B.Blowers will be evaluated based on the data in Table 1. Guaranteed wire power Table 1 must be supplied with the bid. Failure to complete and submit guaranteed wire power table with the bid will result in immediate rejection. Table 1. Guaranteed Wire To Air Power Design Points Number Of Blowers Operating Blower Airflow Rate System Airflow Discharge Pressure Inlet Temperature Inlet Pressure Relative Humidity Wire to Air System Wire to Air SCFM SCFM PSIG Deg. F PSIA % kW kW 1 2 SECTION 11370 - PAGE 6 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER 3 4 Note: Performance data is based on ASME PTC 10 Type 2 test. 2.2 GENERAL A. Blowers shall have Magnetic bearings and shall not require oils or lubricants for adequate operation. B. Blowers shall be capable of variable speed operation with a minimum turndown of fifty percent (50%) from its maximum flow capacity and shall use integral variable frequency drives. Each blower shall be capable of operating continuously and satisfactorily at any point between the minimum and maximum flows without any surge, vibration, hunting, or excessive heating of bearings or motor. C. Blowers shall be designed to operate with MANUFACTURER’s supplied Master Control Panel in order to maximize overall system efficiency. D. Complete blower packages shall be UL & CSA Listed, with no exception. UL & CSA Listing nameplate to be on package exterior. UL & CSA listing must be for the complete package. E. Blowers shall be factory tested per ASME PTC-10 Type 2 Performance test to verify flow and wire power at design conditions as well as blower maximum conditions. The acceptance criteria are 4% tolerances on flow. F. Neither special foundations nor anchoring shall be required for installation. G. All elastomeric materials for couplings, valves, etc., shall be rated for a minimum 250° F temperature. 2.3 HIGH SPEED BLOWERS A. Each blower shall be designed to maintain a minimum rise-to-surge of 3.0 psig at the maximum flow point and design pressure. B. Blower impellers shall be a single-stage backswept blade high efficiency configuration designed using Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) milled from forged aluminum alloy Type 7075 (cast impellers are not permitted), with first critical speed at least 120 percent of the maximum allowable operating speed. The impeller shall be mounted directly to the motor shaft and shall be dynamically balanced. The use of dual impellers is not permitted. C. Bearings shall be sized for a minimum of expected ten (10) years between scheduled overhauls or inspections. D. Each blower shall be supplied with a sound enclosure covering the entire blower package. The sound enclosure shall be designed for easy inspection and maintenance of all blower package components. Quick release panels shall provide easy and quick access for routine maintenance of the blower and the package components. E. The currently designed blower system layout is based on blowers that do not require separate exhaust connections for ventilation of cooling air. Blowers shall not allow heat caused by motor or electrical cooling to be exhausted into the blower room. Blower and integral VFD shall not require any external cooling devices such as cooling fans, ducting, or external glycol cooling. SECTION 11370 - PAGE 7 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER F. The Blower shall be cooled by forced air convection and an internal closed loop water glycol system. No external cooling provisions shall be permitted. G. Integrated blower instrumentation, magnetic bearing controller and PLC programming shall enable measurement and display of shaft vibration, and temperatures in the motor windings and bearings. H. Each blower shall be supplied with blower core built in vibration isolating mounts. The blower MANUFACTURER shall be responsible for demonstrating the vibration of the blower core below the 4 mm/s design limit. I. Each blower shall be supplied with a discharge cone that will be designed to reduce discharge flow speeds below 82 feet/sec, to minimize discharge piping noise and losses, and increase overall efficiency. 2.4 APPURTENANCES A. Each blower shall be supplied with one (1) X” EPDM expansion joints to be installed on the discharge piping prior to the main air header to mitigate the transmission of vibration to the discharge piping and allow for thermal expansion of the discharge components. The flexible connector shall be suitable for the maximum operating discharge flow temperature and pressure. B. Each blower shall be supplied with one (1) X” wafer style, dual plate check valves that shall be installed on the discharge cones. Check valves shall be of iron body with aluminum internals and silicon seat. C. Each blower shall be supplied with one (1) X” manually operated discharge isolation valves. Valve shall be lug type with iron body, 316 stainless steel disc, 416 stainless steel stem, and viton seat. D. Each blower shall be equipped with an integrated electro-pneumatic blow-off valve actuated by blower pressure and an open/closed status signal is available through the blower PLC. E. The blow-off valve discharge shall be supplied with a properly sized blow-off silencer for discharge noise levels not to exceed 90 dBa at 5 feet from blower at HMI height. F. Each blower shall be provided with an integrated combination intake filter/silencer system. Intake filter/silencer performance losses shall be included by the blower vendor in the blower performance calculation. The intake filter/silencer system shall be integrated into the overall blower enclosure. G. Integrated blower dual filtration shall be comprised of a corse pre-filter and a fine pleated filter media with 90% by weight per ASHRAE 52-76 with an 98% efficiency @ 10 microns (nom). Filter element shall be removable without disconnecting the inlet duct and shall be cleanable by maintenance personnel as a preventative maintenance procedure. H. Each blower shall be equipped with the following MANUFACTURER’s integrated instrumentation and display on blower HMI. 1. Inlet differential pressure sensors for filter monitoring 2. Discharge differential pressure sensor 3. Inlet and discharge temperature sensors 4. Bearing temperature sensor 5. Motor temperature sensor 6. Ambient pressure transducer SECTION 11370 - PAGE 8 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER 2.5 MOTORS A. Each blower shall be supplied with a high speed Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor (PMSM) operating ~320V ph-ph input power to the VFD. Induction or Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motors shall not be acceptable. B. The maximum allowable motor horsepower shall be as specified in paragraph 2.1 Equipment Performance. C. The MANUFACTURER is to provide a phase monitoring device to quickly open the blow off valve to protect the blower against potential surge conditions if there is an incorrect phase sequence, a failure of one of three phases , or a voltage drop below 80% of the nominal value. 2.6 INVERTER/VFD A. Each blower shall be equipped with a high efficiency UL listed VFD (Variable Frequency Drive) with 97% efficiency at full rated motor speed and power. VFD MANUFACTURER shall be Vacon. Proprietary or Non UL listed VFDs shall not be accepted. If the blower MANUFACTURER does not use a VFD manufactured by a reputable frequency drive manufacturer in the USA or Canada, a design change must be made to accommodate it. No Substitutions or equal permitted. B. Each VFD shall have an operation in the USA for manufacturing, support and provision of replacement parts. C. Each VFD shall be supplied with a passive harmonic filter that reduces the THD (Total Harmonic Distortion) in compliance with IEEE 519 rating. The harmonic filters shall have built-in line input reactors and be supplied by MTE or MANUFACTURER approved equal. Harmonic filter shall be mounted inside the blower enclosure. No externally mounted harmonic filter will be permitted. D. Each VFD shall have a sinusoidal filter on its output consisting of an L (inductor) and C (capacitor) filter. 2.7 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION A. General 1. All components in the control panel shall be completely factory wired and shall include all necessary controls for both the manual/local and automatic/remote operation as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. 2. The incoming power provided to the panel shall be 480 volt, 3 phases. A suitable thermal-magnetic main circuit breaker sized no less than 125% greater than the connected load shall be provided along with all transformers, relays, etc. necessary to make the panel fully functional. Surge protective devices (SPD) shall be provided to protect the electrical and control components from excessive voltage and current: Type 1 SPD to protect the 480V loads (VFD) and Type 2 SPD to protect the 120V loads (PLC controller box). The SPD locations shall be strategically selected to have surge immunity and the MCOV shall be not less than 115% of nominal voltage. 3. Wiring shall comply with UL/CSA and the Canadian National Electrical Code. 4. All electrical connections to external devices and equipment shall be provided by the Contractor. 5. Equipment and controls furnished by other MANUFACTURERs shall be provided in accordance with their instructions, where applicable. SECTION 11370 - PAGE 9 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER 6. The blower shall have an Allen Bradley CompactLogix for operation, adjustment and monitoring. If the blower MANUFACTURER does not use a PLC based control system in the blower package, a design change must be implemented to accommodate it. No similar or equal shall be accepted. 7.The system shall have an Allen-Bradley PanelView Plus 7 HMI touchscreen B.Miscellaneous electrical devices 1.A 120 VAC to 24 VDC power supply shall be provided to power the programmable controller inputs and other 24 VDC powered devices. The power supply shall be properly sized for the LCP (local control panel) total load. 2.Provide noise filter to provide clean, noise-free power to programmable controllers. C.Operator Interface: Provide the following indicators on the operator interface: 1.Blower Status (RUN/STOPPED) 2.Operator Mode Selection 3.System pressure display 4.Blower Local / Remote Control 5.Blower Speed Indication Status 6.Blower Run Times (hours) 7.Blower Amp Draw (amps) 8.System Pressure 9.System Flow D.Operator interface device 1.The device shall include the following displays: a.History: displays history of sequential alarms with date and time of occurrence. b.Status: One-touch access to display current system operating status. When the system is running, the display shall show the set point pressure, actual pressure, flow and speed (0-100%). c.Alarm Information: Last alarms recorded in memory are displayed with related detailed information on the alarm including time of occurrence, date, and blower’s main operating parameters at the time of alarm and how to correct the alarm condition. Each log shall include individual blower run status, VFD mode, flow and alarm type. d.Alarm List: One-touch access to an Alarm List of all possible alarms and their current status. e.Daily Log/Total: Displays the individual equipment run times and run times since last reset. f.Scroll Key: Used to scroll up and down through data. 2.Provide Setup Menu system for adjusting all alarm set points, dead band, delays, etc. Display and adjust flow and pressure set points and time delays. Set equipment alternation to manual or automatic. Set the hour of the day for automatic alternation. Restore all factory defaults. Protect adjustable settings with a password. E.Alarm systems 1.Local indication of alarm conditions shall be provided on the face of the control panel via a general amber alarm light. Specific alarm messages shall be provided on the operator interface screen. 2.All alarm conditions shall be displayed at the operator PanelView Plus 7 HMI terminal and shall provide output capability to display all alarm conditions at future SCADA system. No other similar or equal HMI will be acceptable. SECTION 11370 - PAGE 10 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER F. SCADA System 1. The following outputs shall be provided to the plant PLC and SCADA system via Ethernet/IP communication. a. All alarms b. All equipment status (On/Off, In Remote/Not in Remote, Off) c. All parameters displayed at the operator interface (blower PLC) d. Motor speed e. Airflow f. Discharge pressure g. Blower run: output h. Blower stop: output i. Blower fault: output j. Remote on: output, enabled when touch screen is placed in remote 2. The following inputs shall be provided from the plant PLC and SCADA system a. Remote Command: 4-20 mA input for remote control of blower speed b. Remote start: input c. Remote stop: input G. System Function 1. Each blower LCP shall consist of a PLC-based control system physically located inside the blower enclosure with the following: a. True Programmable Logic Controller: 1) Allen Bradley CompactLogix LC with Multifunctional Panelview Plus7 touch screen display capability. If the blower MANUFACTURER does not use a PLC based control system in the blower package, a design change must be made to accommodate it. No substitution or equal permitted. 2) The PLC shall provide local and remote control, monitoring, and diagnostic capability. b. Blower controls shall provide real time monitoring of discharge pressure vs. suction air flow graph indicating current operating point and boundaries. c. Each blower shall have the ability to be controlled in four different modes. 1) Speed (blower functions independently on speed control) 2) Pressure 3) Flow 4) Dissolved Oxygen d. The blower PLC shall have a minimum of 4 operating methods. 1) Local control 2) TCP/IP control 3) Remote Terminal Block control 4) Remote Terminal Block start/stop & Touch screen mode e. Each blower PLC shall allow the blower to automatically restart, when operating in Terminal Block Mode, in the event of a power failure. The blower PLC shall automatically reset all faults and alarms in the PLC and restart the blower. f. Each blower LCP shall perform dynamic speed changes when the blower operating point approaches the surge boundary. The PLC automatically increases the speed of the blower such that surge is avoided and the blower BOV is not engaged. g. Each blower LCP shall automatically perform dynamic adjustments to the blower operating range during seasonal ambient temperature variations SECTION 11370 - PAGE 11 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER such that attainable maximum and minimum flow is always optimized. Dynamic adjustments shall not expose the blower to surge. h.Each Blower PLC shall be capable of time control blower synchronization based on pre-set, user defined settings for flow and speed. The user shall define pre-set operating schedule in the blower PLC. The blower PLC shall allow for a minimum of 6 daily set points for time control ability. i.Each Blower shall have built in provisions for remote access via VPN or cellular communication for the blower MANUFACTURER to monitor operation and troubleshoot remotely. j.The blower PLC shall allow for alternating operating schedules such that the service hours per blower is either 2:1, 3:1, 4:1 or 5:1 with respect to the standby unit. Ratio Alternation function permits the owner to balance the run time of all blowers or stagger the hours of use to facilitate maintenance scheduling. k.Blower PLC controls shall include intuitive, user friendly fault menus for ease of monitoring diagnostics and troubleshooting. l.Each blower shall include built in automatic surge protection. m.Blower controls shall include built in measurement or calculation for the following parameters: 1)Flow (calculated) 2) Speed (calculated) 3) Vibration 4) Temperature (inlet and discharge air, motor, bearing) 5) Pressure n.The blower PLC shall be accessible through a touch screen control panel and shall control the blow-off valve for each blower. o.All integrated controls shall be enclosed in a sub-panel located inside the blower enclosure. p.Turbo Blower PLC shall be capable for communication through Ethernet /IP communication protocol. 2.8 SHOP PAINTING A.The blower enclosure shall be painted in MANUFACTURER's standard color. Painted carbon steel enclosures shall be Zinc primed and dual powder coated with a total dry film thickness of 4 mils dft. 2.9 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTS A.All equipment shall be factory tested in accordance with a pre-approved Test Procedure by the Engineer during submittals approval. B.Tests shall be performed on the actual assembled unit being supplied for this project. Prototype model tests and calculated values based on previous model testing will not be acceptable. 1.Functional Package Test: Blower(s) shall be given a factory mechanical test to assure mechanical integrity. If the test indicates that adjustments are necessary to ensure conformance with specifications, such adjustments shall be made prior to shipment. Unless otherwise specified, a certified report of a mechanical test of each blower furnished shall be provided. The mechanical test shall consist of operating the units at or near design conditions for a minimum of one (1)hour. Test data shall include duration of the test, bearing temperatures, speed, brake horsepower, pressure and temperature rise and vibration level. SECTION 11370 - PAGE 12 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER 2. Performance Test: A certified report of a performance test of the blowers furnished shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. The performance test shall be performed in accordance with the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME-PTC10-1997 (TYPE 2) Power Test Code for Displacement Compressors, Vacuum Pumps and Blowers and shall demonstrate the durability with the applicable performance criteria specified. C. In the event the blower fails to meet the performance requirements specified, the Engineer shall have the right to require the MANUFACTURER to modify or replace the blower to meet the performance requirements specified. D. Any subsequent tests as may be necessary to ensure compliance with these Specifications shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Performance tests shall cover the design points 1, 2, 3 and 4 contained in paragraph 2.1.B – Table 1 of this specification. Any additional test points requested beyond these points can be provided at the additional cost of $1300 USD per test point, for a maximum of three additional test points. F. The MANUFACTURER/Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Owner at least 30 days prior to conducting the factory acceptance tests. The contractor, owner, and engineer shall confirm their decision and/or acceptance of the proposed date within five (5) days of receipt of the MANUFACTURER’s notification. G. The MANUFACTURER shall complete production and acceptance testing of the product on a schedule pre-agreed to with the owner and contractor. Should there be a delay of more than fifteen (15) days for the owner and/or contractor to take delivery, the MANUFACTURER shall invoice the amount allocated for delivery on the order and store the product on their premises until delivery is approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install and adjust equipment in accordance with the Drawings, approved shop drawings and the MANUFACTURER's instructions. Do not operate the equipment until the installation is approved by the MANUFACTURER’s representative. B. ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION 1. Do not drill, cut or weld any component to the blower enclosure or accessories. Only bolted connections will be allowed in the field. 2. MANUFACTURER to certify installation readiness prior to start-up for conformance to MANUFACTURER's instructions. C. MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES: 1. Provide the services of a qualified, factory-trained representative of the MANUFACTURER for review of each part of the installation before approval. The contractor shall provide a firm date for the required services with a minimum of four (4) weeks advanced notice. Any changes to this date will result in a penalty of $1500 USD and the negotiation of a new date. 2. Hold a Pre-Start-Up meeting with the MANUFACTURER to verify proper blower installation, Start-Up procedure and operating conditions. 3. Each day shall consists of eight (8) hours at the project site excluding travel time and breaks. Provide services at no additional cost to the OWNER. a. Equipment installation review – One (1) day in one (1) trip b. Training of OWNER’s personnel – One (1) day in one (1) trip SECTION 11370 - PAGE 13 OF 13 HIGH SPEED TURBO BLOWER c. Operation review (6 months later) – Two (2) days in one (1) trip d. Aeration System Start-up and optimization - Ten (10) days in five (5) trips 4. Prior to equipment start-up, the CONTRACTOR, with the assistance of the MANUFACTURER’s representative, shall re-inspect all equipment for proper assembly, installation, and calibration: a. All components shall operate without alarms or shut downs, except as intended, for eight consecutive hours. b. Equipment shall operate through the design performance range consistent with available flows. Adjust, balance, calibrate and verify that the equipment, safety devices, controls and process system operate within the design conditions. END OF SECTION Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com Suggested Spare Parts List Section Description Qty/blower Mechanical Air filter set Front filter (1 unit) Front pre‐filter (2 units) Rear filter (2 unit) Rear pre‐filter (4 units) 1 Recommended Spare Parts List For one (1) year of operation Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com Suggested Use of the Existing Positive Displacement Blowers Confidential Information APG – Neuros 1270, Michele‐Bohec Blainville, Québec, Canada, J7C 5S4 Tel : (450) 939‐0799, www.apg‐neuros.com December 20, 2023 Reference: Arlington Turbo Blower Budgetary Request Subject: Suggested Use of the Existing Positive Displacement Blowers APGN recommends always running the Turbo Blower as Primary Air Flow and using the PD blowers as backup to meet the system demand. The sequencing of Blower Technology should be discussed before startup to ensure a safe transition between High Speed Blowers and Positive Displacement Blowers when system demands are at their lowest and highest. APG-Neuros Proposal Department Confidential APGN inc. (dba APG-Neuros) 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, QC J7C5S4 Toll-free: 1-855-423-2746 Website : www.apg-neuros.com APG-Neuros Standard Aeration and Blower Control Narrative APG-Neuros Corporation 160, Banker Road, Plattsburgh, NY 12901 Tel.: 518 324-4150 / 1 877 717-4150 Fax: 518 324-4155 Web site: www.apg-neuros.com Standard Aeration and Blower Control Narrative 1. Local Control Panel 1.1. General Each LCP will be enclosed within each blower enclosure. The LCP will have a Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) housed within it and an operator interface (HMI) touch screen accessible from the outside of the blower enclosure. In addition to the HMI the control panel face will also include local controls for operation in local mode. These controls include three push buttons: Start, Stop, and Reset. Each push button is also lighted for running, stopping and fault respectively. Each control panel also has a lighted power switch and maintained Emergency Stop. The LCP also provides all the local interlocks, surge control, power control, speed control, VFD speed control and alarming for the associated blower. The LCP shall control the startup and shutdown sequences of each blower associated with it. If the blower fails for any reason, operator intervention will be required to clear the failed status and restart the blower. The following sections will detail the control methods available to the operator for local or remote control, as well as the different control modes available to establish the blower speed. Please note the distinction between control methods and control modes: the term “control method” refers to the options available to the end-user in term of remote of local control. The term “control mode” refers to the control methodology selected to establish the blower speed. 1.1.1. Control Method Four control methods can be selected by the operator at the LCP: 1) Local 2) Network (TCP/IP) 3) Partial Remote Terminal Block (Remote TB/TS) 4) Full Remote Terminal Block (Remote TB). With each control method, the LCP will report to the MCP it’s associated blower’s statuses, limits, operating conditions, control mode, control method, surge mode, total run hours, current run hours, Elapsed Run Time hours shall be totaled in the LCP. 1.1.2. Local method In local control the blower is fully controlled via the LCP HMI for incremental command, and the start and stop pushbuttons. APG-Neuros Corporation 160, Banker Road, Plattsburgh, NY 12901 Tel.: 518 324-4150 / 1 877 717-4150 Fax: 518 324-4155 Web site: www.apg-neuros.com 1.1.3. Network (TCP/IP) method In Network mode, the local start and stop pushbuttons are disabled and the speed command, start, and stop commands are issued over the network connection from the MCP (Ethernet/IP as standard). When controlled remotely by the MCP via Ethernet communications, the blower needs to be set in Constant Speed control mode (see below). In this mode a communications watchdog has to be programmed both on the MCP and the LCP. If communication between the MCP and LCP is lost, the LCP can be configured to continue operation at the last known percent command, or to shut down after a pre-set duration. The default programming shall be to maintain the last known speed. 1.1.4. Remote TB/TS method This third method is the remote terminal block and touchscreen for speed control, or Remote TB/TS. The start and stop commands are issued over a hardwired connection to the blower’s terminal block, and the blower speed command is set locally at the blower’s HMI by the operator. 1.1.5. Remote TB method The fourth method is the remote terminal block or Remote TB. The start and stop commands are issued over a hardwired connection to the blower’s terminal block, and the blower speed command issued over a 4-20 mA input signal to the blower’s terminal block as well. 1.2. Control Modes The following four Blower Speed Command modes are available for selection at the LCP: Constant Speed, Constant Pressure, Constant Flow, and DO Control. 1.2.1. Constant Speed In Constant Speed mode the blower will operate at the percentage of full speed corresponding to the percent command (typically between 80% and 100%). This mode is available both for local and remote control. When the blower is set in “Local”, the blower’s speed is set at the blower’s HMI by the operator. When the blower is controlled remotely by the MCP, the speed command is set by the MCP. 1.2.2. Constant Pressure In Constant Pressure mode the blower receives a discharge pressure command (in psi) and the LCP will automatically adjust the blower speed to maintain the discharge pressure set point. The discharge pressure is measured with the blower internal pressure sensor. 1.2.3. Constant Flow In Constant flow mode the blower receives a discharge flow command (in scfm) and the LCP will automatically adjust the blower speed to maintain the flow set point. The flow produced is calculated by the blower PLC based on the readings of sensors inside the blower enclosure (suction temperature, motor speed, discharge pressure, etc.). APG-Neuros Corporation 160, Banker Road, Plattsburgh, NY 12901 Tel.: 518 324-4150 / 1 877 717-4150 Fax: 518 324-4155 Web site: www.apg-neuros.com 1.2.4. DO-control In DO-control mode, the blower receives a DO command (in ppm) and the blower LCP will automatically adjust the blower speed to maintain the DO set point. This mode requires the input of an external instrument (DO sensor) to the blower LCP – a 4-20 mA hardwired signal to the blower’s Remote terminal block (RTB) – so the PLC can make adjustment on the blower speed based on the DO readings in the field. 2.Master Control Panel Control Narrative The MCP PLC is programmed to make system wide decisions based upon operator selectable parameters. The PLC shall monitor health and operational status of each blower in the system. The operator shall be able to select the lead blower from the MCP HMI or may select the automatic alternation method. When in automatic alternation mode the lead, lag and stand-by blowers are changed after an operator set number of hours changeable on the HMI. The lead blower is then incremented to the next blower (i.e. Blower 1 would change to Blower 2 etc.). When the lead blower is the last blower in the system the lead is then returned to the first blower in the system. Once the lead blower is selected the succeeding blowers follow in increasing order as lag and then stand-by. If any blower is out of service for any reason the next ready blower takes its position, and the succession continues. When all blowers are needed to reach the flow requirements, the blowers will be modulated by the MCP until the air demand gets reduced. In this situation, the MCP will drop one (1)blower until the flow demand gets low enough to drop another blower. This strategy is detailed in the “Blower Staging Control” section below. 2.1. Cascaded DO-Flow Control Mode In the DO control mode is constituted of two control loops. The first loop of the cascading control mode compares the DO set point (SP), set by the end user at the HMI, against the DO feedback measured from the DO probe (or process value, PV). The resulting error is treated through a PID control function and a flow set point is established for that specific zone. APG-Neuros Corporation 160, Banker Road, Plattsburgh, NY 12901 Tel.: 518 324-4150 / 1 877 717-4150 Fax: 518 324-4155 Web site: www.apg-neuros.com DO-PID Loop (Cascaded DO-Flow control): The second control loop compares the zone’s flow SP (previously established by the first control loop) against the flow PV from the zone’s flowmeter, as shown below: Flow-PID Loop (Cascaded DO-Flow control): The resulting error is treated through a PID control function and a valve opening position is established for the control valve of that specific zone. If the air flow PV to the zone is too low the MCP will instruct the valve to open; if the air flow PV for the zone is too high, the MCP will instruct the valve to close. The loop is tuned so the valve will operate very slowly over time as to not surge the blowers. Upper/lower limits are also established within the MCP to make sure the control valves stay within a certain range or opening (25% to 90% for example), which usually correspond to the linear section of the valve’s Cv curve. The operator can set each individual zone with the Cascaded DO control through each zone’s individual screen. In resume: the compound loops (DO-PID + FLOW-PID) will modulate the valve to a specific position; that specific position will let a specific amount of air go through the valve (and the zone); that specific flow rate will meet the DO set point for the specified zone. In parallel, the MCP will stage and send a % speed command to the blower(s) to meet the system global flow set point, please refer to the Flow Control and Staging Control sections below. APG-Neuros Corporation 160, Banker Road, Plattsburgh, NY 12901 Tel.: 518 324-4150 / 1 877 717-4150 Fax: 518 324-4155 Web site: www.apg-neuros.com 2.2. Cascaded Ammonia-DO-Flow Control Mode The ammonia control mode is similar to the Cascaded DO-Flow control mode, the main difference resides in the determination of the DO SP, which is established from an additional control loop instead of manually at the MCP HMI by the operator. In this additional loop, the Ammonia sensor, either at the influent or the effluent of the basin, send the Ammonia PV that is compared to the Ammonia SP. Again, the resulting error is treated through a PID control function and a DO set point is determined for that specific zone. Ammonia-PID Loop (Cascaded Ammonia control): The operator can set each individual zone with the Cascaded Ammonia control through each zone’s individual screen. In resume: the compound loops (AMMONIA-PID + DO-PID + FLOW-PID) will modulate the valve to a specific position; that specific position will let a specific amount of air go through the valve (and the zone); that specific flow rate will meet the Ammonia set point for the specified zone. In parallel, the MCP will stage and send a % speed command to the blower(s) to meet the system global flow set point, please refer to the Flow Control and the Staging control sections below. 2.3. Flow Control Using a PID algorithm, the PLC shall make decisions to maintain a constant flow from or to the discharge header based upon the flow monitoring point. The total flow in the header is calculated by the sum of all mass flow meters installed in the system at discharge points. If no mass flow meter can be installed on the discharge piping, a less accurate alternative is to calculate the total flow by summing the calculated suction air flow rates of each blower. Then, the MCP varies the speed of the blowers via the percent speed command to meet the flow set point. If Flow control mode is selected on the MCP, the flow set point is entered manually by the operator at the MCP HMI, or it can be sent as a hardwire 4-20 mA signal (or Modbus) from the future SCADA. Flow control provides a more stable control and some energy savings compared to the Pressure Control mode, which typically tends to operate the blowers at a higher discharge pressure than the Flow Control mode. APG-Neuros Corporation 160, Banker Road, Plattsburgh, NY 12901 Tel.: 518 324-4150 / 1 877 717-4150 Fax: 518 324-4155 Web site: www.apg-neuros.com 2.4. Staging Control Under any control mode, the MCP shall bring on and turn off blowers according to their position in the lead / lag sequence. If a greater process value is needed and the Lead blower reports that it has reached an optimized performance speed, after a pre-configured time the Lag1 blower will be brought online. The Lead blower(s) shall run at a pre-set speed while the lag blower starts. Once the lag blower completes its starting cycle, it will match the speed of the lead blower(s) and they will begin to adjust speed together until the system reaches the desired set point. The process continues until the setpoint is met or all available blowers are operating. The inverse of this strategy will occur when a decrease for the process value is needed to meet the set point. When less “value” is needed to achieve set point, and the speed of the blower(s) is operating at the minimum set speed, the most Lag running blower shall shut down after an adjustable time delay. The remaining running blower(s) shall continue to modulate their speed up to meet the set point as needed. If the process value in the system remains higher than the set point, the MCP PLC shall bring the most Lag blower offline. The process continues until the setpoint is met or one blower is left operating at its minimum speed. 2.5. “Most Open Valve” Aeration Control The MCP program shall have a “Most Open Valve” approach to control the splitting of air to the desired aeration zones in order to have an optimal aeration system efficiency. Each aeration zone must be equipped with a minimum of one thermal mass flow meter and one modulating control valve for throttling the air to the specific zone. MCP will monitor the valve positions of each modulating valve to each zone. If one of the valves is not 100% open then at a pre-determined interval MCP will increment the command to each control valve by an operator adjustable amount. This will ensure that at minimum at least one valve is fully (or nearly fully) open at all times and the header air pressure is minimized in the system. 2.6. MCP Communication with Future SCADA To enable communication between the MCP and the future plant SCADA, the MCP will be provided with a firewall in which a copper ethernet network cable from SCADA PLC can be terminated. Therefore, the MCP will act as a “slave” in the Modbus TCP protocol that will be implemented by the Owner. In addition to the valves and instruments (ORP, pH, temperature, DO, Ammonia, flow meters) signals, the MCP will be able to share the required information from the blowers with SCADA. Thank you for considering APG-Neuros! APGN, inc. (D oing business as APG-Neuros ) Business: Manufacturing, Sales, Service, Design Products: Turbo machinery and wastewater control systems Address: Headquarters & Engineering Facility 1270 Michèle-Bohec, Blainville, Québec, Canada J7C 5S4 Toll free: 1 866 592-9482 Manufacturing & Testing Facility 160 Banker Road, Plattsburgh, New York 12901 Toll free: 1 877 717-4150 www.apg-neuros.com - sales @apg-neuros.com Headquarters & Engineering Facility City of Arlington Council Agenda Bill WS #4 Attachment March 11, 2024 Eminent Domain proceeding for the 188th St Roundabout Project Ordinance Public Works; Jim Kelly, Director EXPENDITURES REQUESTED: None BUDGET CATEGORY: N/A BUDGETED AMOUNT: $500,000 LEGAL REVIEW: DESCRIPTION: Right of way eminent domain for the 188th St Roundabout Project. The City received a grant for the design of improvements to the Smokey Point Blvd Corridor from 174th St to 200th St, the 188th St Roundabout will be the first part of the roadway improvement project that will be constructed. As part of the 188th Street Roundabout Project, the City needs to obtain ROW and TCE from nine parcels; failing negotiations are forcing the city to proceed with the eminent domain process. ALTERNATIVES: Workshop; discussion only. At the March 18 Council meeting, the recommended motion will be, “I move to approve the ordinance and authorize the Mayor to sign it.” ORDINANCE NO. 2024-XXX 1 ORDINANCE NO. 2024-XXX AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON, RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION BY EMINENT DOMAIN OF CERTAIN REAL PROPERTY IN THE CITY OF ARLINGTON NECESSARY FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A ROUNDABOUT ON 188th STREET NE; DIRECTING STAFF TO EXHAUST ALL REASONABLE NEGOTIATION EFFORTS TO PURCHASE PROPERTY NECESSARY FOR THE PROJECT; DESCRIBING THE PUBLIC CONVENIENCE, USE AND NECESSITY OF THE PROJECT AND SUCH PROPERTY; PROVIDING FOR THE CONDEMNATION, APPROPRIATION AND USE OF THE PROPERTY THEREFORE; PROVIDING THE MODE OF PAYMENT OF COST OF ACQUISITION OF THE PROPERTY; AND DIRECTING THE CITY ATTORNEY TO PROSECUTE SUCH CONDEMNATION ACTION AS MAY BE NECESSARY IN SNOHOMISH COUNTY SUPERIOR COURT IN THE EVENT DIRECT PURCHASE EFFORTS ARE NOT SUCCESSFUL WHEREAS, as part of continuing developments within the City and along 188th Street NE (the “Project”), the City is preparing to implement infrastructure improvements; and WHEREAS, the Project requires acquisition of certain real property interests and rights for the Project, including the property, rights and interests described in Section 1 below ("Property"); and WHEREAS, the City has been and is continuing to negotiate the purchase of the necessary Property from the Property owner but has yet to conclude a real property purchase and sale agreement for such Property; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the Property is necessary and critical to the Project, and that it is in the public interest to have such Property for public health, safety, welfare and transportation needs. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON, DO ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. Need for Property. The public health, safety, necessity and convenience require the extension and improvement of the City’s sewer system for the purposes of the Project, and it is necessary therefore that certain property be condemned, appropriated, taken and damaged for the construction of said improvements and the Project as provided by this Ordinance, specifically including the real property and appurtenant rights, interests and improvements as and over the land legally described in attached Exhibit A, situate in the City of Arlington, Snohomish County, Washington. Section 2. Declaration of Necessity. The City Council, after issuing proper notices, hearing the report(s) of the City Staff, reviewing the planned Project, and conducting a ORDINANCE NO. 2024-XXX 2 public meeting and hearing thereon, hereby declares that the property, rights, interests and improvements described in Exhibit hereto are necessary for the public use, specifically for the development along 188th Street NE, together with all necessary appurtenances and related work. Section 3. Costs of Acquisition. The costs of acquiring the property, rights, interests and improvements authorized by this Ordinance shall be paid by the capital projects fund of the City of Arlington, or such other funds of the City of Arlington as may be designated from time to time or provided by law. Section 4. Relocation of Tenants. There are no tenants currently located on the property and therefore no relocation assistance under RCW Chapter 8.26 is required. Section 5. Authority of Attorney. The City Attorney, or special outside legal counsel retained for prosecution of this condemnation action, are hereby directed to exhaust reasonable efforts through direct negotiations to acquire the necessary property described herein for the Project. In the event reasonable negotiation efforts are not successful, the City Attorney or special outside legal counsel are hereby authorized and directed to begin and prosecute actions and proceedings in a manner provided by law to condemn, take, damage, and appropriate the property, rights, interests and improvements necessary to carry out the provisions of this Ordinance. In conducting such condemnation proceedings, the City Attorney or special outside legal counsel are hereby authorized to enter into stipulations for the purpose of minimizing damages. Section 6. Severability. If any section, sentence, clause or phrase of this Ordinance should be held to be invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of any other section, sentence, clause or phrase of this Ordinance. Section 7. Effective Date. This Ordinance, being an exercise of a power specifically delegated to the City legislative body, is not subject to referendum, and shall take effect five (5) days after passage and publication of an approved summary thereof consisting of the title. Section 8. Corrections. The City Clerk and the codifiers of this Ordinance are authorized to make necessary corrections to this Ordinance, including but not limited to the correction of scrivener's/clerical errors, references, ordinance numbering, section/subsection numbers, and any references thereto. ORDINANCE NO. 2024-XXX 3 PASSED by the City Council of the City of Arlington and APPROVED by the Mayor this ______ day of _____________________, 2024. CITY OF ARLINGTON _______________________________ Don E. Vanney, Mayor ATTEST: ___________________________________ Wendy Van Der Meersche, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: ___________________________________ Steven J. Peiffle, City Attorney ORDINANCE NO. 2024-XXX 4 EXHIBIT “A” Legal Description—See attached ORDINANCE NO. 2024-XXX 5 SUMMARY OF ORDINANCE NO. 2024-XXX City of Arlington, Washington On the ___ day of ________, 2024, the City Council of the City of Arlington passed Ordinance No. 2024-XXX. A summary of the content of said Ordinance, consisting of the title, is provided as follows: AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON, RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION BY EMINENT DOMAIN OF CERTAIN REAL PROPERTY IN THE CITY OF ARLINGTON NECESSARY FOR DEVELOPMENT ALONG 188th STREET NE; DIRECTING STAFF TO EXHAUST ALL REASONABLE NEGOTIATION EFFORTS TO PURCHASE PROPERTY NECESSARY FOR THE PROJECT; DESCRIBING THE PUBLIC CONVENIENCE, USE AND NECESSITY OF THE PROJECT AND SUCH PROPERTY; PROVIDING FOR THE CONDEMNATION, APPROPRIATION AND USE OF THE PROPERTY THEREFORE; PROVIDING THE MODE OF PAYMENT OF COST OF ACQUISITION OF THE PROPERTY; AND DIRECTING THE CITY ATTORNEY TO PROSECUTE SUCH CONDEMNATION ACTION AS MAY BE NECESSARY IN SNOHOMISH COUNTY SUPERIOR COURT IN THE EVENT DIRECT PURCHASE EFFORTS ARE NOT SUCCESSFUL. The full text of this Ordinance will be mailed upon request. City Clerk FILED WITH THE CITY CLERK: PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL: PUBLISHED: EFFECTIVE DATE: ORDINANCE NO.: City of Arlington Council Agenda Bill WS #5 Attachment March 11, 2024 Award of project for On-Call Electrical Services to Washington Electrical Contracting On-Call Electrical Services Request for Bid On-Call Electrical Services Bid Evaluation Public Works; Jim Kelly, Director EXPENDITURES REQUESTED: Four years, $300,000 max BUDGET CATEGORY: Water/Sewer Operating Funds – Repair/Maint BUDGETED AMOUNT: $185,000 (2024, W/S combined) LEGAL REVIEW: DESCRIPTION: Request to award the On-Call Electrical Services project to authorize staff to enter into a Public Works On-Call Agreement with Washington Electrical Contracting. Public Works has numerous needs for a licensed electrician to provide low voltage (120v/240v) and medium voltage (480v) electrical service at the Water Treatment Plant, the Water Reclamation Facility, and other PW facilities. To expedite electrical services contracting, staff issued an On-Call Electrical Services request for bid in February 2024. Two firms submitted proposals and Washington Electrical Contracting is the lowest bidder. Staff is recommending Council award the On-Call Electrical Services project to Washington Electrical Contracting and authorize staff to prepare a Public Works On-Call Agreement for the mayor’s signature. ALTERNATIVES: Remand to staff for additional information. Workshop; discussion only. At the March 18, 2024 Council meeting, the recommended motion will be, ”I move to award the On-Call Electrical Services project to Washington Electrical Contracting and authorize the Mayor to sign the Public Works On-Call agreement, subject to final review by the City Attorney.” REQUEST FOR BID City of Arlington On-Call Electrical Services A Public Works Unit Price Contract City of Arlington Public Works 154 West Cox Ave Arlington, WA 8223 Issue Date: Due Date: February 1,2024 February 22, 2024 at 2:00 PM Request for Bid: Unit Priced Electrical Services Page 1 of 11 Arlington Public Works Department Project PW-U24.003 1.0 REQUEST FOR BID The City of Arlington is issuing this Request for Bid, Project PW-U24.003, from qualified contracting firms to provide On Call Electrical Services for the Arlington Public Works Department, located in Arlington, Washington. This will be a Public Works Unit Price Contract that entails the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, permits, and inspections necessary for or incidental to Unit Price Electrical Services as indicated in these specifications and the completion of all work indicated in the Contract Documents for the Arlington Public Works Department. Bids are due at the City of Arlington Public Works Administration building on February 22, 2024 at 2:00 pm. The Public Works Administration building is located at 154 West Cox Street, Arlington, WA 98223. The firm with the successful bid (CONTRACTOR) shall perform this work during established City of Arlington working days and times; Monday-Friday, 7:30 am to 4:00 pm, excluding City recognized holidays. Though not a requirement, bidders are encouraged to register with the Project Administrator, Linda Taylor at 360-403-3526 (ltaylor@arlingtonwa.gov), so they can be apprised of any Request for Bid addendums. More information on bid requirements can be found in Attachment #1, Instruction to Bidders. 2.0 PRE-BID CONFERENCE A non-mandatory pre-bid conference will take place at the Arlington Public Works Administration Office on February XX, 2024 at 10:00 AM. 3.0 GENERAL REUIREMENTS The following general requirements apply to all work the Contractor performs under this contract, whether listed in the Scope of Work or otherwise assigned. Additional information and instructions pertaining to this bid is included in Attachment 1 – Instruction to Bidders. 3-1. FEDERAL FUNDS - This Unit-Price Contract shall not to be used with Federal funds. 3-2. TERM - The period of this contract shall be for a period of three (3) years from its effective date. Contract may be extended on the anniversary date for one (1) additional one (1) year period. Contract is not to exceed a total of four (4) years or $300,000, whichever comes first. 3-3. RE-AWARD - When the contract is terminated by the City or the Contractor upon providing the written notice as herein required, the City may re-award the contract to the next most responsible bidder within 120 days from original award. 3-4. UNIT PRICE BID - Unless specifically noted otherwise, the unit price included on the submitted Bid Form will include all costs for labor, equipment, material, and other costs necessary for completing the work detailed in this Scope of Work, exclusive of sales tax. Request for Bid: Unit Priced Electrical Services Page 2 of 11 Arlington Public Works Department Project PW-U24.003 3-5. BID AMOUNT - The bid amount shall be fixed for the base term of the contract. If the contract is extended for an additional one-year term, the previous year unit prices will be adjusted by the Seattle-Tacoma-Bremerton area Consumer Price Index (CPI) for the previous 12-months. If extraordinary circumstances with prevailing wage rates or materials occur during any term of this contract, the City may, at its discretion, consider a unit bid price cost adjustment. 3-6. PRICE CLARIFICATIONS - The City reserves the right to clarify any pricing discrepancies related to assumptions on the part of Bidders. Such clarifications will be solely to provide consistent assumptions from which an accurate cost comparison can be achieved. 3-7. PRICING AND DISCOUNT - The City qualifies for governmental discounts. Unit prices shall reflect these discounts. Prices of materials, equipment, and services set forth herein do not exceed those charged by the Contractor to any other customer purchasing the same goods or services under similar conditions and in like or similar quantities. 3-8. INCURRING COSTS - The City is not liable for any cost incurred by a Bidder in the process of responding to this Bid, including but not limited to the cost of preparing and submitting a response, in the conduct of a presentation, in facilitating site visits or any other activities related to responding to this Bid. 3-9. TASK ORDER - Work requested to be performed by CONTRACTOR under this contract will be issued on a Task Order basis and Contractor is to provide the City a quote for each Task Order, see Attachment #2 for a sample of the Task Order form. Each Task Order issued under this contract will be limited to a maximum of $49,999.00, including tax. The annual average contract value is $75,000.00 with the total four-year contract value not to exceed $300,000.00. 3-10. ACCEPTANCE OF TERMS – Acceptance of a City Task Order (TO) for any units and/or projects affiliated with this project/contract constitutes acceptance of, and agreement with, all of the general and specific requirements and stipulations listed herein, and in the attached Technical Specification(s); including all penalties mentioned. 3-11. CLARIFICATIONS AND/OR REVISIONS TO SPECIFICATION AND REQUIREMENTS - If a Bidder discovers any significant ambiguity, error, conflict, discrepancy, omission, or other deficiency in this solicitation, the Bidder has a duty to immediately notify the City of such concern and request modification or clarification of the Bid document. 3-12. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS – Prior to issuance of any Task Order or commencement of any work, contract documents included in Attachment 2 shall be fully executed and all required Certificates of Insurance shall be submitted to the City. 3-13. BID BOND – The City does not require a Bid Bond for this solicitation. Request for Bid: Unit Priced Electrical Services Page 3 of 11 Arlington Public Works Department Project PW-U24.003 3-14. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND - Successful Bidder, at the time of contract execution, will be required to post a Performance Bond and Payment Bond equal to the average annual contract value of $75,000.00. Alternatively, the contractor may ask the City to waive the Performance and Payment bonds and instead retain 10% of the contract amount for 30 days after the date of Task Order final acceptance, or until the receipt of all necessary releases from the Department of Revenue and Department of Labor and Industries, whichever is later. 3-15. EXPANSION CLAUSE – The City reserves the right to amend the On-Call Electrical Services contract to include any other item normally offered by the bidder, as long as the price of such additional products is based on the same cost/profit formula as the listed item(s). At any time during the term of this contract, other City departments may be added, if both parties agree. 3-16. PAYMENTS - Upon final inspection and acceptance of the work by the City, Contractor is to submit properly completed itemized invoice(s), the prices stipulated herein for work performed (less deductions, if any), in accordance with all payment and retainage instructions herein to: Kris Wallace City of Arlington Public Works 238 N. Olympic Ave Arlington, WA 98223 kwallace@arlingtonwa.gov All invoices shall include the following information: Contractor's name, return remittance address, Task Order number, bid item and service(s) description, quantity, unit and total price, discount terms, and location of work and date work was completed. 3-17. WARRANTY - Unless otherwise specifically stated by the Bidder, all goods and services furnished shall be warranted against defects or faulty workmanship and materials by the Contractor for one (1) year following inspection and acceptance of the products by the City. Warranty shall include all costs incurred, including shipping, for repair or replacement except that which is damaged by misuse or abuse. This one-(1) year warranty shall in no way affect normal extended or manufacturer’s warranty exceeding this one (1) year period. Contractor warrants that all goods and services furnished under this Agreement are new, conform strictly to the specifications herein, are merchantable, good workmanship, free from defect, comply with all applicable safety and health standards established for such products, all goods are properly packaged, and all appropriate instructions or warnings are supplied. If a defect is found, a component failure occurs, or workmanship is found to cause failure, the Vendor shall replace the product at their own expense, including shipping charges. Any replacement product will be warrantied for one (1) year from the date it is delivered and/or installed. All implied and expressed warranty provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code are incorporated into this Agreement. Contractor further warrants that no violation of any federal, state or local law, statute, rule, regulation, ordinance or order will result from the manufacturer, production, sale, Request for Bid: Unit Priced Electrical Services Page 4 of 11 Arlington Public Works Department Project PW-U24.003 shipment, installation or use of any other goods. Contractor’s warranties (and any more favorable warranties, service policies, or similar undertaking of Contractor) shall survive delivery, installation, inspection, and acceptance of the goods or services. 3-18. NO OBLIGATION TO CONTRACT - This Bid does not obligate the City to contract for service(s), or product(s) specified herein. City reserves the right to cancel or reissue this Bid in whole or in part, for any reason prior to the issuance of a Notice of Intent to Award. The City does not guarantee to purchase any specific quantity or dollar amount. Bids that stipulate that the City shall guarantee a specific quantity or dollar amount will be disqualified (e.g. “all-or-none”.) 3-19. OTHER CITY DEPARTMENTS/LIKE ITEMS ADDED - At any time during the term of this contract, or any extension thereof, other City departments may be served under these same terms and conditions. Additional like items may be added at the request of the City. 3-20. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS - The City reserves the right to correct obvious ambiguities and errors in the Bidder’s proposal and to waive non-material irregularities and/or omissions. In this regard, if the unit price does not compute to the extended total price, the unit price shall govern. 3-21. RETENTION OF RIGHTS - The City retains the right to accept or reject any or all Bids or accept any presented which meet or exceeds these specifications, and which would be in the best interest of the City and will not necessarily be bound to accept the low bid. All Bids become the property of City upon receipt. All rights, title and interest in all materials and ideas prepared by the Bidder for the Bid to City shall be the exclusive property of City and may be used by the City at its option. 4.0 PROJECT SCOPE AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS It is the intent of these specifications to describe Unit-Price Electrical Services in sufficient detail to secure bids on comparable work. Any variance from the specifications or standards of quality must be clearly pointed out in writing by the bidder. 4-1. SCOPE OF WORK - The work under this Contract shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, permits, and inspections necessary for or incidental to Unit Price Electrical Services located as indicated in these specifications and the completion of all work indicated in the Contract Documents. Electrical work may consist of, but not be limited to troubleshooting, repairing and/or installation of: • Electrical issues with pumps, equipment, backup generators, • Electrical issues with sanitary sewer and storm water pump stations, including float and ultrasonic control systems. • Hard wiring new pumps or plant equipment • Electrical services, interior and exterior lighting • Electric Panel upgrades and manufacturing, and HVAC wiring and systems Request for Bid: Unit Priced Electrical Services Page 5 of 11 Arlington Public Works Department Project PW-U24.003 • Street lights, traffic control devices, signals, and illuminated signs. It shall not be the responsibility of the City to provide engineering or other services to protect the Contractor from additional costs accrued from performing this Contract. 4-2. LICENSES AND PERMITS - The successful Contractor must procure a City of Arlington Business License and pay all charges, fees, and taxes associated with said license. The Contractor must procure and obtain all required permits and license required for all phases of this project, including but not limited to: electrical permits, etc. 4-3. WORKMANSHIP - Where not more specifically described in these specifications, workmanship shall conform to all of the methods and operations of best standards and accepted practices of the trade or trades involved. All work shall be executed by personnel skilled in their respective lines of work. All materials provided for individual projects will be per the current edition of the National Electrical Code. Construction will be performed per the current edition of the National Electrical Code and City standards. Only the best and safest methods of operation will be allowed. Any variance from the specifications or standards of quality must be clearly pointed out in writing by the bidder. 4-4. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND CODES - To the extent applicable, all equipment, supplies, materials, and all projects shall be performed in a manner that is in compliance with all applicable Federal, State and Local Laws, Regulations, and Building Codes including, but not limited to, Washington State vehicle regulations (WSDOT/HMTUSA/other), environmental laws and regulations (EPA/WDOE/local), health and safety laws and regulations (OSHA/WISHA/City Safety Codes), and the most recent edition of the ANSI/TIA/EIA, and NEC Standards. 4-5. SAFETY – The CONTRACTOR shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of the public, employees and all persons and property during performance of the work, and with implementing, monitoring, and maintaining such controls as may be necessary to ensure compliance with applicable Federal and State laws and regulations regarding worker and public protection, health, and safety. 4-6. WORK START AND COMPLETION - The work is on an on-call basis with the start and completion dates to be determined by the City of Arlington project manager at the time work is requested. Scheduled electrical services shall be performed during a regular eight (8) hour business day between the hours of 7:30 AM and 4:00 PM, Monday through Friday. Contractor agrees to mobilize and be available to perform scheduled work within a maximum of two (2) days of each Task Order request. There may be occasions when job completion runs beyond normal working hours or when a Contractor is called in for an after-hour’s emergency. Contractor agrees to mobilize and be available to perform Emergency work within sixty (60) minutes of call out. 4-7. BEST MODERN PRACTICES - All work, including design, shall be performed and completed in accordance with the best modern practices, further, no detail necessary for safe and regular Request for Bid: Unit Priced Electrical Services Page 6 of 11 Arlington Public Works Department Project PW-U24.003 operation shall be omitted, although specific mention thereof may not be made in these specifications. 4-8. NEW AND UNUSED - All units, equipment, parts and material shall be new, unused, manufacturer's current model year and in current production. All materials shall have physical and chemical properties to withstand the intended purpose. Equipment design shall have sufficient excess capacity for durability and safety. City shall approve all equipment prior to installation. 4-9. EQUAL/APPROVED EQUAL - These specifications are intended to be precise where a specific make, model or trade name is requested. Whenever a make, model or trade name is used, it shall be that or equal, or City approved equal. Equal or approved equal means that the make, model or trade name will be given consideration if they fulfill the same performance requirements. The City reserves the right to make the decision on acceptability. Each bidder shall clearly identify make, model or trade name of equipment to be used on the bid form. Any equipment proposed as an equal to that herein specified must be substantiated with supporting data to justify such request for substitution. 4-10. EXCEPTIONS - Specifications of the services and/or work bid shall be equal to or better than the specifications stated herein and all exceptions to these specifications shall be so listed on a separate sheet headed "EXCEPTIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS". Any Bid submitted without exceptions will be required to meet every detail of these specifications regardless of cost to the successful bidder. 4-11. MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS - All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise specifically provided in the contract documents. 4-12. MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION - Mobilization shall be included in the base unit price for each Task Order and shall consist of preparatory work and operations performed by Contractor, including his personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site. No separate measurement or payment will be made for costs associated with mobilization and demobilization. 4-13. REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT - The work shall consist of repair of any incidental damages to walls, moldings, electrical, flooring, landscaping, fencing, paved areas, top soil, turf, or other miscellaneous items within or adjacent to the project area. This includes complete replacement of items that are beyond repair as determined by the City. Should adjacent property be damaged in any manner, Contractor shall immediately contact the Project Manager. Contractor shall promptly repair damages caused to adjacent areas, rooms, facilities, property, streets, and sidewalks by construction operations as directed by the City and at no cost to the City. Request for Bid: Unit Priced Electrical Services Page 7 of 11 Arlington Public Works Department Project PW-U24.003 4-14. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES - Identification and location of all underground utilities are the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall: a. Notify the Project Manager and Contract Administrator in writing, on each occasion, of the intent to work near underground utility services or structures. Submit proposed work “procedure for approval” to assure safe and continuous operation of the services. b. Proceed with sufficient caution to preclude damaging any utilities known or unknown. In the event unidentified utilities are encountered, the Contractor must notify the Project Manager and Contract Administrator IMMEDIATELY. c. In the event utilities are damaged during construction, temporary services and/or repairs must be made immediately, at the Contractor’s expense, to maintain continuity of services. 4-15. CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION - The Contractor shall take the following precautions: a. The contractor shall perform all work in a fire safe manner. b. Contractor shall supply and maintain on the site adequate fire-fighting equipment capable of extinguishing incipient fires. c. Contractor shall comply with applicable Federal, local, and State fire prevention regulations. Where these regulations do not apply, applicable parts of the National Fire Prevention Standard for Safeguarding building Construction Operations (NFPA No. 241) shall be followed. d. Contractor shall provide passageways around the areas of construction to ensure safe passage of persons in the area. e. No part of the buildings may be left in an unsafe condition. If any danger is imminent, the contractor shall rope off or place barricades around the area and notify the appropriate authorities. 4-16. WASTE MATERIALS - All refuse and waste material must be disposed of by the Contractor off the City’s property, at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor must immediately clean up any spilled material from buildings, roads, etc. 4-17. NO DISTURBANCE - The contractor shall not disturb grounds or materials outside the sphere of the contracted project. 4-18. PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY - The Contractor must so conduct operations as to offer the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to the public, and shall have under construction no greater length or amount of work than can be performed with due regard to the rights of the public. Request for Bid: Unit Priced Electrical Services Page 8 of 11 Arlington Public Works Department Project PW-U24.003 The Contractor must provide and maintain such fences, barriers, directional signs, lights, and flag persons as are necessary to give adequate warning to the public at all times of any dangerous conditions to be encountered as a result of the work and to give directions to the public. 4-19. SOUND CONTROL - If possible, limit sound during working hours. 4-20. DUST/DEBRIS CONTROL - The Contractor must take whatever steps, procedures or means as are required to prevent abnormal dust and debris conditions being caused by the operation in connection with the work. Dust control must be incidental to this project and in accordance with Clean Air Laws. 4-21. HOUSE KEEPING - All areas where personnel are, or will be present during the course of work, shall be thoroughly cleaned of debris and garbage daily. Specific areas are adjacent buildings, walkways and parking areas. 4-22. CONTRACTOR’S VEHICLES - Contractor and employee vehicles, and all other vehicles entering City’s property to perform work, must use an access route approved by the City. All such vehicles must park in a designated parking area approved by the City. 4-23. TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PEDESTRIAN SAFETY – If Task Order is issued to Contractor that requires work in City Right of Way, Contractor shall a Traffic Control and Pedestrian Safety Plan for City approval prior to commencing Task Order work. 4-24. FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE - When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection, the Contractor shall request the City’s Project Coordinator to inspect the work. The City will notify the Contractor of any deficiencies in the work after inspection. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the City is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within seven (7) days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the City may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies. The date of final acceptance shall be determined by the date the Contractor has properly invoiced the City for payment and turned in all required submittals after the final inspection and acceptance has occurred. 5.0 BID EVALUATION Bids will be evaluated by the City of Arlington and this project will be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder. In addition to Washington state bidder responsibility criteria (RCW 39.04.350), the Bidder must meet project specific Supplemental Criteria and submit evidence of proper certifications to be considered a responsible bidder. Request for Bid: Unit Priced Electrical Services Page 9 of 11 Arlington Public Works Department Project PW-U24.003 5-1. CERTIFICATIONS – Copies of the following certifications are to be included with the Bid: • Washington state Department of Labor & Industries valid contractor registration in compliance with Chapter 18.27 of RCW. • Current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number. • Washington state Department of Labor & Industries electrical certificate or license in accordance with 18.106 RCW,. • Industrial Insurance (workers’ compensation) coverage for the bidder’s employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW. • Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW. • Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW 5-2. CONTRACOR IN GOOD STANDING: Contractor shall be in good standing with the state, Snohomish County, and City of Arlington. • Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). • Not have violated more than one time the off-site, prefabricated, nonstandard, project specific items reporting requirements of RCW 39.04.370. • Have Labor and Industries training per RCW 39.04.350 and RCW 39.06.020, if not exempt. • Not have willfully violated any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW within three years preceding the date of the bid submittal. 5-3. TECHNICAL QUALIFICATIONS: Bidder must have five (5) years’ experience with 480 volt (min) electrical systems and PLC systems at water treatment plants, wastewater treatment plants, potable water booster pump stations, sanitary sewer lift stations. 5-4. PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE: Bidder must provide a minimum of three water and wastewater facilities where they have performed work on 480 volt (min) facility process equipment along with names and/or references for the City to contact. 5-5. MANAGEMENT QUALIFICATIONS: Describe your company’s structure and organization, your company’s ability to provide exceptional customer service for task order-based work and projects, including a single point of contact, for all project and business concerns. Include your company’s ability to meet urgent and emergency conditions in a timely manner, as specified herein. 5-6. APPRENTICESHIP: For public works projects subject to the apprenticeship utilization requirements of RCW 39.04.320, Bidder shall not have been found out of compliance by the Washington state apprenticeship and training council for working apprentices out of ratio, without appropriate supervision, or outside their approved work processes as outlined in their Request for Bid: Unit Priced Electrical Services Page 10 of 11 Arlington Public Works Department Project PW-U24.003 standards of apprenticeship under chapter 49.04 RCW for a one-year period immediately preceding the first date of advertising for the project. 5-7. APPEALS: If the City determines the bidder does not meet the Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria and is therefore not a responsible bidder, the City shall notify the bidder in writing with the reasons for its determination. If the bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within 24 hours of receipt of the determination by presenting additional information to the Project Administrator. The City will consider the additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the bidder is not responsible, the City will not execute a contract with any other bidder until two (2) business days after the bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. 6.0 PROJECT ATTACHMENTS The following documents are attached to this Request for Bid solicitation. Attachment #1 - Bid Instructions and Bid Proposal Forms This section contains instructions on how to complete this bid, actions that may subject the bid to disqualification, and forms to submit the Bid. The Bidder shall include all of the following forms, which must be executed in full, with the Bid submission – failure to do so may disqualify the Bid. - Instruction to Bidders - Statement of Bidder’s Qualification - Supplemental Bidder Information - Non-Collusion Certificate - Proposal Form Attachment #2 - Contract Documents This section contains SAMPLE contract forms that will be completed and executed after the successful bidder is awarded the project. - Public Works Unit Price Contract - Task Order - Performance Bond - Payment Bond - Retainage Selection Option Form Public Works Unit Price Contract Request for Bid: Unit Priced Electrical Services Page 11 of 11 Arlington Public Works Department Project PW-U24.003 7.0 BID QUESTIONS Submit all bid questions in writing or email, to the Project Administrator: Linda Taylor Project Administrator 154 West Cox Ave Arlington, WA 98223 ltaylor@arlingtonwa.gov ---- END OF REQUEST FOR BID SOLICITATION ---- ATTACHMENT #1 BID INSTRUCTIONS AND BID PROPOSAL FORMS Project: On-Call Electrical Services Project No.: PW-U24.003 This section contains instructions on how to complete this bid, actions that may subject the bid to disqualification, and forms on which to submit the Bid. The Bidder shall include all of the following forms, which must be executed in full, with the Bid submission – failure to do so may disqualify the Bid. 1. □ Instructions to Bidders 2. □ Statement of Bidders’ Qualifications 3. □ Supplemental Bidder Information 4. □ Non-Collusion Certificate 5. □ Proposal Form On-Call Electrical Services INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS PROJECT PW-U24.003 Page 1 of 6 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Request for Bid Purpose - To obtain bids from qualified contractors for the On-Call Electrical Services Contract (PW-U24.003) for the City of Arlington as detailed in the Scope of Work contained in the Request for Bid. 2. Coordination and Communication - All contractor/vendor questions and communications concerning this Request for Bid shall be directed in writing to the Project Administrator listed below. Questions pertaining to this bid that require a response must be received by the Proposer Question Due date/time that is listed in the Request for Bid, questions received after this date/time may not be responded to. Responses to questions will be submitted in writing by the City through addendum. Unauthorized contact regarding this Request for Bid with City employees may result in disqualification. Any verbal communication will be considered unofficial and non-binding on the City. Name: Linda Taylor, Project Administrator Mailing Address: City of Arlington 154 West Cox Ave Arlington, WA 98223 Phone: 360-403-3526 E-mail: ltaylor@arlingtonwa.gov 3. Proposal Due Date and Time – Proposals shall be delivered to the Project Administrator at the address and location listed up to the date and time listed in the Request for Bid, no proposals or bids will be accepted after this date and time. 4. Addressing of Bid – All bid submittal items shall be enclosed in the same envelope with the proposal. The envelope enclosing the proposal must be sealed with the below information included on the envelope: Project Name Project Number Bidding Firm Bid Due Date 5. Form of Bid - The Bid shall be submitted on the forms provided by the City of Arlington in the Request for Bid/Proposal and shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope marked and addressed as hereinafter directed. Additional information may be provided at the discretion of the Bidder/Proposer. The Bidder shall clearly state their bid prices for all bid items included in figures. Failure to enter a value for each bid item will result in a $0.00 being recorded for the bid item. The City of Arlington reserves the right to correct any arithmetic errors. It shall be the responsibility of the Bidder/ Proposer to verify the completeness of its set of Contract Documents and neither the City of Arlington nor any of its officers or consultants shall be held responsible for any omissions unless such omission has been called to the attention of the City of Arlington prior to the submission of bids. On-Call Electrical Services INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS PROJECT PW-U24.003 Page 2 of 6 6. Completeness of Proposal - The proposer must attach the Proposal Form signed by a duly authorized representative of the company or firm to bind the proposing firm contractually. A total bid amount must be included in the designated area on the Proposal Form. The proposal must include the completed Bid Schedule, if included, along with any other supporting documents requested in the Request for Bid. 7. Withdrawal of Proposal - Proposals may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Proposal Due Date and Time, provided notification is received in writing. Proposals cannot be changed or withdrawn after the Proposal Due Date and Time has passed. 8. Rejection of Proposals - The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any minor informalities or irregularities contained in any proposal, and to accept any proposal deemed to be in the best interest of the City. 9. Bid/Proposal Modification and Clarifications - Modification of a proposal already received will be considered only if the request is received prior to the Proposal Due Date and Time. All modifications must be made in writing, executed and submitted in the same form and manner as the original proposal. 10. Bid/Proposal Signatures 13.1 An authorized representative must sign the Bid/Proposal, with the vendor's address and telephone information provided. Unsigned proposals will not be considered. 13.2 If the proposal is made by an individual, the name, mailing address and signature of the individual must be shown. 13.3 If the proposal is made by a firm or partnership, the name and mailing address of the firm or partnership and the signature of at least one of the general partners must be shown. 13.4 If the proposal is made by a corporation, the name and mailing address of the corporation and the signature and title of the person who signs on behalf of the corporation must be shown. 13.5 The City reserves the right to request documentation showing the authority of the individual signing the proposal to execute contracts on behalf of anyone, or any corporation, other than himself/herself. Refusal to provide such information upon request may cause the proposal to be rejected as non-responsive. 11. Bid/Proposal Validity Period - Submission of a proposal will signify the vendor’s agreement that its proposal and the contents thereof are valid for 180 days following the submission deadline unless otherwise agreed to in writing by both parties. The proposal will become part of the contract that is negotiated between the City and the successful bidder. 12. Request for Bid/Proposal Amendments 12.1 The City reserves the right to request that any respondent clarify its proposal or to supply any additional material deemed necessary to assist in the evaluation of the proposal On-Call Electrical Services INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS PROJECT PW-U24.003 Page 3 of 6 12.2 The City reserves the right to issue multiple awards based on the specialty of the supplier and to ensure adequate and timely services 12.3 The City reserves the right to change the Bid schedule or issue amendments to the Bid at any time. The City also reserves the right to cancel or re-issue the Bid. All such addenda will become part of the Bid. It is the contractor’s/vendor’s responsibility to check the City’s web site for the issuance of any amendments prior to submitting a bid. If an amendment is issued, vendors must include an Acknowledgement of Amendment, in their submitted bid package. 13. Lowest Responsible Bidder 13.1 The low Bidder shall be the responsive Bidder offering the lowest amount for the Base Bid plus Add Alternates (if applicable) selected by the City. 13.2 In selecting the responsible Bidder, consideration will be given to Supplemental Bidder Information, the general competency of the Bidder for the performance of the work covered by the proposal, and the Bidder’s financial standing, if requested. To receive favorable consideration, a Bidder must present evidence satisfactory to the City of Arlington that the Bidder and its associates are personally competent to manage the proposed undertaking and to carry it forward to a successful conclusion. Professional integrity and honesty of purpose shall be essential requirements. 13.3 A showing of adequate financial resources may be requested by the City of Arlington, but will not alone determine whether a Bidder is competent to undertake the proposed work. Each Bidder must furnish a record of past performance and experience in the form required. To this end, each proposal, except as noted below, shall be supported by a statement of the Bidder's experience on the form provided. This form, completely filled out, must be submitted along with the proposal. Incomplete or false statements submitted in connection with a proposal may, at the option of the City of Arlington, be sufficient cause for its rejection. The City of Arlington shall be the final authority with regard to whether a bid is responsive to the Advertisement for Bid and as to whether a Bidder is a responsible Bidder under the conditions of this bid. 14. Prevailing Wage 14.1 Although this is considered a service type contract, the vendor is required to pay, at a minimum, the applicable prevailing wage rates to those employees performing services under the contract. The applicable wage rates are set forth in the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries Prevailing Wage Rate Schedule, RCW 39.12.020. If this project has federal funding, the higher of either the Prevailing Wage Rate Schedule or the Davis-Bacon Wage rate Schedule will apply for each work classification. 14.2 The prevailing wage schedule in effect for the work under the contract will be the one in effect upon the date of execution of the contract and will continue in effect for the first contract year. Wages paid to the employees of the selected vendor must be adjusted annually to recognize and follow the most recently promulgated increases or decreases in prevailing wages each year after the first year of the contract period. On-Call Electrical Services INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS PROJECT PW-U24.003 Page 4 of 6 14.3 It is the responsibility of the vendor to ensure the appropriate labor classification(s) are identified and that the applicable wage and benefit rates are taken into consideration when preparing their proposal according to these specifications. 14.4 The selected vendor must submit to the Department of Labor and Industries, a “Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages”. A copy of the certified Intent Statement must be submitted to the City prior to payment of the first invoice. The vendor will pay promptly, when due, all wages accruing to its employees. 14.5 All invoice or payment applications are required to bear the following signed statement: “I certify that wages paid under this contract are equal to or greater than the applicable wage rates set forth in the Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts issued by the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries.” 14.6 The selected vendor must submit to the Department of Labor and Industries an “Affidavit of Wages Paid” and a copy of an approved Affidavit must be submitted at the end of the contract to the City before the last payment or any retained funds will be released. 14.7 The cost of filing a Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages and Affidavit of Wages Paid with the Department of Labor and Industries shall be at no additional cost to the City. 14.8 The Director of the Department of Labor and Industries shall arbitrate all disputes of the prevailing wage rate, RCW 39.12.060 and WAC 296-127-060. 15. Public Records - Under Washington state law, the documents (including but not limited to written, printed, graphic, electronic, photographic or voice mail materials and/or transcriptions, recordings or reproductions thereof) submitted in response to this request for bid/proposal (the “documents”) become a public record upon submission to the City, subject to mandatory disclosure upon request by any person, unless the documents are exempted from public disclosure by a specific provision of law. 16. Equal Opportunity - This City is committed to ensuring that all firms have an equal opportunity to participate in City bids, proposals and contracts. 17. Non-Discrimination - The City of Arlington in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 USC 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally-Assisted Programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises as defined at 49 CFR Part 26 will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, or sex in consideration for an award. During the performance of the work contained in this bid, the vendor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, sex, religion, national origin, creed, marital status, age or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical handicaps in employment or application for employment or in the administration or delivery of services or any other benefits under the contract except to the extent permitted by bona fide occupation qualifications. On-Call Electrical Services INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS PROJECT PW-U24.003 Page 5 of 6 17.1 Nondiscrimination Requirement. During the term of this Contract, Contractor, including any subcontractor, shall not discriminate on the bases enumerated at RCW 49.60.530(3). In addition, Contractor, including any subcontractor, shall give written notice of this nondiscrimination requirement to any labor organizations with which Contractor, or subcontractor, has a collective bargaining or other agreement. 17.2 Obligation to Cooperate. Contractor, including any subcontractor, shall cooperate and comply with any Washington state agency investigation regarding any allegation that Contractor, including any subcontractor, has engaged in discrimination prohibited by this Contract pursuant to RCW 49.60.530(3). 17.3 Default. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, City may suspend Contractor, including any subcontractor, upon notice of a failure to participate and cooperate with any state agency investigation into alleged discrimination prohibited by this Contract, pursuant to RCW 49.60.530(3). Any such suspension will remain in place until City receives notification that Contractor, including any subcontractor, is cooperating with the investigating state agency. In the event Contractor, or subcontractor, is determined to have engaged in discrimination identified at RCW 49.60.530(3), City may terminate this Contract in whole or in part, and Contractor, subcontractor, or both, may be referred for debarment as provided in RCW 39.26.200. Contractor or subcontractor may be given a reasonable time in which to cure this noncompliance, including implementing conditions consistent with any court-ordered injunctive relief or settlement agreement. 17.4 Remedies for Breach. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, in the event of Contract termination or suspension for engaging in discrimination, Contractor, subcontractor, or both, shall be liable for contract damages as authorized by law including, but not limited to, any cost difference between the original contract and the replacement or cover contract and all administrative costs directly related to the replacement contract, which damages are distinct from any penalties imposed under Chapter 49.60, RCW. City shall have the right to deduct from any monies due to Contractor or subcontractor, or that thereafter become due, an amount for damages Contractor or subcontractor will owe City for default under this provision. 18. Non-Endorsement - As a result of the selection of a vendor to supply products and/or services to the City, the vendor agrees to make no reference to the City in any literature, promotional material, brochures, sales presentation or the like without the express written consent of the City. 19. Non-Collusion Affidavit - This Bid Information and Bid Form section includes information regarding Non-Collusion Requirements and how to report any suspected collusion activity. 20. Execution of Contract. A Bidder to whom the award is made shall be provided a copy of the written contract from the City of Arlington in the form of Contract attached hereto. The Bidder shall execute and return to the City of Arlington along with approved bonds as required in the following paragraph, all in accordance with the provisions hereof within seven (7) calendar days of the Notice of Award or such additional time as may be allowed by the City of Arlington. Upon receipt of the signed contract and subsequent signature by the mayor of the City of Arlington will return a copy of the fully executed contract to the Bidder. On-Call Electrical Services INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS PROJECT PW-U24.003 Page 6 of 6 If a Bidder to whom the award is made fails or refuses to enter into contract as herein provided, or to conform to any of the stipulated requirements in connection therewith, its check, deposit, or Bid Bond shall become the property of the City of Arlington as provided herein, the award will be annulled, and in the discretion of the City of Arlington an award may be made to the Bidder whose proposal is next most acceptable to the City of Arlington; and such Bidder shall fulfill every stipulation embraced herein as if the Bidder were the party to whom the first award was made. A corporation to which an award is made will be required, before the contract is finally executed, to furnish evidence of its corporate existence and of the authority of the officer signing the contract and bond for the corporation to so sign. ---- END OF INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ---- STATEMENT OF BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS Page 1 of 2 STATEMENT OF BIDDER’S QUALIFICATIONS Name of Bidder: Email: Street Address: City, State, Zip: Contact Person: Phone No.: Fax No.: Contractors Registration Number and Expiration Date Unified Business Identity Number Federal Tax I.D. Number or Social Security Number L & I Account Number Employment Security Account Number M/WBE Number, if applicable State Excise Tax Registration Number DUNS Number Please provide the names and addresses of the corporation officers, members, partners or principals: Name/Title Address Please provide the name of the Equal Opportunity Officer: Is your company a member of any Union(s)? □No □Yes – Name(s) and Local(s): Number of years the Company has been engaged in the construction business under the present name: Type of work generally performed by Bidder: Bank References: Name Address Contact Phone No. Have you changed your Bonding and/or Insurance within the last three (3) years? □No □Yes – If yes, please explain: Name, address and contact information for your Insurance and Surety companies who will provide insurance and bonds for this project: Name Address Contact Phone No. STATEMENT OF BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS Page 2 of 2 STATEMENT OF BIDDER’S QUALIFICATIONS (continued) Has your company ever been served with a lawsuit and/or had a judgment and/or a lien placed upon itself and/or any corporation officers, members, partners or principals? □No □Yes – If yes, please explain: Has your company ever had a lawsuit served and/or placed a judgment and/or lien upon any public (i.e.: county, city, state, municipality, special district, etc) or governmental entity? □No □Yes – If yes, please explain: Please provide the disposition of the case(s): The information contained within this Statement of Bidder’s Qualifications is true and accurate to the best of my knowledge. Name of Bidder Date Signed By Title SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER INFORMATION Project: Unit Priced Electrical Services Project no.: POX.XXX I CERTIFICATIONS – Bidder shall atach copies of the following cer�fica�ons to this Supplemental Bidder Informa�on and submit with their Bid: • Washington state Department of Labor & Industries valid contractor registra�on in compliance with Chapter 18.27 of RCW. • Current Washington Unified Business Iden�fier (UBI) number. • Washington state Department of Labor & Industries electrical cer�ficate or license in accordance with 18.106 RCW,. • Industrial Insurance (workers’ compensa�on) coverage for the bidder’s employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW. • Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW. • Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registra�on number, as required in Title 82 RCW II CONTRACOR IN GOOD STANDING: By submi�ng this bid and signing below, Bidder cer�fies they are in good standing with the state, Snohomish County, and City of Arlington; and the following: • Contractor has not been disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). • Contractor has not violated more than one �me the off-site, prefabricated, nonstandard, project specific items repor�ng requirements of RCW 39.04.370. • Contractor has Labor and Industries training per RCW 39.04.350 and RCW 39.06.020, if not exempt. • Not have willfully violated any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW within three years preceding the date of the bid submital. • Must have valid Arlington Business License at �me of contract execu�on. _______________________ _______________________ __________ Bidder Name Bidder Signature Date SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER INFORMATION (cont’d.) SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER INFORMATION Page 2 of 3 II. Technical Qualifica�ons Detail below bidders five (5) years’ experience with 480 volt (min) electrical systems and PLC systems at water treatment plants, wastewater treatment plants, potable water booster pump sta�ons, sanitary sewer li� sta�ons. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ III. Previous Experience Bidder must provide a minimum of three water and wastewater facili�es where they have performed work on 480 volt (min) facility process equipment along with names and/or references for the City to contact. Facility #1: ______________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Facility #2: _______________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Facility #3: _______________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER INFORMATION (cont’d.) SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER INFORMATION Page 3 of 3 IV. Management Qualifica�ons Describe your company’s structure and organiza�on, your company’s ability to provide excep�onal customer service for task order-based work and projects, including a single point of contact, for all project and business concerns. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Detail your company’s ability to meet urgent and emergency condi�ons in a �mely manner, as specified herein. __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Failure to return this Declaration as part of the bid proposal package will make the bid nonresponsive and ineligible for award. NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS 1-800-424-9071 2. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and to have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. To report rigging activities call: The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll-free “hotline” Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., eastern time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the “hotline” to report such activities. The “hotline” is part of USDOT’s continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected. DOT Form 272-036I EF 07/2011 SR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Project: On-Call Electrical Services Project PW-U24.003 Proposal Form Page 1 of 4 PROPOSAL FORM This is the address to which all communications from the City concerned with this bid and contract should be sent: ___________________________________________ ________________________________________ Contractor Contractors Registration No. and Expiration Date ___________________________________________ ________________________________________ Street Address Federal Tax I.D. No. or Social Security No. ___________________________________________ ________________________________________ City, State and Zip Code L & I Account Number ____________________________________________ ______________________________________ Phone Fax Unified Business Identity Number ATTN: Linda Taylor TO: City of Arlington Public Works ADDRESS: 154 W. Cox Arlington, Washington 98223 PROJECT: On-Call Electrical Services City Project Number: PW-U24.003 Pursuant to and in compliance with your Invitation for Bid and the Instructions to Bidders and other documents relating thereto, the undersigned has carefully examined the drawings and specifications, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor and materials and to perform all work as required for construction of the improvements in strict accordance with the contract documents, specifications, and drawings for the amount shown on this proposal form. BIDDER’S DECLARATION AND UNDERSTANDING If the undersigned is notified for the acceptance of this bid within sixty (60) calendar days of the time set for the opening of bids, the undersigned agrees to execute a contract for the above work bid in the form of the contract bound in these specifications and to provide a surety bond as required by the specifications. The undersigned further agrees that the bid guaranty accompanying this bid, if required of this solicitation, is left in escrow with the City of Arlington; that the liquidated damages which the City of Arlington will sustain by the failure of the undersigned to execute and deliver the above-named contract and surety bond, for any or all units of this bid accepted by the City of Arlington, will be not less than five percent (5%) of the total bid for such unit or units; and that if the undersigned defaults in executing that contract and in furnishing the surety bond within time frame stated in Instructions to Bidders, then the bid guaranty shall become the property of the City of Arlington who shall be obligated only to refund that portion in excess of the liquidated damages. If, however, this bid or any part thereof is not accepted within sixty (60) calendar days of the time set for the opening of bids or if the undersigned executes and delivers said contract and surety bond, the bid guaranty shall be returned. _______________________________________________ ______________________________________ Name of Bidder Date _______________________________________________ ______________________________________ Signed By Title PROPOSAL FORM (Continued) ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Project: On-Call Electrical Services Project PW-U24.003 Proposal Form Page 2 of 4 ADDENDA - Receipt of Addenda numbered and dated below is hereby acknowledged. Addendum No. Dated Initial Dated Initial Dated Initial PREVAILING WAGES The prevailing wages shall be paid to all workers, laborers, or mechanics in accordance with the current WSDOT / APWA Standard Specifications and RCW 39.12.. BID DEPOSIT No bid deposit is required for this bid. IF CORPORATION: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned corporation has caused this instrument to be executed and its seal affixed by its duly authorized officers this __________ day of __________________, 20_____. Attest: __________________________________________ Name of Corporation _________________________________ __________________________________________ WITNESS Signature of Corporate Officer __________________________________________ Title Sworn to before me this __________ day of ______________________, 20____. _______________________________________________ Notary Public in and for the State of Washington residing at _______________________________________ My Commission Expires ____________________________ IF SOLE PROPRIETOR, PARTNERSHIP, OR LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY: IN WITNESS hereto, the undersigned has set his (its) hand this __________ day of ____________, 20__. ____________________________ ___________________________________________ Signature of Bidder Title : 1. If the Bidder is a co-partnership, so state, giving the name under which business is transacted and have notarized. 2. If the Bidder is a corporation, this Proposal must be executed by a duly authorized officer, have the Corporate Seal affixed and be notarized. PROPOSAL FORM (Continued) ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Project: On-Call Electrical Services Project PW-U24.003 Proposal Form Page 3 of 4 Unit-Price Electrical Services Please check the type of work your company can perform then Bid your Lowest Price, Best Response Time, and Payment Discount Terms for the following LABOR RATES and PARTS RATES to any given location within the City of Arlington on the Bid Form. All labor rates to be calculated from the arrival time at the job site to the completion of work – No travel time to be included. Fill out a separate Bid Form below if different rates apply to different types of electrical work. The City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids and to accept any or all ITEMS at the price Bid. The City intends to award this Contract within ninety (90) calendar days. Utilities Electrical Low Voltage Lighting - Exterior Electrical Medium Voltage Lighting - Interior Electrical High Voltage High Voltage Electrical Testing Panel Manufacturing & Updating HVAC Wiring and Installation Electrical Construction Streets Lighting - Street Traffic Loop Traffic Sign Installation and Replacement Lighting – Illuminated Signs Power line/pole Construction and Relocation Transformer Maintenance and Repair Wood Pole Inspection and Treating Services Electric Vehicle Charging Traffic Control Devices and Signals PROPOSAL FORM (Continued) ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Project: On-Call Electrical Services Project PW-U24.003 Proposal Form Page 4 of 4 BID FORM – Unit Priced Electrical Services Item No. Description Qty Unit Per 1. Labor Rate per Hour by Licensed Electrician/Journeyman Supervisor 1 HR $ 2. Labor Rate per Hour by Licensed Electrician/Journeyman 1 HR $ 3. Labor Rate per Hour by Certified Apprentice 1 HR $ Other (Listed Wage Classification(s) intended to be utilized on this contract)1 HR $ 5. Other Unidentified Labor (if other labor classifications become necessary to complete this work). Indicate the % over prevailing wage rate to be charged % 6. Labor Rate per Hour by Licensed Electrician/Journeyman Supervisor 1 HR 7. Labor Rate per Hour by Licensed Electrician/Journeyman 1 HR $ 8. Labor Rate per Hour by Certified Apprentice 1 HR $ Other (Listed Wage Classification(s) intended to be utilized on this contract)1 HR $ 10. Other Unidentified Labor (if other labor classifications become necessary to complete this work). Indicate the % over prevailing wage rate to be charged % 11. Labor Rate per Hour by Licensed Electrician/Journeyman Supervisor 1 HR 12. Labor Rate per Hour by Licensed Electrician/Journeyman 1 HR $ Labor Rate per Hour by Certified Apprentice 1 HR $ 14. Other (Listed Wage Classification(s) intended to be utilized on this contract)1 HR $ 15. Other Unidentified Labor (if other labor classifications become necessary to complete this work). Indicate the % over prevailing wage rate to be charged % Parts & Materials must be IEC/NEC Certified. Parts and Materials Cost Plus (+) 1 EA (+) % $ INCLUDED Response Time ELECTRICAL SERVICES WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN: ________ Days EMERGENCY CALL-OUT SERVICES WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN: ________ Hrs ATTACHMENT #2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Project: On-Call Electrical Services Project No.: PW-U24.003 This section contains SAMPLE contract forms that will be completed and executed after successful bidder/Proposer is awarded project. □ Public Works Unit Price Contract □ Task Order □ Performance Bond □ Payment Bond □ Retainage Selection Option Form UNIT PRICED CONTRACT -- PAGE 1 ` Rev 1/1/2024 UNIT PRICED CONTRACT Contract Name______________________________________________ Contract #_____________ THIS CONTRACT, dated this _____day of ________________, 2024, is by and between the City of Arlington, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as the CITY, and _________________________________________, referred to as the CONTRACTOR. WHEREAS, the City desires to have work completed under a Unit Priced (Purchased Services) Contract as specified and detailed in the On-Call Electrical Services request for bid; and WHEREAS, the Contractor is qualified, willing and able to perform the necessary work. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, to be kept, performed and fulfilled by the respective parties thereto, and other valuable considerations, it is mutually agreed as follows: 1.0 SERVICE BY CONTRACTOR Contractor agrees to perform the services described in the following project documents: On-Call Electrical Services Request for Bid and submitted project bid. These documents are on file with the Project Manager, a copy is held by the contractor, and by this reference incorporated herein. 2.0 TIME OF COMPLETION This agreement is for a three-year term effective upon full execution and may be extended for one additional years upon written notice by the City. All work under this Agreement will be issued by Work Order and shall be completed within 45 calendar days after issuance of Work Order. 3.0 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR 3.1 Safety Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and municipal safety laws and building codes. Contractor shall erect and properly maintain, at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for protection of workmen and the public; shall post danger signs warning against known or unusual hazards. 3.2 Warranty The Contractor shall be responsible for correcting all defects in workmanship and material within one year after acceptance of this work. When corrections of defects are made, Contractor shall be responsible for correcting all defects in workmanship and/or materials in the corrected work for one year after acceptance of the corrections by the City. The Contractor shall start work to remedy such defects within seven (7) days of receipt of notice of discovery thereof by the City and shall complete such work within a reasonable time. In emergencies where damage may result from delay or where loss of services may result, UNIT PRICED CONTRACT -- PAGE 2 ` Rev 1/1/2024 such corrections may be made by the City, in which case the cost shall be borne by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor does not accomplish corrections at the time specified, the work will be otherwise accomplished and the cost of same shall be paid by Contractor. The Contractor shall be liable for any costs, losses, expenses or damages including consequential damages suffered by the City resulting from defects in the Contractor’s work including, but not limited to, cost of materials and labor extended by the City in making emergency repairs and cost of engineer, inspection and supervision by the City. The Contractor shall hold the City harmless from any and all claims which may be made against the City as a result of any defect work and the Contractor shall defend any such claim at his own expense. Where materials or procedures are not specified in the contract, the City relies on the professional judgment of the Contractor to make appropriate selections. 3.3. Prevailing Wages Contractor shall comply with every provision of Chapter 39.12 of the Revised Code of Washington. 3.3.1 This Contract is subject to the requirements of Chapter 39.12 RCW, and as it may be amended, relating to prevailing wages. On Public Works projects, funded in part or in whole with Federal funds, Federal wages laws and regulations shall also be applicable. NO WORKER, LABORER OR MECHANIC EMPLOYED IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY PART OF THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE PAID LESS THAN THE PREVAILING RATE OR WAGE as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and industries for the State of Washington. The schedule of prevailing wage rates for this Contract is attached hereto and by this reference made a part of this Contract as though fully set forth herein. 3.3.2 Prior to making any payment under this Contract, the CITY must receive an approved copy of the “Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages on Public Works Contracts” from the Department of Labor and Industries. 3.3.3 It is the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to obtain and file the Statement. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all filing fees. Each invoice shall include a signed statement that prevailing wages have been paid by the CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors. Following the final acceptance of services rendered, CONTRACTOR shall submit an “Affidavit of Wages Paid” which must be certified by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries. 3.4. Non-discrimination Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, color, sex, age, national origin, marital status, physical or other motor handicap, unless based upon a bona fide occupational qualification. 3.4.1 Nondiscrimination Requirement. During the term of this Contract, CONTRACTOR, including any subcontractor, shall not discriminate on the bases enumerated at RCW 49.60.530(3). In addition, CONTRACTOR, including any subcontractor, shall give written notice of this nondiscrimination requirement to any labor organizations with which CONTRACTOR, or subcontractor, has a collective bargaining or other agreement. 3.4.2 Obligation to Cooperate. CONTRACTOR, including any subcontractor, shall cooperate and comply with any Washington state agency investigation regarding any allegation that CONTRACTOR, including any subcontractor, has engaged in discrimination prohibited by this Contract pursuant to RCW 49.60.530(3). 3.4.3 Default. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, Agency may suspend CONTRACTOR, including any subcontractor, upon notice of a failure to participate and cooperate with any state agency investigation into alleged discrimination prohibited by this Contract, pursuant to RCW 49.60.530(3). Any such suspension will remain in place until Agency receives notification that CONTRACTOR, including any subcontractor, is cooperating with the investigating state agency. In the event CONTRACTOR, or subcontractor, is determined to have engaged in UNIT PRICED CONTRACT -- PAGE 3 ` Rev 1/1/2024 discrimination identified at RCW 49.60.530(3), Agency may terminate this Contract in whole or in part, and CONTRACTOR, subcontractor, or both, may be referred for debarment as provided in RCW 39.26.200. CONTRACTOR or subcontractor may be given a reasonable time in which to cure this noncompliance, including implementing conditions consistent with any court-ordered injunctive relief or settlement agreement. 3.4.4 Remedies for Breach. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, in the event of Contract termination or suspension for engaging in discrimination, CONTRACTOR, subcontractor, or both, shall be liable for contract damages as authorized by law including, but not limited to, any cost difference between the original contract and the replacement or cover contract and all administrative costs directly related to the replacement contract, which damages are distinct from any penalties imposed under Chapter 49.60, RCW. Agency shall have the right to deduct from any monies due to CONTRACTOR or subcontractor, or that thereafter become due, an amount for damages CONTRACTOR or subcontractor will owe Agency for default under this provision. 3.5 Employment Any and all employees of the Contractor while engaged in the performance of any work or services required by the Contractor under this agreement, shall be considered employees of the Contractor only and not of the City and any and all claims that may or might arise under the Worker's Compensation Act on behalf of said employees, while so engaged and any and all claims made by a third party as consequence of any negligent act or omission on the part of the Contractor's employees, while so engaged on any of the work or services provided or rendered herein, shall be the sole obligation and responsibility of the Contractor. 4.0 SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY 4.1 The Contractor shall include the language of this section in each of its first tier subcontracts, and shall require each of its subcontractors to include the same language of this section in each of their subcontracts, adjusting only as necessary the terms used for the contracting parties. The requirements of this section apply to all subcontractors regardless of tier. At the time of subcontract execution, the Contractor shall verify that each of its first tier subcontractors meets the following bidder responsibility criteria: 1. Have a current certificate of registration as a contractor in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW, which must have been in effect at the time of subcontract bid submittal; 2. Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; 3. If applicable, have: a. Industrial Insurance (worker’s compensation) coverage for the subcontractor’s employee working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW; b. A Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW; c. A Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW; d. An electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW; e. An elevator contractor license, if required by Chapter 70.87 RCW. 4. Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). 5.0 COMPENSATION UNIT PRICED CONTRACT -- PAGE 4 ` Rev 1/1/2024 5.1 The City shall pay the Contractor for the services identified in this contract based on the Unit Pricing provided in the submitted bid or as amended by the allowable annual escalation, incorporated herein as Exhibit A, and on the work items requested in each Work Order. Contractor shall submit monthly, or at the completion of a Work Order, for the City’s acceptance, a written Contract Project Pay Estimate setting forth the quantities of work satisfactorily performed to date, and an invoice covering the contract price applicable to the work, unless otherwise directed. The City will, within 30 days after receipt of acceptable Contractor’s estimate and invoice, pay the Contractor the accepted progress invoice less actual accumulated amount previously paid. 5.2 The City shall have the right to withhold payment to Contractor for any work not completed in a satisfactory manner until such time as Contractor modifies such work so that the same is satisfactory. 6.0 CITY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT 6.1 The City may terminate the contract upon the occurrence of any one or more of the events hereafter specified: a. If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt. b. If the Contractor should make a general assignment of benefit of his creditors. c. If a receiver should be appointed on the account of insolvency of the Contractor. d. If Contractor should persistently or repeatedly refuse or fail to supply a sufficient number of properly skilled workmen or proper materials for completion of the work. e. If the Contractor shall fail to complete the work within the time specified in the contract. f. If the Contractor shall fail to make a prompt payment to subcontractors or for material or labor. g. If Contractor should persistently disregard laws, ordinances or regulations of Federal, State or municipal agencies or subdivisions thereof. h. If Contractor should persistently disregard instructions of Management, or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of the contract. 6.2 This contract Agreement, and any amendments or extensions to said Agreement may be terminated for any reason not previously identified by either party by giving ten (10) days written notice to the other party. In the event that the contract is terminated by the City, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further balance of the amount to be paid under this contract until the work shall have been fully finished. At such time, if the unpaid balance of the amount to be paid under this contract exceeds the expense incurred by the City in finishing the work, all of the damages sustained or which may be sustained by reason of such refusal, neglect, failure of discontinuance of employment, such excess shall be paid by the City to Contractor. If such expense and damages shall exceed the unpaid balance, Contractor and his surety and each thereof shall be jointly and severally liable therefore to City and shall pay the difference to the City. Such expense and damage shall include all legal costs incurred by the City in employment of attorneys to protect the rights and interests of the City under the contract; provided such legal costs shall be reasonable. 7.0 OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS 7.1 On payment to the Contractor by the City of all compensation due under this Agreement all finished or unfinished documents and material prepared by the Contractor with funds provided by this Agreement shall become the property of the City and shall be forwarded to the City at its request. UNIT PRICED CONTRACT -- PAGE 5 ` Rev 1/1/2024 7.2 Any records, reports, information, data or other documents or materials given to or prepared or assembled by the Contractor under this Agreement will be kept as confidential and shall not be made available to any individual or organization by the Contractor without prior written approval of the City or by court order. 8.0 CLAIMS 8.1 Any claim against the City for damages, expenses, costs or extras arising out of the performance of the contract must be made in writing to the City within thirty (30) days after the discovery of such damage, and in no event later than the time of approval by owner of final payment. Contractor, upon making applications for final payment, shall be deemed to have waived this right to claim for any other damages for which claim has not been made, unless such claim for final payment includes notice of additional claim and fully describes the alleged damage. 9.0 ASSIGNMENT 9.1 This Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by the parties hereto without the written consent of the other party. 10.0 MODIFICATION 10.1 No change, alteration, modification or addition to the Agreement will be effective unless it is in writing and properly signed by all parties thereto. 11.0 HOLD HARMLESS 11.1 Contractor shall hold the City and its officers, agents and employees harmless, from all suits, claims or liabilities of any nature, including attorney's fees, costs and expenses for or on account of injuries or damages sustained by any persons or property resulting in whole or in part from negligent activities or omissions of the Contractor, its agents or other renumeration for services; and if a suit in respect to the above be filed, the Contractor shall appear and defend the same at its own cost and expense, and if judgment is rendered or settlement made requiring payment of damages by the City, which damages are based in whole or in part on the negligent activities or omissions of the Contractor, its agents or employees, the Contractor shall pay same. 12.0 INSURANCE The Contractor’s required insurance shall be of the types and coverage as stated below: 12.1 Insurance required. Contractor shall maintain at all times the following insurance during the term of this agreement: a. Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, non-owned, hired and leased vehicles. Coverage shall be at least as broad as Insurance Services Office (ISO) form CA 00 01. b. Commercial General Liability insurance shall be as least at broad as ISO occurrence form CG 00 01 and shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, independent contractors, products- UNIT PRICED CONTRACT -- PAGE 6 ` Rev 1/1/2024 completed operations, stop gap liability, personal injury and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per project general aggregate limit using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent endorsement. There shall be no exclusion for liability arising from explosion, collapse or underground property damage. The City shall be named as an additional insured under the Contractor’s Commercial General Liability insurance policy with respect to the work performed for the City using ISO Additional Insured endorsement CG 20 10 10 01 and Additional Insured-Completed Operations endorsement CG 20 37 10 01 or substitute endorsements providing at least as broad coverage. c. Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. 12.2 Minimum Limits of Insurance Contractor shall maintain limits no less than: The Contractor shall maintain the following insurance limits: a. Automobile Liability insurance with a minimum combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of $1,000,000 per accident. b. Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written with limits no less than $1,000,000 each occurrence, $2,000,000 general aggregate and $2,000,000 products-completed operations aggregate limit. 12.3 The Policies are to contain, and be endorsed to contain the following provisions: a. General Liability 1. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respect to liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor. 2. Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees and volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. 3. Any failure to comply with the reporting provisions of all policies shall not affect the coverage provided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. b. All Coverage Each insurance policy required by this clause shall state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City. 12.4 Acceptability of Insurers Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a Best's rating of no less than A:XIII, or with an insurer acceptable to the City. Verification of Coverage Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance effecting coverage required by this clause. The certification for each insurance policy is to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates are to be received and approved by the City before work commences. The City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. 12.5 Subcontractors The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for determining the insurance coverage and limits required, if any, to be obtained by subcontractors, which determination shall be made in accordance with reasonable and prudent business practices. 12.6 Asbestos Or Hazardous Materials Abatement Work If asbestos abatement or hazardous materials work is performed, Contractor shall review coverage with the City’s Public Works Director and provide scope and UNIT PRICED CONTRACT -- PAGE 7 ` Rev 1/1/2024 limits of coverage that are appropriate for the scope of work. No asbestos abatement work will be performed until coverage is approved by the Public Works Director. 12.7 Notice of Cancellation The Contractor shall provide the City and all Additional Insureds for this work with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. 12.8 Failure to Maintain Insurance. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the City may, after giving five business days’ notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the City on demand, or at the sole discretion of the City, offset against funds due the Contractor from the City. 13.0 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR 13.1 Contractor is and shall be at all times during the term of this Agreement an independent contractor. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written. CITY OF ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON: CONTRACTOR: By ________ By Don Vanney, Mayor UNIT PRICED CONTRACT -- PAGE 8 ` Rev 1/1/2024 CERTIFICATION REGARDING INELIGIBLE CONTRACTORS ___________________________, certifies, by submission of this bid, that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any federal department or agency. Where the bidder is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such bidder shall attach an explanation to this bid. The bidder certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of the contents of the statement submitted on or with this certification and understands that the provisions of 31 USC Section 3801, et seq., are applicable thereto. Authorized Official Typewritten Name Title of Authorized Official Date ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ON-CALL ELECTRICAL SERVICES Project PW-U24.003 TASK ORDER FORM Page 1 of 1 TASK ORDER On-Call Electrical Services Task Order Issued By: _____________________________ Date: ________________ All work completed under this task order shall be completed in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the Unit Priced Electrical Services contract. Provide receipts for all materials and Supplies. Task Order No.: Issue Date: Project: On-Call Electrical Services Project Project No.: PW-U24.003 Task Order Description: LABOR Item No. Labor Description Hours Unit Price Quantity Price 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Materials Item No.Description Cost Mark-up Price 8 9 10 SUBTOTAL Tax (9.3%) TOTAL PERFORMANCE BOND To City of Arlington, Washington Bond No. ___________________ The City of Arlington, Washington has awarded to (Principal), a contract for the construction of the project designated as On-Call Electrical Services, Project No. PW-U24.003, in Arlington, Washington (Contract), and said Principal is required to furnish a bond for performance of all obligations under the Contract. The Principal, and (Surety), a corporation, organized under the laws of the State of and licensed to do business in the State of W ashington as surety and named in the current list of “Surety Companies Acceptable in Federal Bonds” as published in the Federal Register by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Dept., are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the [City or County], in the sum of US Dollars ($ ) Total Contract Amount, subject to the provisions herein. This statutory performance bond shall become null and void, if and when the Principal, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns shall well and faithfully perform all of the Principal’s obligations under the Contract and fulfill all terms and conditions of all duly authorized modifications, additions, and changes to said Contract that may hereafter be made, at the time and in the manner therein specified; and if such performance obligations have not been fulfilled, this bond shall remain in force and effect. The Surety for value received agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, the specifications accompanying the Contract, or to the work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and waives notice of any change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or the work performed. The Surety agrees that modifications and changes to the terms and conditions of the Contract that increase the total amount to be paid the Principal shall automatically increase the obligation of the Surety on this bond and notice to Surety is not required for such increased obligation. This bond may be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be signed by the parties’ duly authorized officers. This bond will only be accepted if it is accompanied by a fully executed and original power of attorney for the office executing on behalf of the surety. PRINCIPAL SURETY Principal Signature Date Printed Name Date Title Surety Signature Date Printed Name Date Title Name, address, and telephone of local office/agent of Surety Company is: Approved as to form: City Attorney, City of Arlington Date PAYMENT BOND To City of Arlington, Washington Bond No. ___________________ The City of Arlington, Washington has awarded to (Principal), a contract for the construction of the project designated as On-Call Electrical Services, Project No. PW-U24.003, in Arlington, Washington (Contract), and said Principal is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Title 39.08 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and (where applicable) 60.28 RCW. The Principal, and (Surety), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of and licensed to do business in the State of W ashington as surety and named in the current list of “Surety Companies Acceptable in Federal Bonds” as published in the Federal Register by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Dept., are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the [City or County], in the sum of US Dollars ($ ) Total Contract Amount, subject to the provisions herein. This statutory payment bond shall become null and void, if and when the Principal, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns shall pay all persons in accordance with RCW 39.08, 39.12, and 60.28 including all workers, laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, and materialmen, and all person who shall supply such contractor or subcontractor with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work, and all taxes incurred on said Contract under Titles 50 and 51 RCW and all taxes imposed on the Principal under Title 82 RCW; and if such payment obligations have not been fulfilled, this bond shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety for value received agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, the specifications accompanying the Contract, or to the work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and waives notice of any changes, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or the work performed. The Surety agrees that modifications and changes to the terms and conditions of the Contract that increase the total amount to be paid the Principal shall automatically increase the obligation of the Surety on this bond and notice to Surety is not required for such increased obligation. This bond may be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be signed by the parties’ duly authorized officers. This bond will only be accepted if it is accompanied by a fully executed and original power of attorney for the office executing on behalf of the surety. PRINCIPAL SURETY Principal Signature Date Printed Name Date Title Surety Signature Date Printed Name Date Title Name, address, and telephone of local office/agent of Surety Company is: Approved as to form: City Attorney, City of Arlington Date